Watch How the Police Raid a Cellphone


(Sam Biddle)  Everyone knows the cops have tools to get inside your phone. But what do they do? They suck your iPhone’s entire soul in 15 minutes. With one single click. This is what it looks like.

Lantern 2 is an incredibly powerful piece of software. Plug your iPhone in. Click “Acquire.” Wait for a progress bar to complete. After about fifteen minutes, I had the entire contents of my phone in an extremely user-friendly interface—even with a lock screen activated. Anything you would want to know—or didn’t even know you’d want to know—about my phone is easy to tap. An entire minute by minute chronology of my text exchanges. Every picture I’d ever taken. My bookmarks. My cookies. Every Skype call I’ve ever placed. My entire Facebook friend list. Every cell tower my phone has touched, with longitude and latitude coordinates. All there. Lantern 2 is awesome—and must be a stellar thing to have in any cop’s arsenal (and for those wondering, no, you can’t download it—Lantern’s only available to government agencies researchers, and security firms). We just hope it (and our phones) never get into the hands of anyone on the other side of the law.

Watch the video here http://cdn.static.viddler.com/flash/as3/simple-publisher.swf?key=5b3945e4&ref=

Source-        http://gizmodo.com/#!5796373/watch-how-the-police-raid-your-cellphone

How Goldman Sachs Created The Food Crisis

(Fredrick Kaufman)  Demand and supply certainly matter. But there’s another reason why food across the world has become so expensive: Wall Street greed.

It took the brilliant minds of Goldman Sachs to realize the simple truth that nothing is more valuable than our daily bread. And where there’s value, there’s money to be made. In 1991, Goldman bankers, led by their prescient president Gary Cohn, came up with a new kind of investment product, a derivative that tracked 24 raw materials, from precious metals and energy to coffee, cocoa, cattle, corn, hogs, soy, and wheat. They weighted the investment value of each element, blended and commingled the parts into sums, then reduced what had been a complicated collection of real things into a mathematical formula that could be expressed as a single manifestation, to be known henceforth as the Goldman Sachs Commodity Index (GSCI).

For just under a decade, the GSCI remained a relatively static investment vehicle, as bankers remained more interested in risk and collateralized debt than in anything that could be literally sowed or reaped. Then, in 1999, the Commodities Futures Trading Commission deregulated futures markets. All of a sudden, bankers could take as large a position in grains as they liked, an opportunity that had, since the Great Depression, only been available to those who actually had something to do with the production of our food.

Change was coming to the great grain exchanges of Chicago, Minneapolis, and Kansas City – which for 150 years had helped to moderate the peaks and valleys of global food prices. Farming may seem bucolic, but it is an inherently volatile industry, subject to the vicissitudes of weather, disease, and disaster. The grain futures trading system pioneered after the American Civil War by the founders of Archer Daniels Midland, General Mills, and Pillsbury helped to establish America as a financial juggernaut to rival and eventually surpass Europe. The grain markets also insulated American farmers and millers from the inherent risks of their profession. The basic idea was the “forward contract,” an agreement between sellers and buyers of wheat for a reasonable bushel price — even before that bushel had been grown. Not only did a grain “future” help to keep the price of a loaf of bread at the bakery – or later, the supermarket — stable, but the market allowed farmers to hedge against lean times, and to invest in their farms and businesses. The result: Over the course of the 20th century, the real price of wheat decreased (despite a hiccup or two, particularly during the 1970s inflationary spiral), spurring the development of American agribusiness. After World War II, the United States was routinely producing a grain surplus, which became an essential element of its Cold War political, economic, and humanitarian strategies — not to mention the fact that American grain fed millions of hungry people across the world.

Futures markets traditionally included two kinds of players. On one side were the farmers, the millers, and the warehousemen, market players who have a real, physical stake in wheat. This group not only includes corn growers in Iowa or wheat farmers in Nebraska, but major multinational corporations like Pizza Hut, Kraft, Nestlé, Sara Lee, Tyson Foods, and McDonald’s – whose New York Stock Exchange shares rise and fall on their ability to bring food to peoples’ car windows, doorsteps, and supermarket shelves at competitive prices. These market participants are called “bona fide” hedgers, because they actually need to buy and sell cereals.

On the other side is the speculator. The speculator neither produces nor consumes corn or soy or wheat, and wouldn’t have a place to put the 20 tons of cereal he might buy at any given moment if ever it were delivered. Speculators make money through traditional market behavior, the arbitrage of buying low and selling high. And the physical stakeholders in grain futures have as a general rule welcomed traditional speculators to their market, for their endless stream of buy and sell orders gives the market its liquidity and provides bona fide hedgers a way to manage risk by allowing them to sell and buy just as they pleased.

But Goldman’s index perverted the symmetry of this system. The structure of the GSCI paid no heed to the centuries-old buy-sell/sell-buy patterns. This newfangled derivative product was “long only,” which meant the product was constructed to buy commodities, and only buy. At the bottom of this “long-only” strategy lay an intent to transform an investment in commodities (previously the purview of specialists) into something that looked a great deal like an investment in a stock – the kind of asset class wherein anyone could park their money and let it accrue for decades (along the lines of General Electric or Apple). Once the commodity market had been made to look more like the stock market, bankers could expect new influxes of ready cash. But the long-only strategy possessed a flaw, at least for those of us who eat. The GSCI did not include a mechanism to sell or “short” a commodity.

This imbalance undermined the innate structure of the commodities markets, requiring bankers to buy and keep buying – no matter what the price. Every time the due date of a long-only commodity index futures contract neared, bankers were required to “roll” their multi-billion dollar backlog of buy orders over into the next futures contract, two or three months down the line. And since the deflationary impact of shorting a position simply wasn’t part of the GSCI, professional grain traders could make a killing by anticipating the market fluctuations these “rolls” would inevitably cause. “I make a living off the dumb money,” commodity trader Emil van Essen told Businessweek last year. Commodity traders employed by the banks that had created the commodity index funds in the first place rode the tides of profit.

Bankers recognized a good system when they saw it, and dozens of speculative non-physical hedgers followed Goldman’s lead and joined the commodities index game, including Barclays, Deutsche Bank, Pimco, JP Morgan Chase, AIG, Bear Stearns, and Lehman Brothers, to name but a few purveyors of commodity index funds. The scene had been set for food inflation that would eventually catch unawares some of the largest milling, processing, and retailing corporations in the United States, and send shockwaves throughout the world.

The money tells the story. Since the bursting of the tech bubble in 2000, there has been a 50-fold increase in dollars invested in commodity index funds. To put the phenomenon in real terms: In 2003, the commodities futures market still totaled a sleepy $13 billion. But when the global financial crisis sent investors running scared in early 2008, and as dollars, pounds, and euros evaded investor confidence, commodities — including food — seemed like the last, best place for hedge, pension, and sovereign wealth funds to park their cash. “You had people who had no clue what commodities were all about suddenly buying commodities,” an analyst from the United States Department of Agriculture told me. In the first 55 days of 2008, speculators poured $55 billion into commodity markets, and by July, $318 billion was roiling the markets. Food inflation has remained steady since.

The money flowed, and the bankers were ready with a sparkling new casino of food derivatives. Spearheaded by oil and gas prices (the dominant commodities of the index funds) the new investment products ignited the markets of all the other indexed commodities, which led to a problem familiar to those versed in the history of tulips, dot-coms, and cheap real estate: a food bubble. Hard red spring wheat, which usually trades in the $4 to $6 dollar range per 60-pound bushel, broke all previous records as the futures contract climbed into the teens and kept on going until it topped $25. And so, from 2005 to 2008, the worldwide price of food rose 80 percent – and has kept rising. “It’s unprecedented how much investment capital we’ve seen in commodity markets,” Kendell Keith, president of the National Grain and Feed Association, told me. “There’s no question there’s been speculation.” In a recently published briefing note, Olivier De Schutter, the U.N. Special Rapporteur on the Right to Food, concluded that in 2008 “a significant portion of the price spike was due to the emergence of a speculative bubble.”

What was happening to the grain markets was not the result of “speculation” in the traditional sense of buying low and selling high. Today, along with the cumulative index, the Standard & Poors GSCI provides 219 distinct index “tickers,” so investors can boot up their Bloomberg system and bet on everything from palladium to soybean oil, biofuels to feeder cattle. But the boom in new speculative opportunities in global grain, edible oil, and livestock markets has created a vicious cycle. The more the price of food commodities increases, the more money pours into the sector, and the higher prices rise. Indeed, from 2003 to 2008, the volume of index fund speculation increased by 1,900 percent. “What we are experiencing is a demand shock coming from a new category of participant in the commodities futures markets,” hedge fund Michael Masters testified before Congress in the midst of the 2008 food crisis.

The result of Wall Street’s venture into grain and feed and livestock has been a shock to the global food production and delivery system. Not only does the world’s food supply have to contend with constricted supply and increased demand for real grain, but investment bankers have engineered an artificial upward pull on the price of grain futures. The result: Imaginary wheat dominates the price of real wheat, as speculators (traditionally one-fifth of the market) now outnumber bona-fide hedgers four-to-one.

Today, bankers and traders sit at the top of the food chain — the carnivores of the system, devouring everyone and everything below. Near the bottom toils the farmer. For him, the rising price of grain should have been a windfall, but speculation has also created spikes in everything the farmer must buy to grow his grain — from seed to fertilizer to diesel fuel. At the very bottom lies the consumer. The average American, who spends roughly 8 to 12 percent of her weekly paycheck on food, did not immediately feel the crunch of rising costs. But for the roughly 2-billion people across the world who spend more than 50 percent of their income on food, the effects have been staggering: 250 million people joined the ranks of the hungry in 2008, bringing the total of the world’s “food insecure” to a peak of 1 billion – a number never seen before.

What’s the solution? The last time I visited the Minneapolis Grain Exchange, I asked a handful of wheat brokers what would happen if the U.S. government simply outlawed long-only trading in food commodities for investment banks. Their reaction: laughter. One phone call to a bona-fide hedger like Cargill or Archer Daniels Midland and one secret swap of assets, and a bank’s stake in the futures market is indistinguishable from that of an international wheat buyer. What if the government outlawed all long-only derivative products, I asked? Once again, laughter. Problem solved with another phone call, this time to a trading office in London or Hong Kong; the new food derivative markets have reached supranational proportions, beyond the reach of sovereign law.

Volatility in the food markets has also trashed what might have been a great opportunity for global cooperation. The higher the cost of corn, soy, rice, and wheat, the more the grain producing-nations of the world should cooperate in order to ensure that panicked (and generally poorer) grain-importing nations do not spark ever more dramatic contagions of food inflation and political upheaval. Instead, nervous countries have responded instead with me-first policies, from export bans to grain hoarding to neo-mercantilist land grabs in Africa. And efforts by concerned activists or international agencies to curb grain speculation have gone nowhere. All the while, the index funds continue to prosper, the bankers pocket the profits, and the world’s poor teeter on the brink of starvation.

Source-http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2011/04/27/how_goldman_sachs_created_the_food_crisis?page=0,1

Exxon Apologizes For Making $11 Billion

(AP) — Exxon made almost $11 billion and practically apologized for it.  Sensing public outrage over gasoline prices that have topped $4 in some states, the company struck a defensive posture Thursday after posting some of its best quarterly financial results ever.

Exxon said it had no control over high oil prices. It said it’s one of the biggest taxpayers in the United States. It cast federal subsidies as “legitimate tax provisions” that keep jobs at home, and cast itself as a victim of Washington scapegoating.

“They feel they have to demonize our industry,” said Ken Cohen, Exxon’s vice president for public affairs.

What’s more, the company argued, it doesn’t even make that much money selling gasoline.

Exxon’s profit of $10.65 billion for the first quarter was its highest since it made $14.83 billion in the third quarter of 2008, a record for a publicly traded company. That was also a time of $4-plus gas.

The first-quarter results were also the best among the big oil companies, which have reported improved results this week.

As oil company profits approach levels of three years ago, when gas prices last spiked in the United States, the industry is fighting a renewed push from President Barack Obama and Democrats to end its $4 billion a year in taxpayer subsidies.

This week, the industry’s lobbying group touted the 9.2 million jobs that depend on Big Oil and rolled out a study showing that oil and gas stocks are excellent investments for public pension plans.

Before it even came out with the quarterly results, Exxon pleaded its case on a company blog, saying it was not to blame for high gas prices.

Then Cohen took an unusual step and spoke to reporters after Exxon reported the big profits. He said Exxon pays more taxes than any other company in the Standard & Poor’s 500 index — $59 billion in the United States over the past five years.

After taxes, the company earned $41 billion from U.S. operations during that period.

Drivers and politicians may still need some convincing. Gas costs more than $4 a gallon in eight states and the District of Columbia. The national average is $3.89 and has risen for 37 straight days.

At a time when most people aren’t getting raises, gas has risen 81 cents a gallon this year. High gas prices ate into the nation’s overall economic growth in the first three months of this year. The economy grew at a 1.8 percent annual rate, slower than the 3.1 percent at the end of last year.

Cohen has a point that Exxon doesn’t control the price of oil or gasoline. Oil is traded around the world on public exchanges, and experts point out that the world is consuming more oil now than it did before the recession, raising demand. When oil prices go up at the exchange, Exxon sells oil for more money to refiners and other buyers.

Gasoline is made from oil. So while gas prices can rise and fall based on other factors, like refining problems or natural disasters, they generally go up as oil prices rise on the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Exxon noted that only 6 percent of its profit came from refining and selling gas in the United States. Other parts of its business, like selling oil and natural gas overseas, accounted for much more.

Argus Research analyst Phil Weiss finds that argument reasonable. But oil companies will struggle to win over people as long as they’re making billions of dollars every quarter, he said.

“They get these high profits and people get upset. That’s what politicians respond to,” Weiss said.

House Democratic leader Nancy Pelosi called for a vote on ending taxpayer subsidies to oil companies next week. “There is no reason American taxpayers should subsidize Big Oil’s profits,” Pelosi said.

The tax provisions at issue include some rules put in place as long ago as 1913 and more recent ones designed to encourage companies to invest in the United States.

For instance, a 2004 rule that gives oil and other companies a special deduction for their U.S. operations could save the oil industry $18.2 billion over 10 years. A rule that allows faster depreciation of the value of oil and gas wells could save independent companies — those that only explore and produce oil but don’t refine it — about $11 billon over a decade.

Exxon officials said it would be unfair for Obama to end oil subsidies while keeping similar incentives for renewable energy. The Obama administration and clean energy advocates argue that profitable companies do not need special tax treatment while newer industries deserve breaks until they can establish themselves.

It’s not likely, though, that Exxon would give up its subsidies if the government also removed them for solar, wind and other renewables.

“Getting into trade-offs is not really helpful,” Exxon Vice President Bill Colton said.

Environmental groups say the industry needs no taxpayer help.

“Why does an industry that makes this much money need $4 billion in tax subsidies?” asked Bob Keefe, spokesman for the Natural Resources Defense Council. “Why can’t we use that tax money to improve and expand other alternatives, increase vehicle efficiency, better public transportation that would reduce our dependence on oil?”

Exxon counters that the government shouldn’t decide which energy companies succeed and which fail. Whichever fuel source “produces the biggest bang for the buck for the consumer” will be the one the market settles on, Cohen said.

The main reason the industry is doing well is that oil prices were up 20 percent from the same period last year. Exxon’s profit was 69 percent higher than the $6.3 billion it earned a year earlier. Revenue increased 26 percent, to $114 billion.

The rise in oil prices allowed Exxon to make more money despite producing 3 percent less oil overseas, about 2 million barrels per day, partly because of storms in the Middle East. Exxon sold crude in international markets for about $101 a barrel, up 36 percent from a year ago. In the U.S., Exxon sold oil for about $93 per barrel, up 27 percent from a year ago.

Exxon’s per-share earnings of $2.14 beat Wall Street estimates by 10 cents, but oil industry stocks fell anyway because investors fear that demand for gas, which has fallen over the past month compared with last year, will keep dropping in the United States.

Exxon Mobil Corp. shares lost 94 cents to $86.84 in afternoon trading.

The company has increasingly focused on producing natural gas, which it expects to replace coal as the second most important fuel source after petroleum within the next decade. Last year it acquired XTO Energy to become the largest U.S. natural gas producer.

AP Energy Writer Jonathan Fahey contributed to this story from New York.

Source-http://finance.yahoo.com/news/Exxon-earns-nearly-11-billion-apf-479576777.html?x=0&sec=topStories&pos=9&asset=&ccode=

Gas Pump Sticky Note Campaign Makes Its Way to Grocery Stores

(Doug Ross)  The Sticky Note Campaign is making deliveries in Georgia Supermarkets now.  Super-Charged with Conservative ideals REAL Americans all over the country and even an awakened Democrat or two are now participating in this grass roots initiative.  Its not a partisan issue either, no one  can afford these rising prices at the gas pump or the grocery store.

I just realized that I need to order more FREE PRE-PRINTED Sticky notes from the Koch Brothers — gotta go now.





Be sure take pictures of your STICKY NOTES, upload them to your Facebook, TAG all your friends in the pics and then also be sure to share them with the event page.

I like it. It’s a simple way to highlight the effects of the Democrats’ disastrous deficit spendingtheir insane drilling policies, and their hatred of all things free market.

Read more at Doug Ross@Journal

21 Statistics That Will Make You Think Twice About Going To College

(Economic Collapse)  Is going to college a worthwhile investment?  Is the education that our young people are receiving at our colleges and universities really worth all of the time, money and effort that is required?  Decades ago, a college education was quite inexpensive and it was almost an automatic ticket to the middle class.  But today all of that has changed.  At this point, college education is a big business.  There are currently more than 18 million students enrolled at the nearly 5,000 colleges and universities currently in operation throughout the United States.  There are quite a few “institutions of higher learning” that now charge $40,000 or even $50,000 a year for tuition.  That does not even count room and board and other living expenses.  Meanwhile, as you will see from the statistics posted below, the quality of education at our colleges and universities has deteriorated badly.  When graduation finally arrives, many of our college students have actually learned very little, they find themselves unable to get good jobs and yet they end up trapped in student loan debt hell for essentially the rest of their lives.

Across America today, “guidance counselors” are pushing millions of high school students to go to the very best colleges that they can get into, but they rarely warn them about how much it is going to cost or about the sad reality that they could end up being burdened by massive debt loads for decades to come.

Yes, college is a ton of fun and it is a really unique experience.  If you can get someone else to pay for it then you should definitely consider going.

There are also many careers which absolutely require a college degree.  Depending on your career goals, you may not have much of a choice of whether to go to college or not.

But that doesn’t mean that you have to go to student loan debt hell.

You don’t have to go to the most expensive school that you can get into.

You don’t have to take out huge student loans.

There is no shame in picking a school based on affordability.

The truth is that pretty much wherever you go to school the quality of the education is going to be rather pathetic.  A highly trained cat could pass most college courses in the United States today.

Personally, I have had the chance to spend quite a number of years on college campuses.  I enjoyed my time and I have some pretty pieces of parchment to put up on the wall.  I have seen with my own eyes what goes on at our institutions of higher learning.  In a previous article, I described what life is like for most “average students” enrolled in our colleges and universities today….

The vast majority of college students in America spend two to four hours a day in the classroom and maybe an hour or two outside the classroom studying. The remainder of the time these “students” are out drinking beer, partying, chasing after sex partners, going to sporting events, playing video games, hanging out with friends, chatting on Facebook or getting into trouble. When they say that college is the most fun that most people will ever have in their lives they mean it. It is basically one huge party.

If you are a parent and you are shelling out tens of thousands of dollars every year to pay for college you need to know the truth.

You are being ripped off.

Sadly, a college education just is not that good of an investment anymore.  Tuition costs have absolutely skyrocketed even as the quality of education has plummeted.

A college education is not worth getting locked into crippling student loan payments for the next 30 years.

Even many university professors are now acknowledging that student loan debt has become a horrific societal problem. Just check out what one professor was quoted as saying in a recent article in The Huffington Post….

“Thirty years ago, college was a wise, modest investment,” says Fabio Rojas, a professor of sociology at Indiana University. He studies the politics of higher education. “Now, it’s a lifetime lock-in, an albatross you can’t escape.”

Anyone that is thinking of going to college needs to do a cost/benefit analysis.

Is it really going to be worth it?

For some people the answer will be “yes” and for some people the answer will be “no”.

But sadly, hardly anyone that goes to college these days gets a “good” education.

To get an idea of just how “dumbed down” we have become as a nation, just check out this Harvard entrance exam from 1869.

I wouldn’t have a prayer of passing that exam.

What about you?

We really do need to rethink our approach to higher education in this country.

Posted below are 21 statistics about college tuition, student loan debt and the quality of college education in the United States….

#1 Since 1978, the cost of college tuition in the United States has gone up by over 900 percent.

#2 In 2010, the average college graduate had accumulated approximately $25,000 in student loan debt by graduation day.

#3 Approximately two-thirds of all college students graduate with student loans.

#4 Americans have accumulated well over $900 billion in student loan debt. That figure is higher than the total amount of credit card debt in the United States.

#5 The typical U.S. college student spends less than 30 hours a week on academics.

#6 According to very extensive research detailed in a new book entitled “Academically Adrift: Limited Learning on College Campuses”, 45 percent of U.S. college students exhibit “no significant gains in learning” after two years in college.

#7 Today, college students spend approximately 50% less time studying than U.S. college students did just a few decades ago.

#8 35% of U.S. college students spend 5 hours or less studying per week.

#9 50% of U.S. college students have never taken a class where they had to write more than 20 pages.

#10 32% of U.S. college students have never taken a class where they had to read more than 40 pages in a week.

#11 U.S. college students spend 24% of their time sleeping, 51% of their time socializing and 7% of their time studying.

#12 Federal statistics reveal that only 36 percent of the full-time students who began college in 2001 received a bachelor’s degree within four years.

#13 Nearly half of all the graduate science students enrolled at colleges and universities in the United States are foreigners.

#14 According to the Economic Policy Institute, the unemployment rate for college graduates younger than 25 years old was 9.3 percent in 2010.

#15 One-third of all college graduates end up taking jobs that don’t even require college degrees.

#16 In the United States today, over 18,000 parking lot attendants have college degrees.

#17 In the United States today, 317,000 waiters and waitresses have college degrees.

#18 In the United States today, approximately 365,000 cashiers have college degrees.

#19 In the United States today, 24.5 percent of all retail salespersons have a college degree.

#20 Once they get out into the “real world”, 70% of college graduates wish that they had spent more time preparing for the “real world” while they were still in school.

#21 Approximately 14 percent of all students that graduate with student loan debt end up defaulting within 3 years of making their first student loan payment.

There are millions of young college graduates running around out there that are wondering where all of the “good jobs” are.  All of their lives they were promised that if they worked really hard and got good grades that the system would reward them.

Sometimes when you do everything right you still can’t get a job. A while backThe Huffington Post featured the story of Kyle Daley – a highly qualified UCLA graduate who had been unemployed for 19 months at the time….

I spent my time at UCLA preparing for the outside world. I had internships in congressional offices, political action committees, non-profits and even as a personal intern to a successful venture capitalist. These weren’t the run-of-the-mill office internships; I worked in marketing, press relations, research and analysis. Additionally, the mayor and city council of my hometown appointed me to serve on two citywide governing bodies, the planning commission and the open government commission. I used to think that given my experience, finding work after graduation would be easy.

At this point, however, looking for a job is my job. I recently counted the number of job applications I have sent out over the past year — it amounts to several hundred. I have tried to find part-time work at local stores or restaurants, only to be turned away. Apparently, having a college degree implies that I might bail out quickly when a better opportunity comes along.

The sad truth is that a college degree is not an automatic ticket to the middle class any longer.

But for millions of young Americans a college degree is an automatic ticket to student loan debt hell.

Student loan debt is one of the most insidious forms of debt.  You can’t get away from student loan debt no matter what you do.  Federal bankruptcy law makes it nearly impossible to discharge student loan debts, and many recent grads end up with loan payments that absolutely devastate them financially at a time when they are struggling to get on their feet and make something of themselves.

So are you still sure that you want to go to college?

Another open secret is that most of our colleges and universities are little more than indoctrination centers.  Most people would be absolutely shocked at how much unfiltered propaganda is being pounded into the heads of our young people.

At most colleges and universities, when it comes to the “big questions” there is a “right answer” and there is virtually no discussion of any other alternatives.

In most fields there is an “orthodoxy” that you had better adhere to if you want to get good grades.

Let’s just say that “independent thought” and “critical thinking” are not really encouraged at most of our institutions of higher learning.

Am I bitter because I didn’t do well?  No, I actually did extremely well in school.  I have seen the system from the inside.  I know how it works.

It is a giant fraud.

If you want to go to college because you want to have a good time or because it will help you get your career started then by all means go for it.

Just realize what you are signing up for.

Source-http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/student-loan-debt-hell-21-statistics-that-will-make-you-think-twice-about-going-to-college

White House Releases Obama’s Long-Form Birth Certificate

(FOX)  The White House has released President Obama’s long-form birth certificate, saying the document is “proof positive” the president was born in Hawaii.

White House Communications Director Dan Pfeiffer said the administration decided to release the full document in response to mounting questions about the president’s birth. He noted that what started as Internet chatter had moved into the national political debate and ended up being discussed regularly on mainstream news outlets.

He said the president believed the matter was becoming a “distraction” from major issues.

Obama plans to discuss the release of the document Wednesday morning at the White House.

The document lists Obama’s birthplace as Honolulu, Hawaii, and his birth date as Aug. 4, 1961. The hospital listed is Kapiolani Maternity & Gynecological Hospital. The name on the birth certificate is Barack Hussein Obama II.

Obama’s presidential campaign, in response to questions raised in 2008, at the time posted a short-form version of the document on the Internet. But conspiracy theories continued to fester. They gained legs in recent weeks as Donald Trump, who is toying with the possibility of running as a presidential candidate in 2012, repeatedly and publicly questioned Obama’s origin.

Pfeiffer, on the White House blog, said the president thought the attention was “bad for the American people” and directed his counsel to request access to the long-form document from the Hawaii State Department of Health. The department granted an exception to release the long-form document “because of the tremendous volume of requests they had been getting,” the White House said.

“At a time of great consequence for this country — when we should be debating how we win the future, reduce our deficit, deal with high gas prices, and bring stability to the Middle East, Washington, DC, was once again distracted by a fake issue,” Pfeiffer said on the blog. “The President’s hope is that with this step, we can move on to debating the bigger issues that matter to the American people and the future of the country.”

Trump, speaking in New Hampshire, took credit Wednesday for the president’s decision to release the document. He said his team would have to examine the birth certificate and questioned why the White House took so long, but indicated he wanted to move beyond the issue.

“Today, I’m very proud of myself, because I’ve accomplished something that nobody else has been able to accomplish,” Trump told reporters. “Why he didn’t do it when everybody else was asking for it, I don’t know. But I am really honored, frankly, to have played such a big role in hopefully, hopefully getting rid of this issue.”

Click here to see the birth certificate. (First page)

Click here to see the birth certificate. (Second page)

Read more: http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2011/04/27/white-house-releases-obamas-long-form-birth-certificate/#ixzz1KjW5Nvjl

Silver To Blow Through $50 An Ounce Any Day

(CNN MONEY)  Silver prices have doubled during the past six months, and are now within spitting distance of $50 an ounce, a key level for the precious metal.

Early Monday morning, silver prices surged 8% to $49.82 an ounce. That was just shy of the $50.35-an-ounce intraday record hit in January 1980, but higher than the all-time high closing price of $48.70 per ounce set 31 years ago.

As the trading session went on, prices pulled back from the lofty levels, with silver finishing the day up 2.4% to settle at $47.15 an ounce.

“The metals are getting a lot of attention right now,” said Terry Hanlon, president of Dillon Gage Metals, a precious metals trading firm based in Dallas. “We’ll run right through $50 per ounce for silver any day now, and two months from now, we won’t even remember it as a benchmark.”

Gold prices also continued to shine in record territory, rising 1% to hit a fresh intraday high of $1,519.20 an ounce before settling up 0.4% at a record close of $1,509.10 an ounce.

Both gold and silver, which is often called the poor man’s gold, have taken on the role of currencies as the dollar loses its luster and inflation fears run wild, said Hanlon. He expects gold to top $1,700 an ounce and silver to reach $75 an ounce within a year.

“This is a huge safety play,” he said. “Investors can’t sit on their cash anymore because the value of the dollar keeps deteriorating. To offset that, they’re parking money in precious metals.”
The dollar: 98-pound weakling of currencies

The dollar index, which measure the greenback’s value against a basket of currencies, has fallen more than 6% in 2011.

A number of factors are driving investors away from the dollar and toward safe- haven investments such as gold and silver. Among the reasons are deficit problems in the United States and Europe, and rapidly rising food and commodity prices, especially in emerging markets.

Ongoing political tensions across the Middle East and North Africa also have investors on edge.

“As long as these problems continue to simmer and occasionally surface, we’ll see more safe-haven demand from investors for precious metals,” said Jeffrey Nichols, managing director at American Precious Metals Advisors.

Nichols, who considers himself to be particularly bullish, says gold prices could reach $3,000 an ounce within the next few years, as silver prices double to nearly $100 an ounce.

But those levels won’t come without major hiccups — 10% to 20% short-term pullbacks — along the way.

And, when adjusted for inflation, gold and silver prices still have a long way to go. Gold rose to $825.50 per ounce on Jan. 21, 1980, which is $2,238.74 in today’s dollars, according to the government’s CPI inflation calculator. Meanwhile, silver’s inflation adjusted price peaks at $136.55 per ounce in today’s dollars.

Source-Read more at James West’s Midas Lett

Satanic Occult Symbols In Washington D.C.

( David J. Stewart)  The mall in Washington DC is laid out so the gardens and streets form the image of an owl. The owl is representative of the mythical goddess, Lilith. Pleas read, Bohemian Grove Exposed for much more information on the owl.

The street design in Washington, D.C., has been laid out in such a manner that certain Luciferic symbols are depicted by the streets, cul-de-sacs and rotaries. This design was created in 1791, a few years after Freemasonry assumed the leadership of the New World Order, in 1782.

In Europe,  occult leaders were told by their familiar spirits as early as the 1740’s that the new American continent was to be established as the new “Atlantis,” and its destiny was to assume the global leadership of the drive to the New World Order. The United States of America was chosen to lead the world into this kingdom of Antichrist from the very beginning. The capital is Washington, D.C., which is evidenced by the preponderance of occult symbols.

George Washington (a 33° Freemason) selected French Freemason Pierre Charles L’Enfantto design the city’s layout in Washington D.C.

The boundaries of the city, established by George Washington in 1791, form a square 10 miles long on each side, centered on the originally proposed location for the Washington Monument. The east-west diagonal of the square crosses over the Capitol building and the north-south diagonal crosses over the White House.

The length of the north-south and east-west diagonals is 10 miles times the square root of 2, or 14.142 miles. This distance converts to 43,455 ancient Egyptian royal cubits, the same figure as the ratio between the Great Pyramid and the dimensions of the earth.

  • The height of the Great Pyramid is 481.13 feet, divided by 5,280 = .0911231 miles.
  • The mean radius of the earth is 3,960 miles, divided by .0911231 = 43,457.
  • The perimeter of the Great Pyramid is 3,023 feet, divided by 5,280 = .5725 miles.
  • The mean circumference of the earth is 24,880 miles, divided by .5725 = 43,458.
  • 3,960 miles (radius of the earth) / 14.142 miles = 280 (number of cubits in the height of the Great Pyramid)
  • 24,880 miles (circumference of the earth) / 14.142 miles = 1,760 (cubits in the perimeter of the Great Pyramid)

Converting the radius and circumference of the earth to cubits yields the same results.

The first series of symbols I will point out deal with the seat of the executive branch of government, the White House, indicated by the red arrow above.  If you are a Google Earth user, you can see these satellite images for yourself at Google Maps.

As you can see by my outline, the White House sits at the apex of an inverted pentagram.  This symbol is incomplete by only 2 small pieces, indicated by the yellow lines.

The hexagram is nearly complete, except for 1 small piece on the north-west side, outlined in yellow.

If you draw the pentagram and hexagram symbols together, you can see three sides of a cross.  Finishing the symbol on the land sitting in front of the White House reveals a perfectly symmetrical Knights Templar cross.

It has been said the Washington Monument obelisk (bottom arrow) sits due south from the White House.  This is not exactly true, as you can see in the photo above.  In reality, the obelisk is directly south from the Masonic Temple (top arrow) which sits 13 blocks north of the White House.

The pentagon is an infinite occult symbol — it is the center of a pentagram and a pentagram fits perfectly inside a pentagon.

Obelisks are phallic (penis) symbols related to the Egyptian Sun god, Ra. The 4 sides of the Washington Monument are aligned with the cardinal directions (i.e., east, west, north, and south). At the ground level each side of the monument measures 55.5 feet long, which is equal to 666 inches. The height of the obelisk is 555.5 feet, which is equal to 6,666 inches.

The temple is the headquarters of the Supreme Council of Scottish Rites of Freemasonry, modeled after descriptions of the Mausoleum of Halicarnassus, one of the 7 wonders of the ancient world.

As mentioned earlier, the 4 sides of the Washington Monument are aligned with thecardinal directions (i.e., east, west, north, and south).  At the ground level each side of the monument measures 55.5 feet long, which is equal to 666 inches.  The height of the obelisk is 555.5 feet, which is equal to 6,666 inches.  The obelisk is representative of the male sex organ, worship in nearly all pagan cultures.  It is a symbol of man’s carnal power and might.

Satanism and the occult are saturated with sexual perversion, child-molesting, and human sacrifices.  Most worshippers in these groups deny such claims, but some have openly professed it, such as the godless bisexual Aleister Crowley.  Such immoral occult influences are prevalent in rock music, feminism, and even in Walt Disney movies, such as The CHRONICLES of NARNIA.

In this photograph I’ve indicated both the White House (left) and the Capitol building (right).

The square and compass symbol stretches from the White House to the Capitol.

To the east of the Capitol sits a complete hexagram

A bird’s-eye view of the Capitol building reveals a figure resembling an owl.  The owl is a symbol which represents an pagan deity.  Nocturnal birds are symbols of sorcery and metaphysics because black magick cannot function in the light of truth (day) and is powerful only when surrounded by ignorance (night).  The owl is considered wise because the creature is able to see through the darkness of ignorance and materiality; hence its association with the goddess Athena and its veneration during the nocturnal cremation of care ceremony at the Bohemian Grove.

In his book, The Secret Architecture of Our Nation’s Capital, pagan David Ovason states that there are…

“zodiacs in the city, and at least 1,000 zodiacal and planetary symbols…”

SOURCE: The Secret Architecture of Our Nation’s Capital; by David Ovason; pg. 10, Harper Collins; 1999

Washington D.C. is absolutely infested with occult and astrology symbols.

In his book, Ovason documents the location of over 23 Satanic zodiacs in the federal district alone!  Why should God bless America?

Above the dome of the Capitol building stands Lady Libertas, the goddess Isis.

Guarding the entrance to the Capitol building is Nimrod (Baal) in the likeness of the Roman god Mars, whom the Egyptians called Osiris.  As you can see from the image below this entrance is identical to that of the Roman Panthenon of the Gods – as well as the Greek Parthenon.

There are several significant buildings in the District of Columbia with these ancient designs, including The White House.

  

  

The central part of the Supreme Court building is modeled after the Temple of Artemis, one of the 7 wonders of the ancient world.

The George Washington Masonic Memorial, modeled after descriptions of the Pharos of Alexandria – another wonder of the ancient world, sits across the Potomac in Alexandria, Virginia just inside the diagonal square border of D.C.

This statue of Washington in the Smithsonian Museum of American History was modeled after descriptions of the statue of Zeus at Olympia, one of the 7 wonders of the ancient world.  The museum is aligned to the cardinal directions, the statue sits at the western end of the main floor facing east.  Compare this portrayal of Washington to the images of Zeus and Baphomet – do you notice any similarities?

Satan on our Dollar

The eye represents Lucifer, the Prince of Darkness, who transforms himself into an angel of light (2nd Corinthians 11:3.

“Historian/author Ralph Epperson has spent many years researching the history of the Great Seal, and has discovered that those who designed the two circles committed America to what has been called “A Secret Destiny.”  This future “destiny” is so unpleasant that those who wanted the changes it entails had to conceal that truth in symbols.”

SOURCE: The New World Order, back cover, by Ralph A. Epperson; 1990; ISBN: 0-9614135-1-4; publisher: PUBLIUS PRESS, Tucson, Arizona.

The capstone of the pyramid is symbolic of the antichrist, who when he comes will complete the pyramid.  The beast system is now being prepared, aka, the New World Order.  Below, you can get an idea of the power structure of these occult groups.  If you want to do research, look up the various groups on the internet, such as the Mother of Darkness.

The special positions at the top of the pyramid are those who are wholly committed to the Luciferian Ideology, i.e., a Totalitarian Godless Police State!

These things are all very real folks. We read in 2nd Thessalonians 2:10 that the masses of this world WILL BE deceived when the Antichrist comes because they don’t love the truth of God’s Word, “And with all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved.”
The International Conspiracy

It means Satan is the god of this world, just as 2nd Corinthians 4:4 declares.  We see far too many articles on the internet today exposing the occult, but not enough that tie it all in with the Word of God.  Folks, a bunch of facts will never make any sense until you shine the Light of God’s Word upon it.  The Word of God is the missing key.  Satan is the god of this sinful world, and he controls his servants through occult organizations, such as Freemasonry, Skull and Bones, and Bohemian Grove.  The term “Illuminati” refers to the highest and most evil people in the pyramid structure.  Few people realize that Communism is simply a mask for the New World Order.  Please read about The Lucifer Trust.

The hidden secret behind Communism is that Wall Street bankers were instrumental in creating it.  I recently read an excellent book… PAWNS in the GAME, by William Guy Carr (1958).  If you want to learn all the details of the Illuminati and their sinister evil plan to take over the world, then this is the book to read!  PAWNS IN THE GAME exposes how every major war over the past 250 years has been deliberately caused, financed, and profited from by the money-lenders.  As shocking as it may sound, this includes the American Revolution which gave birth to America.  On pages 49-58, William Guy Carr tells how the American Revolution was plotted and planned by the same international group which plotted the English and French revolutions; and how the international financiers obtained control of the American economy.  You’ll never hear the truth in a public school classroom.

People listen to those who continually cry, as they did in Spain, “Communism can never cause a revolution here.”  They listen to those who give them a sense of false security.  The majority of citizens are like children, who hide their heads under the blankets when they fear danger.  It should be remembered that pulling the bedclothes over one’s head never saved a person from an assassin, a rapist, or an exploding bomb. (SOURCE: PAWNS IN THE GAME, page 128, by William Guy Carr, 1958).

I couldn’t have described Americans today any better!  They are only listening to those who give them a sense of FALSE SECURITY!  They are hiding their heads under their blankets.  Please read, It Can’t Happen Here by Congressman Ron Paul.  These quotes from PAWNS IN THE GAME (and I highly recommend the book) should clearly evidence to you that history does repeat itself, or in other terms, people never learn!

The following quote is from page IX in the introduction concerning the International Conspiracy:

Very few people seem to appreciate that Lucifer is the brightest and most intelligent of the heavenly host and, because he is a pure spirit, he is indestructible.  The Scriptures tell us his power is such that he caused one-third of the most intelligent of the heavenly host to defect from God, and join him, because he claimed God’s Plan for the rule of the universe is weak and impractical because it is based on the premise that lesser beings can be taught to know, love, and wish to serve Him voluntarily out of respect for His own infinite perfections.  The Luciferian ideology states might is right.  It claims beings of proven superior intelligence have the right to rule those less gifted because the masses don’t know what is best for them.  The Luciferian ideology is what we call totalitarianism to-day.

The Old Testament is simply the history of how Satan became prince of the world, and caused our first parents to defect from God.  It relates how the synagogue of Satan was established on this earth, it tells how it has worked since to prevent God’s Plan for the rule of the universe being established on this earth.  Christ came to earth when the conspiracy reached the stage that, to use His own Words, Satan controlled all those in high places.  He exposed the synagogue of Satan (Rev. 2:9;3:9); he denounced those who belonged to it as sons of the Devil (Lucifer), whom He castigated as the father of lies (John 8:44) and the prince of deceit (2nd Cor. 11:14).  He was specific in His statement that those who comprised the synagogue of Satan were those who called themselves Jews, but were not, and did lie (Rev. 2:9; 3:9).  He identified the Money-Changers (Bankers), the Scribes, and the Pharisees as the Illuminati of His day.

Page X brings the conspiracy up to date:

In 1774 “An Act of God” placed the Bavarian government in possession of evidence which proved the existence of the continuing Luciferian conspiracy.  Adam Weishaupt, a Jesuit trained professor of canon law, defected from Christianity, and embraced the Luciferian ideology while teaching in Ingoldstadt University.  In 1770 the money lenders (who had recently organized the House of Rothschild), retrained him to revise and modernize the age-old ‘protocols’ designed to give the synagogue of Satan ultimate world domination so they can impose Luciferian ideology upon what remains of the Human Race, after the final social cataclysm, by use of Satanic despotism.  Weishaupt completed his task May 1st, 1776.

The plan required the destruction of ALL existing governments and religions.  This objective was to be reached by dividing the masses, whom he termed Goyim (meaning human cattle) into opposing camps

America has been hijacked by criminals, i.e., the illuminati.  Don’t believe me?  Then maybe you’ll believe Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney, or Congressman Ron Paul.   Halliburton was recently awarded a contract to build concentration camps IN AMERICA!  The truth is that our political leaders are PAWNS in a global game, controlled by murderous and sinister thugs who manipulate this world’s wealth and resources.  Our political leaders are mere puppets to the puppeteers, and we are the gullible sheep.

Here’s a photo of Condoleezza Rice at the United Nations in 2005 with the numbers 666 behind her.  Notice how the logo below was cleverly designed, celebrating the UN’s 60th anniversary, to appear as 666 above.Source 

11 Prices That Will Rise Along With Your Gas

(Sarah Gilbert)  “Uggh,” tweeted a friend of mine Monday. “I just spent $74 to fill up my tank.” With my car-free lifestyle, I’ve been feeling a little smug lately — it sure is nice to avoid those kind of receipts. But then I watched a big truck rumble past my front window filled with food pallets destined for Trader Joe’s, and I started thinking about all the other things whoseprices will go up in step with the $4-a-gallon gas.

Transportation costs may not have immediate effects on the prices of other goods, but as they start to build up and the trucking companies’ hedges expire, everything gets more expensive.

Here are 11 prices that are sure to rise along with the price of gas:

Air travel is, of course, thing number one. Expecting an unusual number of trips to conferences this summer, and watching the price of a barrel of oil tick higher and higher, I snapped up tickets as soon as I had the cash on hand rather than waiting until the almost-last-minute (my usual m.o. is to wait for fare sales).

I needn’t have rushed; the last few price increase attempts by airlines haven’t yet been “sticky” — a few airlines will test the water with a $4 or $8 or $10 increase, waiting to see if other airlines on that route match the price before letting it fall back to its former level. But prices have been up between 6% and 17% all year compared to the same time in 2009, and the continued test increases say that airlines will keep pushing the fare envelope.

Fast food. Want burgers and fries? If you’re a regular visitor to one of America’s finest purveyors of cheap fattening food — say, a few times a week — you could end up spending just as much, if not more, at McDonald’s and Wendy’s than you do for gas. Price increases haven’t been announced yet, but it’s safe to say that $0.20 or $0.30 more on your favorite menu items isn’t out of the question. Depending on your orders and frequency, this could add up to a few hundred dollars a year.

Bananas and potatoes and tomatoes, oh my. Rising produce prices have been a problem almost all year, and bad weather in Mexico is still depressing prices. Canadians saw an especially nasty increase in the price of fruits and vegetables in March, 3.3% sequentially; year-over-year, average nationwide prices for fresh produce were up 9.8% in March. You’ll continue to see especially high prices on tropical fruits and those vegetables that are out of season in your neighborhood (think tomatoes and strawberries for most of the U.S.). Reports from local farmers here in Portland, Ore., have me worried that the wet weather is going to mean scary prices for fresh peas and lettuce when they start appearing in the market next month.

Stamps for postcards and packages. You know who uses a lot of gas? The people in the business of delivering letters and packages to your door — the ones you’re ordering online so you don’t have to spend money for gas. Well, there’s no such thing as free transportation (unless you’re a bicyclist or pedestrian, I suppose), and the USPS and its private competitors are going to have to pay more for trucking packages and mail across the great U.S. of A. While regular first-class mail stamps will stay at 44 cents each, postcards will go up a penny; larger envelopes and packages will cost more per ounce, as will mail to some international destinations.

Beef and bacon. We’ve already seen indications that bacon prices will skyrocket this year; the raw ingredient for bacon, lean pork bellies, is up 50% so far this year. Beef prices are the impetus for Wendy’s to raise prices — they use fresh beef and can’t hedge costs quite as easily at McDonald’s by stocking up. Even if we don’t see any other price pressures this year, the USDA predicts consumers will see 6.5% to 7.5% increase in the price of their meat.

Coffee. From Starbucks to Maxwell House, coffee prices are up as much as 56% since last year. My favorite coffee-and-pizza shop is now a pizza shop alone, thanks to rising coffee prices. The culprit is the skyrocketing price of green arabica beans, the building block of any good coffee. Unseasonable rains and frosts in Mexico and other tropical locales are the culprit; they send the harvest quantities downward and are creating such havoc in the markets that some coffee growers are hoarding beans, hoping for a huge payday to make up for the depressed yields.

Orange juice. Another victim of that unseasonable freeze in tropical areas — this time, Florida — Tropicana is raising prices on its orange juice. Prices are expected to go up from 4% to 8%, says Pepsi, its corporate parent. Last year, the company didn’t raise prices exactly, but it did downsize its packaging. One of its popular sizes went from 64 ounces to 59 ounces. Next year, will we see 55-ouncers, I wonder? How low can you go?

Chocolate. So, we’ve got Middle East tensions…two years of bad weather in Florida and Mexico…rising transportation costs…and dwindling supplies of pork bellies. What else could go wrong? In the Ivory Coast, political turmoil has caused cocoa bean costs to go way up. Sugar is more expensive, too; that’s what caused Hershey to raise wholesale prices for its chocolate by as much as 9.7%. I don’t watch prices of this sort of chocolate closely enough to know how that’s impacted Easter candy — some chocolatiers are absorbing the costs for now, it seems — but I think I’m going to stock up on my own favorite brand. In desperate times, a girl needs fair trade organic dark chocolate. You know?

Ron Paul Launches Presidential Campaign

(Cameron Joseph)  Rep. Ron Paul, R-Texas, whose outspoken libertarian views and folksy style made him a cult hero during two previous presidential campaigns, will announce on Tuesday that he’s going to try a third time.

Sources close to Paul, who is in his 12th term in the House, said he will unveil an exploratory presidential committee, a key step in gearing up for a White House race. He will also unveil the campaign’s leadership team in Iowa, where the first votes of the presidential election will be cast in caucuses next year.

Paul, 75, ran as the Libertarian Party candidate in 1988, finishing with less than one half a percent of the vote. After more than a decade as a Republican congressman, Paul gave it another shot in the 2008 presidential election, gaining attention for being the only Republican candidate calling for the end to the war in Iraq and for his “money bomb” fundraising strategy, which brought in millions of dollars from online donors in single-day pushes.

Paul took 10 percent of the vote in the Iowa caucuses and 8 percent in New Hampshire’s primary. He finished second, with 14 percent of the vote, in the Nevada caucuses, and eventually finished fourth in the Republican nominating process with 5.6 percent of the total vote. Paul’s campaign book, The Revolution: A Manifesto also reached No. 1 onThe New York Times best-seller list in 2008.

This would seem to be an ideal year for Paul: Since the last election, the Republican Party has moved much closer to his view on deficit reduction, which made him an early tea party favorite. All of the party’s top-tier presidential hopefuls are focusing on lowering debt, government spending, and tax rates, issues Paul has long advocated.

Source-http://www.nationaljournal.com/politics/ron-paul-launches-presidential-campaign-20110425

Gold And Silver Continue To Surge

(FT)  Gold hit a record high, while silver surged more than 5 per cent to within a whisker of its all-time peak, as the dollar continued its decline and inflation concerns drove haven flows.

Driven also by government debt concerns, gold rose 1 per cent to $1,518.20 a troy ounce, the seventh-consecutive trading session in which it has hit a record high. Silver surged 5.5 per cent to $49.17 an ounce, having hit a 30-year high of $49.80, within sight of the landmark $50 level.

The market considers that $50 an ounce marks a record nominal high for silver, although veteran traders say that in the chaotic trading of January 18, 1980, when the Hunt brothers’ cornering of the market came to a head, some small amounts of the metal changed hands in the physical market at even higher prices. The large precious metals banks, which have been meeting daily to set prices for silver since 1897, on that day recorded a “fixing” – or daily benchmark price – of $49.45.

Read entire article

How To See The Secret Tracking Data In Your IPhone

(William Fenton)  Coverage of the iPhone tracking “feature” has ranged from concern to outrage. “I don’t know about you, but the fact that this feature exists on an iPhone is a deal-killer,” wrote PCMag Columnist John Dvorak, shortly after news broke. PCMag Executive Editor Dan Costa drew a softer line, writing, “Apple may not be actively tracking you, but it did turn your phone into a tracking device without telling you.”

As frustrating as it is to learn that your iPhone has been spying on you, collecting an unencrypted treasure trove of your travels, the truth is we knew this was happening. Last June we reported that Apple updated its privacy policy, stating that it could, “collect, use, and share precise location data, including real-time geographic location of your Apple computer or device.” How precise that location data is remains in question. What is clear, however, is that the update arrived alongside the release of iOS 4—the OS affected by the tracking feature—and identified the four devices (iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS, iPhone 4, and iPad with 3G) affected by the tracking feature.

I’m not about to give Apple a pass on disclosure or execution. Who combs through an Apple privacy statement when the latest iOSsoftware awaits? And, to “collect” and “share” user data is one thing; to retain it in an unprotected file is quite another.

However, I think it’s important that, with a few days’ hindsight, we move beyond the bombast, pin down the facts, and see what’s actually there. To do this, I’ve taken a close look at what’s at risk and, in empirical spirit, borrowed fellow PCMag software analyst Jeff Wilson’s iPhone 3GS to see what I could learn of the man and the travels using Pete Warden’s iPhoneTracker app.

What and Who Is At Risk?
First, the bad news: if you’re running iOS 4, your location-based data—latitude and longitude coordinates, coupled with timestamps—is stored on your phone in a file called “consolidated.db;” that file is automatically transferred to any machines with which you sync (and back up), and it’s probably flowing back to Apple in some form or another. The worse news: if you haven’t encrypted your backups, that data is unprotected.

Now, for the not-so-bad news. There’s no confirmation that that data is leaving your custody and no evidence that Apple’s harvesting it towards nefarious ends. More likely, it’s being used for two things:Apple’s reportedly tapping location information to build a database, which may actually be for your own good; and other apps, such as Maps, require geo-locational data to play. To halt both in their tracks, you can disable Location Services.

Furthermore, the data is far from “precise.” In fact, Apple’s data collection is both inconsistent andimprecise. Rather than using GPS, location information logged in consolidated.db is determined by triangulation via cell-phone towers, a notoriously loose method. Update times run the gamut, left to the whims of cell-phone towers and phone activity. Finally, the location data available on your phone is limited by several variables:

  • it dates back to the release of iOS 4, less than one year;
  • only affects iPads with 3G or theiPhone 3G, 3GS, and 4;
  • while data is timed to the second on your iPhone, you can only browse within a single week of activity using Pete Warden’s iPhoneTracker application
  • Where In The World Is Jeff Wilson? 
    Reading about the iPhone tracking feature is all databases and timestamps. To see what’s at risk, I borrowed analyst Jeff Wilson’s iPhone 3GS to see what I could learn about his provocative lifestyle. For those interested in our other resident man of mystery, Sascha Segan has posted his iPhone-tracked travels.

    To access Jeff’s data, I downloaded Pete Warden’s free iPhoneTracker app, which makes data plotting as easy as connecting your iOS 4 device to and launching the app on the OS X machine with which you sync.

    The first stumbling block I encountered was that I couldn’t sync Jeff’s iPhone 3GS without his passcode. Even with it, I hit a second wall: because I was using my MacBook Pro, I was trying to access backups that weren’t there. In order for me to see his previously logged backups, I had to restore his iPhone 3GS and sync it with my desktop.

    Once restored, I gained access to Jeff’s backups, and thus his location history, with one noteworthy caveat: I could only view data week by week.

    iPhoneTracker shows a map splattered with data points. At the bottom of the screen there’s a play button that animates location information chronologically: locational data is compressed into week-long frames. Yes, I could see that Jeff gallivanted in Las Vegas in early January, that he works in midtown Manhattan, and that he gives equal love to all the boroughs of New York City, but when it comes to learning anything more specific about his travel patterns, the data set, supplied in seven-day nuggets, can be difficult to interpret. To make the data less useful to villainous voyeurs (in this case, me), Pete Warden has limited the specificity of results to week-long increments. For basic scouting, iPhoneTracker is specific enough, but if you’re seeking to parse movement, more precise information is stored in consolidated.db.

    How To Cover Your Tracks
    If you’re concerned about your locational information winding up in the wrong hands, there are several actions you can take. First, you can delete all of your previous backups in one swoop by opening iTunes Preferences, clicking the Devices tab, and deleting the appropriate backup. Second, you can do what Apple arguably should have done already: encrypt it. It’s easy: click on your device in iTunes, scroll to the bottom the options page, tick the box “Encrypt backups,” and set a password. If Jeff had an angry ex, this would stop her from doing what I did with his iPhone (and discovering all that inter-borough love). For those who don’t like the idea of their iOS device chatting with Apple at all, you can prohibit all communication by disabling Location Services (in Settings), though you may find that many apps are less useful without it. Finally, setting a passcode on your iPhone is good policy, no matter what. It stopped me from syncing his iPhone with my laptop and it will keep the rest of your information private.

    Go Ahead, Snoop on Yourself
    There’s good reason to be upset about Apple’s poor disclosure of and security surrounding its iOS 4 location-based tracking. Hopefully they’ll address the lack of encryption in a timely, dot-something update. In the meantime, it’s not as dire as some doomsayers suggest: it’s not bobbing about the Internet, it’s not being trolled by the government, and it’s not any more likely to be used in court than cell phone company data. If you’re not comfortable with the locational log, there are simple, concrete actions you can take today, such as deleting previous backups and disabling Location Services.

    Before you lock down your iPhone, though, consider downloading iPhoneTracker and snooping on yourself. One thing overlooked in panic and paranoia of the past couple days is that this log captures spontaneous movement. Yes, it’s unconsented, unexpected, and unwelcomed, but I found it fascinating to see time and motion plotted on a map. It’s easy to forget the astonishing distance traveled over days, weeks, and months, and this feature, in passively tracing individual movement—however imprecise—creates some rudimentary system of record and applies some coherent chronological organization to the innumerable miles otherwise misplaced.

    Source-http://www.pcmag.com/article2/0,2817,2383944,00.asp

Phylicia Barnes, Missing North Carolina Teen, Found Dead Near Baltimore; Second Body Nearby

(Tom Shine)  The body of Phylicia Barnes, who was missing since December, is believed to have been found on April 21, 2011. ABC News

The body of Phylicia Barnesa star student from North Carolinawas discovered in Maryland on Wednesday, said police. She had been missing since December.

Anthony Guglielmi of the Baltimore Police confirmed Thursday that investigators found, not one, but two bodies Wednesday near the Susquehanna River about 35 miles from Baltimore.

One is that of the 17-year-old Barnes. The identity of the second body was not immediately clear.

Workers at the Conowingo Dam spotted Barnes’ body floating in the water around 7:30 Wednesday morning and notified state troopers in the area, according to Maryland State Police Spokesman Greg Shipley. While investigators were still in the area, they discovered a second body floating three or four miles south of the dam a few hours later.

At the Maryland state police headquarters in Baltimore, Guglielmi said they hope to have preliminary results from an autopsy.

Barnes was 16 when she went missing Dec. 28, during a trip to visit her half-sister. She would have turned 17 in January.

Barnes was from Monroe, N.C., a straight-A student, and was last heard from Dec. 28, 2010, via Facebook when she posted a note saying she was at her sister’s apartment with her sister’s boyfriend.

For more on the Barnes case, see ABC News coverage of her disappearance.

Hundreds went to the Facebook page “Pray for Phylicia Barnes,” leaving notes of condolences after police announced her body was discovered.

“R.I.P Phylicia…we pray for peace with your family and justice served for the person or persons responsible for ending your life,” one Facebook user wrote.

Question of Double Standard

The disappearance of the Alabama teen Natalee Holloway in Aruba nearly seven years ago sparked a media frenzy, as has the apparent abduction of the nursing student Holly Bobo in Indiana. But news coverage was relatively sparse in Phylicia’s case, raising accusations of a double standard in media coverage.

Speaking about the lack of national media coverage back in January, a Baltimore Police spokesman said, “Birds are falling out of the sky in Arkansas and two headed calves, and this girl may lose her life.”

The Baltimore Mayor’s office said it shares the concern about the possible existence of a double-standard in the coverage of Phylicia’s disappearance but is more distressed about the case because it was so heartbreaking.

“You see other cases that get attention, other kids that go missing and it’s immediately up on television and you know, I know there’s frustration,” said Mayor Stephanie Rawlings-Blake.

ABC’s David Kerley and the Associated Press contributed to this report.

Source-http://abcnews.go.com/US/body-phylicia-barnes-north-carolina-teen-found-maryland/story?id=13430724

10 Examples We No Longer Live In Land Of The Free And Home Of The Brave

(American Dream)  Do you know people that still believe that America is a free country?  Do you have friends or family that are proud to live in “the land of the free and the home of the brave”?  If you do, just show them this article.  The things that you are about to read are enough to make the blood of any red-blooded American boil.  We don’t live in a free country anymore.  Instead, we live in a “Big Brother” police state control grid that is becoming more restrictive every single day.  Most of our politicians seem to be control freaks that are obsessed with running every single little detail of our lives.  These days there has to be a “rule” or a “regulation” for everything.  The radical social engineers in the Soviet Union, Nazi Germany and communist China never even dared to try some of the things that are going on in America today.  We are all being treated little better than cattle and we are all being taught that it is best to just sit in our homes and absorb all of the television “programming” that is being provided for us.  Meanwhile, our public schools have become little more than prison grids.  Our children are being taught to enjoy living as docile slaves in a world where imagination, liberty, freedom and adventure are all greatly discouraged.

Unfortunately, none of this is an exaggeration.  Our politicians love to give speeches about “liberty” and “freedom”, but they always seem to have excuses to justify the endless parade of liberty-killing laws that they are imposing on all the rest of us.

Almost all of the freedoms listed in the Bill of Rights have been severely eroded.  In fact, a number of them are almost totally gone at this point.

The things that you are about to read should make you mad.  In fact, if none of these things make you mad there is a problem.  Sadly, millions of Americans have actually embraced tyranny, and if you are not outraged by any of the items listed below than you are likely one of them.

The following are 10 examples that show that we no longer live in the land of the free and the home of the brave….

#1 According to the ACLU, state police in Michigan are using “extraction devices” to download data from the cellphones of motorists that they pull over.  This is taking place even if those pulled over are not accused of doing anything wrong.

The following is how an article on CNET News describes the capabilities of these “extraction devices”….

The devices, sold by a company called Cellebrite, can download text messages, photos, video, and even GPS data from most brands of cell phones. The handheld machines have various interfaces to work with different models and can even bypass security passwords and access some information.

#2 In the state of New York, the Department of Health has designated wiffle ball, dodge ball, kick ball, freeze tag, red rover, frisbee tossing and tug of war as “risky recreational activities“.  Any organization or program that allows kids to enjoy these games during the summer will now be subject to strict government regulation according to the New York Daily News….

Under the new rules, any program that offers two or more organized recreational activities – with at least one of them on the risky list – is deemed a summer camp and subject to state regulation.

#3 At one public school in the Chicago area, children have been banned from bringing their lunches from home.  Yes, you read that correctly.  Students at that particular school are absolutely prohibited from bringing lunches from home.  Instead, it is mandatory that they eat the food that the school cafeteria serves.

#4 Would you like to have your face scanned and your ID recorded every time you attend a public event?  Don’t laugh.  The San Francisco Entertainment Commission is actually proposing a new rule which “would require all venues with an occupancy of over 100 people to record the faces of all patrons and employees and scan their ID’s for storage in a database which they must hand over to law enforcement on request.”

#5 In Delaware, police and state government officials recently tore a basketball hoop right out of a family’s front yard and carted it away because it was “too close” to the street.  They even extracted the pole for the basketball hoop out of the ground and took that away too.

#6 In Missouri of all places, two young girls named Abigail and Caitlin Mills were recently taught a lesson on how to be good citizens in the emerging totalitarian control grid going up all over the United States.  After a complaint from a neighbor, the city of Hazelwood cracked down on the two girls and told them that they must stop selling girl scout cookies in their own front yard.

#7 As I have written about previously, federal bureaucrats have outlawed the incandescent light bulbs that we all grew up with and will be forcing us to switch over to new CFL (compact fluorescent lamp) light bulbs that are more expensive and that are actually worse for the environment.  One new study conducted by scientists in Germany has shown that the new CFL light bulbs that we are being forced to use contain poisonous carcinogens that are likely cause cancer.  In fact, the German scientists say that these CFL bulbs should be “kept as far away as possible from the human environment”.

#8 Many states are aggressively seizing “unclaimed” safe deposit boxes and are selling off the contents and using the money to pay state government bills.  In the state of California, they are now going after safe deposit boxes if the owners have had “no contact” with the bank for just 3 years.  Other states are being nearly as aggressive.  If you have a safe deposit box that you have not opened in a while you need to go check on it right away.

#9 One Mississippi state judge recently issued an order for state officials to gather and deliver to him the names of every single child that is being homeschooled in the state.  The frightening thing is that the judge did this all on his own.  Nobody requested this information and there is no case pending for which this information would be required.

Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad)

#10 The TSA had promised that they were going to stop groping little children at airports, but apparently that is not the case.  For example, one 6 year old little girl made headlines recently when a TSA worker touched all of her private areas before allowing her to get on an airplane.  Her parents were forced to stand aside and watch this outrage take place.

So what do all of you think about this list?

Does anyone out there still believe that we live in the land of the free and the home of the brave?

Source-http://www.infowars.com/10-examples-we-no-longer-live-in-land-of-the-free-and-home-of-the-brave/

Apple IPhone, IPad Tracking User Whereabouts, Researcher Says

(Adam Satariano )  (Apple Inc. (AAPL)’s iPhone and iPad track and store the movements of people using the devices, according to a report by O’Reilly Radar.

Apple’s iOS 4 operating system for the iPhone and iPad 3G logs latitude-longitude coordinates along with the time of the visit, according to Alasdair Allan, a senior research fellow in astronomy at the University of Exeter in England, who co-wrote the study with Pete Warden. The findings were posted on the website owned by O’Reilly Media, a Sebastopol, California-based publisher that organizes technology trade conferences.

The tracking, which is likely based on the location of nearby mobile-phone towers, raises security and privacy questions, Allan and Warden wrote. The information, which can total tens of thousands of data points, isn’t encrypted, according to the authors, who were going to present the results today at the Where 2.0 conference in Santa Clara, California.

There’s no evidence the information is being shared, according to the report. Mobile phone carriers have always had access to this information and it takes a court order for it to be accessed, the authors said.

Steve Dowling, a spokesman for Apple, didn’t immediately return a telephone call seeking comment.

Source-http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2011-04-20/apple-iphone-ipad-tracking-user-whereabouts-researcher-says.html

US Companies Shrink Packages As Food Prices Rise; Another Form Of Inflation

(Douglas Mcintyre)  U.S. food prices have been rising in the last year, but it seems the growth is only just beginning. A sharp jump in commodities’ prices this year will soon result in sticker shock for American consumers.

Large food companies have recently announced that they will raise the prices they charge grocery retailers for commodities-based products. For example, a chocolate bar will cost more soon: Hershey last week announced a 10% increase for most of its confectionery goods.

Of course, straightforward price hikes could cause consumers to buy less of those products or to choose less costly store brands. So in many cases, food companies are trying a different tactic: Keeping the price of an item the same while decreasing the amount of food in the package. The company recoups the costs of the rise in commodities and hopes consumers don’t notice that they’re getting less of the product for the same price.

Food companies have no obligation to tell customers about the smaller packages, but may suffer a backlash from consumers who notice how the packaging trick works. Here are some of the shrinking products that you might notice in your grocery aisles:

Kellogg has reduced the size of its cereal boxes as grain prices have grown.Kellogg Cereal
Company: Kellogg (K)
Commodities: corn, wheat, sugar
Size Reduction: roughly 15%, or 2.4 ounces, on average
Kellogg, which makes cereal such as Apple Jacks and Corn Pops, has passed higher grain costs on to consumers. In 2008, the company reduced the amount of cereal in its boxes by an average of 2.4 ounces. And in February, the company announced that it will raise the price of its cereals 3% to 4%. According to a U.S. Agriculture Department report in March, “higher wheat commodity costs should begin to affect cereal and bakery product prices over the next few months, causing prices to rise 3.5% to 4.5% overall in 2011.”
Snickers Bars
Company: Mars
Commodities: cocoa, dairy, nuts
Size Reduction: 11%, or 0.41 ounces
Supposedly in response to pleas from obesity activists, the Mars Company split their “King Size” Snickers bar in half so that it could be more easily shared between two people. What calls the nobility of the company’s intentions into question is that, in addition to making the cut, Mars also reduced the total amount of candy in each package from 3.7ounces to 3.29 ounces — an 11% decrease — while keeping the price the same.
Tropicana is putting less orange juice in its containers after orange-juice concentrate prices have grown.Tropicana
Company: 
PepsiCo (PEP)
Commodities: frozen orange juice concentrate, gasoline
Size Reduction: 8%, or 5 ounces
A series of prolonged frosts last year sent citrus prices up 11.5% and drove up the price of frozen orange-juice concentrate to several-year highs. Meanwhile, the cost of transporting the concentrate has gone up as gas prices have increased. In response, Tropicana has made two adjustments: It increased the price of its gallon jugs by 5-8% and stealthily reduced the size of its half-gallon cartons from 64 ounces to 59 ounces. This 5-ounce reduction represents nearly an 8% decrease in size.
Haager-Dazs ice cream no longer comes in a pint.Haagen-Dazs
Company: 
General Mills (GIS)
Commodity: dairy, sugar, cocoa
Size Reduction: 12.5%, or 2 fluid ounces
The luxury-ice-cream company reduced the size of its standard container to significantly less than a pint, cutting it 12.5% from 16 fluid ounces to 14 fluid ounces. To make the smaller package less obvious, the company cleverly kept the top the same size, so it looks identical from above, but tapers dramatically in the middle. Haagen-Dazs’s cheaper brands, Edy’s and Breyer’s, have cut their portions as well. Daily prices increased just over 1% in 2010, but are expected to rise as much as 5.5% in 2011.
Chicken of the Sea Tuna
Company: Thai Union Group
Commodity: tuna
Size Reduction: 17%, or 1 ounce
Chicken of the Sea’s albacore tuna, previously sold in 6-ounce cans, now comes in 5-ounce cans. Rising tuna prices amid a worldwide shortage of the fish are partly to blame. Other tuna brands also have shrunk their can sizes, a trend which has been going on for years. Just over a decade ago, tuna was most commonly sold in 7-ounce cans.
Frito-Lay now includes fewer chips in each bag.Frito-Lay Chips
Company: PepsiCo (PEP)
Commodity: wheat, corn, potatoes
Size Reduction: 12.5% – 20%
With all the air included in chips packaging, it is easy for manufacturers to reduce the amount of chips in the bags without drawing attention. PepsiCo reduced the Lay’s “Family Size” potato-chip bag from 16 ounces to 14 ounces in 2009. Bags of Doritos, Tostitos, and Fritos now contain 20% fewer chips than they did in 2009, according to The New York Times. Even smaller bags have been reduced by a quarter of an ounce. Rising gain prices have driven the changes.
Saltines and Graham Crackers
Company: Kraft Foods (KFT)
Commodity: wheat, salt
Size Reduction: 15%
Earlier this year, Kraft introduced its “Fresh Stacks” packages for Nabisco Premium saltines and Honey Maid Graham crackers. The packages contain a higher number of smaller cracker sleeves, meant to do a better job of preserving freshness and making the crackers more portable. The entire “Fresh Stacks” boxes contain 15% percent fewer crackers than the original packages, however, and cost the same amount. Kraft is, undoubtedly, being hit by rising grain prices. “Fresh Stacks” may be one of the company’s ways of passing costs on to consumers.
Reese’s
Company: The Hershey Co. (HSY)
Commodity: cocoa, dairy, peanuts
Size Reduction: 37%, or 0.1 ounces
Cocoa futures have more than doubled in the past three years, hurting chocolate companies. The Hershey Co. has just increased its wholesale prices by 9.7% across its entire product line. Its also introduced new Reese’s “Minis,” which are smaller than the classic Reese’s “Miniatures” and cost more, according to The New York Times. Through FreshDirect, Minis cost $4.59 for an 8-ounce bag, while Miniatures cost $4.49 for 12 ounces. In other words, the Minis cost $0.57 an ounce while Miniatures cost $0.37 an ounce.
Bounty
Company: Procter & Gamble (PG)
Commodity: lumber
Size Reduction: 7.2%, or 10 sheets
Since June 2010, lumber futures have increased more than 80%. The cost of manufacturing paper products has gone up as well, and companies are reducing the size of paper-based products — like toilet paper, moist towelettes and paper towels — as a result. Proctor & Gamble recently cut the size of its Bounty 2-ply paper towel rolls from 138 sheets to 128 sheets. The company attempted to mask this change by advertising the roll as “25% thicker.” Despite the increased thickness, the package reportedly weighs less. Proctor and Gamble competitor Kimberly-Clark has also reduced the size of its “Scott” paper-towel rolls.

Heinz Ketchup
Company: H.J. Heinz (HNZ)
Commodity: tomatoes, sugar, salt, corn
Size Reduction: 11%, or 4 ounces
The cost of wholesale tomatoes more than tripled last year from the previous year, according to the USDA, and prices are expected to grow another 10% this year. In response, Pittsburgh-based ketchup and condiment company Heinz has cut the portions of several key products, including its flagship Heinz 57 sauce, which now comes in a 4-ounce smaller package with no reduction in price.

See full article from DailyFinance: srph.it/gd2l3i

20 Signs That A Horrific Global Food Crisis Is Coming

(Coyote Prime)  In case you haven’t noticed, the world is on the verge of a horrific global food crisis. At some point, this crisis will affect you and your family. It may not be today, and it may not be tomorrow, but it is going to happen. Crazy weather and horrifying natural disasters have played havoc with agricultural production in many areas of the globe over the past couple of years. Meanwhile, the price of oil has begun to skyrocket. The entire global economy is predicated on the ability to use massive amounts of inexpensive oil to cheaply produce food and other goods and transport them over vast distances. Without cheap oil the whole game changes. Topsoil is being depleted at a staggering rate and key aquifers all over the world are being drained at an alarming pace. Global food prices are already at an all-time high and they continue to move up aggressively. So what is going to happen to our world when hundreds of millions more people cannot afford to feed themselves?

Most Americans are so accustomed to supermarkets that are absolutely packed to the gills with massive amounts of really inexpensive food that they cannot even imagine that life could be any other way. Unfortunately, that era is ending. There are all kinds of indications that we are now entering a time when there will not be nearly enough food for everyone in the world. As competition for food supplies increases, food prices are going to go up. In fact, at some point they are going to go way up.

Let’s look at some of the key reasons why an increasing number of people believe that a massive food crisis is on the horizon. The following are 20 signs that a horrific global food crisis is coming:

#1 According to the World Bank, 44 million people around the globe have been pushed into extreme poverty since last June because of rising food prices.

#2 The world is losing topsoil at an astounding rate. In fact, according to Lester Brown, “one third of the world’s cropland is losing topsoil faster than new soil is forming through natural processes”.

#3 Due to U.S. ethanol subsidies, almost a third of all corn grown in the United States is now used for fuel. This is putting a lot of stress on the price of corn.

#4 Due to a lack of water, some countries in the Middle East find themselves forced to almost totally rely on other nations for basic food staples. For example, it is being projected that there will be no more wheat production in Saudi Arabia by the year 2012.

#5 Water tables all over the globe are being depleted at an alarming rate due to “overpumping”. According to the World Bank, there are 130 million people in China and 175 million people in India that are being fed with grain with water that is being pumped out of aquifers faster than it can be replaced. So what happens once all of that water is gone?

#6 In the United States, the systematic depletion of the Ogallala Aquifer could eventually turn “America’s Breadbasket” back into the “Dust Bowl”.

#7 Diseases such as UG99 wheat rust are wiping out increasingly large segments of the world food supply.

#8 The tsunami and subsequent nuclear crisis in Japan have rendered vast agricultural areas in that nation unusable. In fact, there are many that believe that eventually a significant portion of northern Japan will be considered to be uninhabitable. Not only that, many are now convinced that the Japanese economy, the third largest economy in the world, is likely to totally collapse as a result of all this.

#9 The price of oil may be the biggest factor on this list. The way that we produce our food is very heavily dependent on oil. The way that we transport our food is very heavily dependent on oil. When you have skyrocketing oil prices, our entire food production system becomes much more expensive. If the price of oil continues to stay high, we are going to see much higher food prices and some forms of food production will no longer make economic sense at all.

#10 At some point the world could experience a very serious fertilizer shortage. According to scientists with the Global Phosphorus Research Initiative, the world is not going to have enough phosphorous to meet agricultural demand in just 30 to 40 years.

#11 Food inflation is already devastating many economies around the globe. For example, India is dealing with an annual food inflation rate of 18 percent.

#12 According to the United Nations, the global price of food reached a new all-time high in February.

#13 According to the World Bank, the global price of food has risen 36% over the past 12 months.

#14 The commodity price of wheat has approximately doubled since last summer.

#15 The commodity price of corn has also about doubled since last summer.

#16 The commodity price of soybeans is up about 50% since last June.

#17 The commodity price of orange juice has doubled since 2009.

#18 There are about 3 billion people around the globe that live on the equivalent of 2 dollars a day or less and the world was already on the verge of economic disaster before this year even began.

#19 2011 has already been one of the craziest years since World War 2. Revolutions have swept across the Middle East, the United States has gotten involved in the civil war in Libya, Europe is on the verge of a financial meltdown and the U.S. dollar is dying. None of this is good news for global food production.

#20 There have been persistent rumors of shortages at some of the biggest suppliers of emergency food in the United States. The following is an excerpt from a recent “special alert” posted on Raiders News Network: “Look around you. Read the headlines. See the largest factories of food, potassium iodide, and other emergency product manufacturers literally closing their online stores and putting up signs like those on Mountain House’s Official Website and Thyrosafe’s Factory Webpage that explain, due to overwhelming demand, they are shutting down sales for the time being and hope to reopen someday.  So what does all of this mean? It means that time is short.

For years, many “doom and gloomers” have been yelling and screaming that a food crisis is coming. Well, up to this point there hasn’t been much to get alarmed about. Food prices have started to rise, but the truth is that our stores are still packed to the rafters will gigantic amounts of relatively cheap food. However, you would have to be an idiot not to see the warning signs. Just look at what happened in Japan after March 11th. Store shelves were cleared out almost instantly. It isn’t going to happen today, and it probably isn’t going to happen tomorrow, but at some point a major league food crisis is going to strike. So what are you and your family going to do then? You might want to start thinking about that.”

Source-http://www.sott.net/articles/show/227363-20-Signs-That-A-Horrific-Global-Food-Crisis-Is-Coming

$50 Silver The Price Point of Liberty

(Jack Mullen)  $50 dollar silver is the first sign of blue sky after a devastating storm. It’s the morning after sunshine bringing people out of hiding and together again for the process of rebuilding with the promise of a new start.

For more than 100 years the United States has been at the center of a war being waged around the clock by a cult-of-evil clawing and biting like a rabid dog at the heart of civilization. It has been an epic struggle of an outnumbered, outgunned regiment of courageous defenders of human individuality, dignity, and liberty against a tyranny intent on the enslavement of humanity.  It has been a bloody war, a costly war, and even now the battles continue.  But the tide is turning, finally, toward the side of good.

This war has been in stealth with the cult-of-evil creating a fictional world created to smother humanity. For years this war has involved the creation of a pretended reality that renders lies for all standards of measure of a free society.  This fictional reality has reached proportions of a bubble, not unlike the tulip bubble of 1637 — I would call this bubble, a bubble-of-pretension. Recently, like all bubbles, the bubble-of-pretension has begun to grow exponentially; hiding reality behind a manufactured one, including a manufactured history of the world.  This process is not sustainable and will soon face the limits of nature (the true reality).

For the most part, the criminal class has had success hiding reality from a conned, drugged, and dumbed-down public, especially in the early stages of the bubble-of-pretension. But I think we have reached a bifurcation point; the point when the matrix of pretension, consuming enormous and ever-growing quantities of energy to maintain the escalating lies, starts to falter. Cracks appear and the engine of deception coughs and gasps for more.  It’s the moment when Caligula realizes men with swords cannot defeat the sea, or when a parliament of thieves cannot steal another ounce of gold.

That point is here today, and I think the signs are clear:  gold is approaching $1500 and, more importantly, silver is about to smash through the most protected price in history — $50 per ounce.

I think it bears repeating, $50 silver is the most protected price in recorded history; it is a price that’s cost trillions upon trillions of dollars, and millions of lives and untold millions in misery to defend. $50 silver has been defended with all the energy and manpower the cult-of-evil can muster. The war is not over, but momentum is on the side of humanity toward breaking through a key barrier. After $50 there’s no more resistance — silver will break free and rise quickly to crush the banking system — the energy and life blood of the enemy.  Beyond $50 silver,  the dollar and the banking system will collapse exponentially.  How will JP Morgan buy off silver holders with stock worth less than the price of silver? George Soros and the BRIC nations are already aware that dollar hegemony is cracking and $50 silver is the stake in the heart of the beast.

For those of us who understand how much wasted and destroyed wealth has been employed suppressing the price of silver, while the purchasing power of the fiat currency in which it is priced steady declines, $50 silver is monumental. This is the day the bubble-in-pretension bursts and humanity can escape the clutches of the private banking cartel and their Federal Reserve.

$50 dollar silver is easily $160 dollars short of its inflation adjusted value since, the mid-nineteen seventies when silver last rose against tyranny.  The difference between $210 (an estimate of silver’s inflation adjusted price) and $50 seems very little, but that $160 has cost the loss of the world’s reserve currency, the fleecing of two-plus generations of Americans and peoples worldwide.

Hiding the worthlessness of fiat money through metals price suppression has in a way been responsible for WWI, WWII , the massive loss of lives in Russia, China, and Germany to psychopathic dictators. That $160 was responsible for the Vietnam war, the death of Kennedy, the Iraq I and Iraq II wars, the War on Drugs and the Afghan and now Libyan wars.  We could go on and say that $160 has cost the lives of all those Americans in the World Trade Centers during 9-11 and the incredible loss of lives to our criminal monopoly controlled health and food industries.  We might even get verbose and mention the deaths caused by fluoride poison in the drinking water and the weight gain and cancers caused by our ‘diet’ supplements such as Aspartame.

While silver sits below $50 the world has suffered trillions and trillions of wealth stolen for false flag wars and then more wealth destroyed in those wars.  Trillions of dollars that could have been used to pry off the yoke of psychopaths creating monopolies which have destroyed a free market that is the engine of quality human life.  The pharmaceutical industry sells lies of health, the medical services industry sells lies of treatment, the food industry sells lies of nutrition, the military-industrial complex sells lies of safety and protection, the prison-police industries sell lies of safety and peace,  law and justice sells lies of righteousness, In short, these monopolies lie in the pursuit of total domination and the suppression of reality.

But the price of lies and monopoly is the inevitable depletion of the available resources — be it manpower, money, or the human spirit.   As the peak of pretension is reached, and the bubble-of-pretension begins to burst, those of us who are awake must make plans to take charge of the collapse and work to be sure the evil puffed up in the bubble is burst into oblivion.

We don’t need a majority of the humans that have been deceived to wake up and join the cause. We only need those of us that are awake to step in and organize the collapse.

It is in the United States where most of the wealth stolen for pacification has been deployed, because the United States is the only nation on earth with a large armed populace. Not only large and armed, but with a history of documentation and research showing why guns in the hands of people (not guns in the hands of military or militia or police or PERSONS or CITIZENS ) is the ONLY way for men, women, and children to protect themselves against the onslaught of a cunning and relentless tyranny. It is in America that a small group of awakened humans can take back their freedom and again provide a secure home for liberty.

Toward Liberty
  • Oppose gun control at all costs — no freedom or liberty can be protected without the threat of weapons as a last resort.
  • Withdraw your support for the banking system by removing your money and buying physical silver and gold for later use as currency.
  • Use cash or barter for all transactions to reduce the flow of money through banks, further weakening the already failing banks.
  • Infiltrate your local governments by running for office.
  • Use the power of local press to remove corruption by writing letters to the editor.
  • Take back our schools — homeschool your children.  It should only take a generation or two of homeschooled children to move back into the mainstream world as leaders and members of government.
  • Do not depend on the United States federal government for any help — the states are the answer.
  • If your state does not support the right to own guns, move. Vote with your feet, do not any longer support evil with your tax dollars. Look for states with nullification laws in the works; these states need our support.
  • Take action against intrusion on your liberties, bring lawsuits against fraudulent banking, TSA assault, criminal foreclosures, and file claims against sources of health degradation — we need a call to action for class action lawsuits.
More Ways to Stop the Evil
  • Media: buy radio stations (many are cheap, then use them to get the message out), take back our newspapers and television stations from the elite mega corporations. Write blogs.
  • Talk to your children every day about what is happening to them, and what has to happen before it will change.
  • Be on the alert for lies — critique movies for the hidden messages of the enslavers.
  • Get off the power grid with solar and wind generators.  The power grid is a great controller — if you misbehave, or if you need to be taught a lesson, out go the lights.
  • Lastly take charge of your health and your families health. The medical-pharmaceutical-insurance industry in the United States is not about health, they are not outcome based. The ‘pharma-med-insurance’ model of business is theft through monopoly, and wealth through growth of services. Cures are not a way to health, the key to health is disease prevention. Be proactive — eat organic whole foods withnon-GMO contents, grow your own foods, eat less. Supplement the loss of nutrition in foods with high quality natural supplements.  Read about nutrition and healthy lifestyles and then shrug off your M.D., stop taking pharmaceutical poisons, decline unnecessary tests. Stand up to the system that is fleecing your health.  And definitely filter your water and buy radiation detection equipment (and complain when the media lies about radiation).
With $50 silver signaling the beginning of the end of the banking system, it becomes imperative that we prepare for the final confrontation. It is here that we sink or swim.  Time to practice swimming!

Jack Mullen has been a businessman for more than 25 years, owning 3 radio stations, several technology based companies and a resource development company. 

$44 And $1500

Well, that was a fun day, wasn’t it? Maybe tomorrow will be even more fun…

(Watch Tower)  Here are some charts you need to review for perspective. First, look at gold on a 30-minute basis. I drew the “swiss stair” lines on this one. Note that time is nearly up for the next move forward.

The only thing stopping it is the psychological barrier of 1500. We printed a few trades above that level today but, not surprisingly, we quickly gave the level back. It is regrouping now, using 1495 as a staging area. If you look at gold from a daily perspective, you see that other than the 1500 psych level, there is absolutely no reason for gold to pause here. So, let’s put 1500 away and move on towards Santa’s next angel at 1521.

Silver looks great. I would expect another run at 44 on the Globex this afternoon or early evening. Maybe put it in the rearview mirror tomorrow and we’re just one, quick, short-covering panic away from $45. As you know, I’m holding May 43s, 44s and 45s. They expire Tuesday so I have to stay pretty nimble. For now, I will sell my 45s only on a move back down through 43.40. IF we do see $45 or so tomorrow, I’ll sell my 43s and maybe my 44s. I’ll certainly keep you posted.

Anyone hoping for some relief at the pump is not going to like this next chart. Tungstenman succeeded in blasting WTI down to $106. It double-bottomed there overnight last night. IF it can charge higher here and move UP through $109, it looks certain to head back toward $111 and, from there, $114. At least we here in Turd’s World can exchange some of our PM profits for fiat and then drive over to the local gas station and trade fiat for unleaded. The uninitiated have no such luxury.

And the POSX is soon going to have a “moment of truth”. It will either swing back higher off of the 75 level later this week or the bottom’s going to drop out. It will then head to 74 and even 72. Therefore, when the moment arrives, be on the lookout for renewed PIIG concerns etc to be played up in the global financial media. Anything and everything will be done/said to hold on for another day or week.

OK, that’s it. Its almost 3:00 EDT and I’ve got a last in gold of 1495 and silver is 43.78.
Keep the faith! TF

<a class="wpGallery mceItem" title="gallery2" href="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3034901630224544639-5219254466085201205?l=tfmetalsreport.blogspot.com'" rel="prettyPhoto

Read more at Along the Watchtower

50 Factors Launching Gold

(The Daily Gold)  Edification is not the word that comes to mind when observing an interview with Larry Fink of Blackstone this morning on network financial news. It was inspirational if not humorous, and somewhat pathetic. Of course the interviewer treated him like royalty, when just a syndicate captain, a Made Man. As a cog within the US financial hierarchy, he was asked why Gold is approaching record price levels near $1500 per ounce. He gave his best 10-second answer, showing no depth of comprehension but an excellent grip of propaganda laced with simplistic distortion. He said, “GOLD IS RISING FROM ALL THE GLOBAL INSTABILITY, AND NOT FROM INFLATION AT ALL.” Sounds good, but it lacks much reflection of the world of reality burdened by complexity and interconnectivity that the enlightened perceive. At least he did not babble about Gold being in an asset bubble. It cannot, since Gold is money. It is curious that all the analysts, bankers, fund managers, corporate chieftains who did not advise on Gold investment over the last ten years are precisely whom the financial network news appeals to for guidance in the current monster Gold bull run. They knew nothing before, and they know nothing now. The major US news networks carry the Obama water while the USCongressional members carry the USBanker robes and show respect with genuflection before the priests. But guys like Fink are their harlot squires. Poor Ben Bernanke, despite his high priest position, does not gather a fraction of respect that Alan Greenspan did even though Alan presided over the collapse. The wild card possibly later this year or 2012 will be a national movement to force mandatory wage gains, and thus avert a national economic collapse. The squeeze is on in a powerful manner to both businesses and households.

ANOTHER STRONG GOLD BREAKOUT

As long as Quantitative Easing programs are in place and actively pursued, Gold & Silver prices will soar. The programs are urged by exploding budget deficits and absent USTBond demand. That translates to a ruined USDollar currency. Gold & Silver respond to the debasement and ruin. Efforts will become ridiculously stretched to save the USDollar, but will fail. QE will go global and secretive, assuring tremendous additional gains in the Gold & Silver price. No effort to liquidate the big USbanks will occur, thus assuring the process will continue until systemic breakdown then failure. The more extraordinary the measures to save the embattled insolvent fraudulent USDollar, the more the Gold & Silver price will soar. It is that simple. Gold & Silver will soar as long as central banks continue to put monetary inflation machinery to work. They are attempting to provide artificial but coordinated USTreasury Bond demand. In the process their efforts will continue to push the cost structure up further. In my view, since the Japan natural disaster hit with financial fallout, the Global QE is very much in effect, but not recognized as a global phenomenon. It pushes up Gold in uniform fashion worldwide.

50 FACTORS POWERING THE GOLD BULL

  1. USFed is stuck at 0% for over two years and printing $1.7 trillion in Quantitative Easing, otherwise called monetary hyper inflation. They are not finished destroying both money and capital.
  2. USFed tripled its balance sheet, with over half of it bonds of exaggerated value, while it gobbled up toxic mortgage bonds as buyer of last resort. The mortgage bonds have turned worthless. The USFed waits for a housing revival to bail itself out, but it will not arrive.
  3. Debt monetization has gone haywire, as over 70% of USTBond sales from the USFed printing press. The QE was urgently needed, since legitimate buyers vanished. Even the primary dealers have been reimbursed in open market operations within a few weeks.
  4. PIMCO has shed its entire USTreasury Bond holdings, seeing no value. They joined many foreign creditors in an unannounced buyer boycott in disgusted reaction to QE which is essentially a compulsory unilateral debt writedown.
  5. Growing USGovt deficits have run over $1.5 trillion annually, with absent cuts, obscene entitlements, endless war. The prevailing short-term 0% interest rates are out of synch with exploding debt supply and rising price inflation.
  1. Unfunded USGovt liabilities total nearly $100 trillion for medicare, social security, pensions, and more. The obligations are never included in the official debt. It represents insult to injury within insolvency.
  2. Standard & Poors warned that USGovt could lose AAA rating in lousy credit outlook, one chance in three within the next two years. Ironically, the announcement came on the day when the USGovt exceeded its debt limit. The network news missed it.
  3. State & Municipal debt have collapsed, as 41 states have huge shortfalls, and four large states are broken. They might receive a federal bailout. It could be called QE3, maybe QE4.
  4. Coordinated USTBond purchases from Japanese sales have relieved the USFed, as other major central banks act as global monetarist agents. The sales by Japan are vast and growing. Witness the last phase in unwind of Yen Carry Trade, where 0% borrowed Japanese money funded the USTreasury Bonds and US Stocks.
  5. Quantitative Easing, a catch word for extreme monetary inflation and debt monetization, has become engrained into global central bank policy, soon hidden. It is so controversial and deadly to the global financial structures that it will go hidden, and attempt to avoid the furious anger in feedback by global leaders. This is the most important and powerful of all 50 factors in my view.
  1. The FedFunds Rate is stuck near 0%, yet the actual CPI is near 10%, for a real rate of interest of minus 9%. Historically a negative real rate of interest has been the primary fuel for a Gold bull. This time the fuel has been applied for a longer period of time, and a bigger negative real rate than ever.
  2. The USGovt claims to have 8000 tons of Gold in reserve, but it is all in Deep Storage, as in unmined ore bodies. The collateral for the USDollar and USTreasury debt is vacant. It is in raw form like in the Rocky Mountain range or Sierra Nevada range.
  3. Fast rising food prices, fast rising gasoline prices, and fast rising metals, coffee, sugar, and cotton serve as testament to broad price inflation. So far it has shown up on the cost structure. Either the business sector will vanish from a cost squeeze or pass on higher costs as end product and service price increases.
  4. The entire world seeks to protect wealth from the ravages of inflation & the American sponsored QE by buying Gold & Silver. The rest of the world can spot price inflation more effectively than the US population. The United States is subjected to the world’s broadest and most pervasive propaganda in the industrialized world.
  5. The European sovereign debt breakdown with high bond yields in PIIGS nations points out the broken debt foundation to the monetary system. The solutions like with Greece in May 2010 were a sham, nothing but a bandaid and cup of elixir. Spain is next to experience major shocks that destabilize all of Europe again, this time much bigger than Greece. The Portuguese Govt debt rises toward 10% on the 10-year yield, while the Greek Govt debt has risen to reach 20% on the 2-year yield.
  1. Germany is pushing for Southern Europe bank climax in their Euro Central Bank rate hike. Europe will be pushed to crisis this year, orchestrated by the impatient and angry Germans. They have no more appetitive for $300 to $400 billion in annual welfare to the broken nations in Southern Europe.
  2. Isolation of the USFed and Bank of England and Bank of Japan has come. The small rate hike by the European Central Bank separated them finally. The Anglos with their Japanese lackeys are the only central banks not raising rates. With isolation comes all the earmarks on the path to the Third World.
  3. The shortage of gold is acute, as 51 million gold bars have been sold forward versus the 11 million held by the COMEX in inventory. Be sure that hundreds of millions of nonexistent fractionalized gold ounces are polluting the system. Word is getting out that the COMEX is empty of precious metals.
  4. Such extreme Silver shortage has befallen the COMEX that the corrupted metals exchange routinely offers cash settlement in silver with a 25% bonus if a non-disclosure agreement is signed. The practice cannot be kept under wraps, as some hedge funds push for fat returns in under two months holding positions with delivery demanded.
  5. China has begun grand initiatives to replace its precious metal stockpiles. They are pursuing the Yuan currency to become a global reserve currency. As they build collateral for the Yuan, they are also elevating Silver as reserves asset.
  1. A global shortage of Gold & Silver has been realized in national mint production. From the United States to Canada to Australia to Germany, shortages exist. Many interruptions will continue amidst the shortages, which feed the publicity.
  2. The Teddy Roosevelt stockpile of 6 million Silver ounces was depleted in 2003. He saw the strategic importance of Silver for industrial and military applications. The USEconomy and USMilitary will turn into importers on the global market.
  3. The betrayal of China by USGovt in Gold & Silver leases is a story coming out slowly. The deal was cut in 1999, associated with Most Favored Nation granted to China. But the Wall Street firms broke the deal, betrayed the Chinese, and angered them into highly motivated action. No longer are the Chinese big steady USTBond buyers, part of the deal also.
  4. Every single US financial market has been undermined and corrupted from grotesque intervention, constant props, and fraudulent activity. The degradation has occurred under the watchful eyes of compromised regulators. Fraud like the Flash Crash and NYSE front running by Goldman Sachs is protected by the FBI henchmen.
  5. The USEconomy operates on a global credit card, enabling it to live beyond its means. The USGovt exploits the compulsory foreign extension of credit in USTBonds, by virtue of the USDollar acting as global reserve currency. Foreign nations are compelled to participate but that is changing.
  1. The USMilitary conducts endless war adventures for syndicate profits. They use the USTreasury Bond as a credit card. The wars cost of $1 billion per day is considered so sacred, that it is off the table in USGovt budget call negotiations, debates, and agreements.
  2. Narcotics funds have proliferated under the USMilitary aegis. The vertically integrated narcotics industry is the primary plank of nation building in Afghanistan. The funds keep the big US banks alive from vast money laundering.
  3. No big US bank liquidations have occurred, despite their deep insolvency. Any restructure toward recovery would have the liquidations are the first step. The USEconomy is stuck in a deteriorating swamp since the Too Big To Fail mantra prevents the urgent but missing step.
  4. The unprosecuted multi-$trillion bond fraud over the last decade has harmed the US image, prestige, and leadership. The main perpetrators are the Wall Street bankers and their lieutenants appointed at Fannie Mae and elsewhere. They bankers most culpable remain in charge at the USDept Treasury and other key supporting posts like the FDIC, SEC, and CFTC.
  5. The ugly daughters Fannie Mae and AIG are forever entombed in the USGovt. They operate as black hole expenses whose fraud must be contained. The costs involved are in the $trillions, all hidden from view like the fraud. Fannie Mae remains the main clearinghouse for several $trillion fraud programs still in operation.
  1. The US banking system cannot serve as an effective credit engine dispenser, an important function within any modern economy. It is deeply insolvent, and growing more insolvent as the property market sinks lower in valuation. The banks lack reserves, and hide their condition by means of the FASB permission to use fraudulent accounting.
  2. The big US banks are beneficiary of continuous secret slush fund support from the USGovt and USFed. Their sources and replenishments have been gradually revealed. The TARP Fund event will go down in modern history as the greatest theft the world has ever seen, easily eclipsing the biggest mortgage bond fraud in history.
  3. The insolvent big US banks continue to sit at the  USGovt teat. The vast umbilical cord of banker welfare has not gone away. Goldman Sachs still is in control of the funding machinery.
  4. The shadow banking system based upon credit derivatives keeps interest rates near 0%. The usury cost of money is artificially low near nothing. As money costs nothing, capital is actively and rapidly destroyed.
  5. A vast crime syndicate has taken control of the USGovt. A vast crime syndicate has taken control of the USMilitary. A vast crime syndicate has taken control of the USCongress. A vast crime syndicate has taken control of the US press networks.
  1. A chronic decline of the US housing sector keeps the USEconomy in a grand decline with constant deterioration. With one million bank owned homes in inventory, a huge unsold overhang of supply prevents any recovery of housing prices. Home equity continues to drain, and bank balance sheets continue to erode.
  2. Over 11 million US homes stand in negative equity. The sum equals to 23.1% of households. They will not participate much in the USEconomy, except when given handouts. They have become downtrodden.
  3. The USEconomy will not benefit from a export surge. The US industrial base has no critical mass after 30 years of dispatch to the Pacific Rim & China. The industry must contend with rising costs in offset to the falling USDollar, which is cited as providing the mythical benefit. Then can export in droves if they do so at a loss.
  4. A global revolt against the USDollar is in its third years. The global players work to avoid the US$ usage in trade settlement. Several bilateral swap facilities flourish, mostly with China. If China supplies products, then the Yuan currency will be elevated to global reserve currency.
  5. Global anger and resentment over three decades has spilled over. The World Bank and IMF have been routinely used by the US bankers to safeguard the USDollar and Anglo banker hegemony. Neither financial agency commands the respect of yesteryear.
  1. A middle phase has begun in a powerful Global Paradigm Shift. The transfer moves power East where the wealth engines of industry lie, far from the fraudulent banking centers. The next decade will feature the Chinese as bankers, since their war chest contains over $3 trillion.
  2. The crumbling global monetary system was built on toxic sovereign debt. Legal tender has been nothing more than denominated debt posing as legitimate by legal decree. That is what word FIAT means. The system is gradually breaking in an irreversible manner.
  3. The global central bank franchise system has been discredited. It is a failure, which is not recognized by the bank leaders still in charge. The stepwise process of ruin continues with a new sector falling every few months. Next might be municipal bonds.
  4. Witness the final phase of a systemic cycle, as the monetary system has run its course. It is saturated with debt from faulty design. The deception cited in the mainstream media focuses upon the credit cycle which will renew. It will not. It will break of its own weight and lost confidence.
  5. The recognition has grown substantially that suppression of the Gold price has been the anchor holding fiat system together. The Chinese realize that Gold, when removed, leads to the collapse of the US financial system. They realize it more than the US public. But the syndicate in control of the USGovt understands the concept very well, as they designed the system.
  1. The institution of a high level global barter system might soon take root. Gold will sit at its central core, providing stability. No deadbeat nations will participate. That includes the United States and several European nations. The barter system will be as effective as elegant.
  2. The movements spread like wildfire in several US states to reinstitute gold as money. In a few states, led by Utah and Virginia, progress has been made for Gold to satisfy debts, public & private. Consider the movement to be in parallel to the Tenth Amendment movements.
  3. Anglo bankers have lost control in global banking politics. The phased out G-7 Meeting is evidence. China has wrested control of G-20 Meeting, and has dictated much of its agenda in the last few meetings. The US has been reduced to a diminutive Bernanke and Geithner being ignored in the corner.
  4. New loud stirrings by Saudi Arabia seek a new security protector. If security is no longer provided by the USMilitary, then the entire defacto Petro-Dollar standard is put at risk. Remove the crude oil sales in USDollars exclusively, and the US sinks into the Third World with a USDollar currency that cannot stand on its own wretched wrecked fundamentals.
  5. The IMF solution to use SDR basket as global reserve is a final desperate ploy. By fashioning a basket of major currencies in a basket, they attempt to enforce a price fixing regime. It is a hidden FOREX currency exchange rate price fixing gambit that will invite a Gold price advance in uniform manner across the currencies bound together. This ploy is being planned in order to prevent the USDollar from dying a horrible death at the expense of the other major currencies. By that is meant at the expense of the other major economies which would otherwise have to operate at very high exchange rates.

THE BIGGEST UPCOMING NEW FACTORS

Introduction of a New Nordic Euro currency is near its introduction. The implementation with a Gold component will send Southern European banks into the abyss, marred by default. The new currency has the support from Russia and China, even the Persian Gulf. In my view, it is a USDollar killer. The first nations to institute a new monetary system for banks and commerce will be the survivors. The rest will slide into the darkness of the Third World.

Gold & Silver seem to be the only assets rising in price, an extension of a terrific 2010 decade. The exceptions are farmland and the US Stock market. However, stock valuations are propped by constant and admitted USGovt support. Their efforts are mere attempts to keep pace with the USDollar decline, as stocks merely maintain a constant purchase power.

A hidden overarching hand seeks the global Gold Standard as the bonafide solution. Darwin is at work, but Adam Smith turns a new chapter. The crumbling monetary solution demands a solution. Further investment in the current system assures a devastating decline into the abyss of insolvency and ruin.

THE HAT TRICK LETTER PROFITS IN THE CURRENT CRISIS.

From subscribers and readers:

At least 30 recently on correct forecasts regarding the bailout parade, numerous nationalization deals such as for Fannie Mae and the grand Mortgage Rescue.

“I look forward to your newsletter more than all the rest each month as you seem to have the best grasp of what is going on.”

(ScottN in Washington)

“When I initially read your writings, they provoked a wide range of emotions in me from fear and anger to outright laughter. Initially some of your predictions ranged from the ridiculous to impossible. Yet time and again, over the past five years, I have watched with incredulity as they came true. Your analysis contains cogent analysis that benefits from a solid network of private contacts coupled with your scouring of the internet for information.”

(PaulM in Missouri)

“Your analysis is absolutely superior to anything available out there. Like no other publication, yours places a premium on telling the truth and provides a true macro perspective with forecasts that are uncannily accurate. I eagerly await each month’s issues and spend hours reading and studying them. Many times I go back and re-read the most current issue just make sure I did not miss anything the first time!”

(DevM from Virginia)

Jim Willie CB is a statistical analyst in marketing research and retail forecasting. He holds a PhD in Statistics. His career has stretched over 25 years. He aspires to thrive in the financial editor world, unencumbered by the limitations of economic credentials. Visit his free website to find articles from topflight authors at  www.GoldenJackass.com. For personal questions about subscriptions, contact him at  [email protected]

University of Texas Takes Delivery Of $1 Billion In Physical Gold

(Zero Hedge)  Tipping points are funny: for years, decades, even centuries, the conditions for an event to occur may be ripe yet nothing happens. Then, in an instant, a shift occurs, whether its is due a change in conventional wisdom, due to an exogenous event or due to something completely inexplicable. That event, colloquially called a black swan in recent years, changes the prevalent perception of reality in a moment. This past week, we were seeing the effect of a tipping point in process, with gold prices rising to new all time highs day after day, and the price of silver literally moving in a parabolic fashion. What was missing was the cause. We now know what it is: per Bloomberg: “The University of Texas Investment Management Co., the second-largest U.S. academic endowment, took delivery of almost $1 billion in gold bullion and is storing the bars in a New York vault, according to the fund’s board.” And so, the game theory of a nearly 100 year old system of monetary exchange has seen its first defector, but most certainly not last. With an entity as large as the University of Texas calling the bluff of the Comex, the Chairman, and fiat in general in roughly that order, virtually every other asset manager is now sure to follow, considering there is not nearly enough physical gold to satisfy all paper gold in existence by a factor of about 100x. The proverbial Nash equilibrium has just been broken.

From Bloomberg:

The fund, whose $19.9 billion in assets ranked it behind Harvard University’s endowment as of August, according to the National Association of College and University Business Officers, added about $500 million in gold investments to an existing stake last year, said Bruce Zimmerman, the endowment’s chief executive officer. The holdings are worth about $987 million, based on yesterday’s closing price of $1,486 an ounce for Comex futures.

Years from now, when historians attempt to define who may have started it all, one name may emerge…

The decision to turn the fund’s investment into gold bars was influenced by Kyle Bass, a Dallas hedge fund manager and member of the endowment’s board, Zimmerman said at its annual meeting on April 14. Bass made $500 million on the U.S. subprime-mortgage collapse.

“Central banks are printing more money than they ever have, so what’s the value of money in terms of purchases of goods and services,” Bass said yesterday in a telephone interview. “I look at gold as just another currency that they can’t print any more of.”

In summary – the fiat tide is now going out. And among those who will first be observed swimming naked are the very same people whose fate has been so very intrinsically linked to the perpetuation of a flawed regime (and who coined this very saying). In the meantime, hold on to your hats: should a scramble for delivery ensue, the recent parabolic move in various precious metals will seem like a dress rehearsal for what is about to transpire.

The only open question is who was the broker with enough gold to deliver to the UofT. We hope to find out soon enough. We also hope that the UofT is smart enough, and that Kyle Bass advised it, that if they are getting “delivery” in a Comex vault in New York, the gold has likely already been leased out at least several times to various entities demanding paper allocations..

Source-http://www.zerohedge.com/article/golden-tipping-point-university-texas-takes-delivery-1-billion-physical-gold

Ready For $7.78 A Gallon Gas?

(Silver Shield)  The most important thing in the world for you to understand right now is that prices are NOT going up, it is the value of your money going down. The more debt/money created out of thin air by the privately owned Federal Reserve and the more money/debt spent by the Federal Government, the less value your dollars have. As a direct result of money/debt creation you need more dollars to buy the same amount of goods. When you understand that concept, it does not take too long to figure out that you are being stolen from by a bunch of criminals, every single day.

The best way to protect yourself from this thievery is to sell all of your paper assets and buy physical tangible assets that have no counter party risks. When you own tangible assets, the more “they” print, the higher your assets go. This should at the very least, protect your purchasing power and at the most, create a tremendous amount of wealth. To give you an example of how this works and why I think we could see $7.78 a gallon gas soon, let’s go back before the 70′s.

Before Nixon shut the gold window in 1971 and before 1964 when the government took the silver out of our coins, a gallon of gasoline sold for about 50 years for around 25¢ a gallon. This was because you were selling one tangible asset, your silver quarter, for another tangible asset, a gallon of gas. Without having a paper/debt based currency, the measuring stick of the dollar was never stretched for 50 years. As soon as we got off of the silver and gold standard this freed the banksters to create more and more debt/money that has destroyed the purchasing power of the dollar.

I believe that we will see $7.78 gasoline not because of peak oil or some revolution in the middle east, I believe it will happen because the money supply is exploding and that it will destroy the purchasing power of the dollar. From 1920 to 1964 a gallon of gas could be bought for a single 90% silver quarter. In 2010, when gas was $3 a gallon, guess how much the same 90% silver quarter was worth? You guessed it, about $3. The reality is that the price of gas is NOT going up in terms of real money like silver.

Do you want to know what that 90% silver quarter is worth today? You guessed it, $7.78. Click here for Coinflation.com.

Where do you think the price of gasoline is going to go to?

Got silver?

Secret Memos Expose Link Between Oil Firms And Invasion Of Iraq

(Paul Bignell)  Plans to exploit Iraq’s oil reserves were discussed by government ministers and the world’s largest oil companies the year before Britain took a leading role in invading Iraq, government documents show.

Iraq’s burgeoning oil industry: Click HERE to upload graphic (160k)

The papers, revealed here for the first time, raise new questions over Britain’s involvement in the war, which had divided Tony Blair’s cabinet and was voted through only after his claims that Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction.

The minutes of a series of meetings between ministers and senior oil executives are at odds with the public denials of self-interest from oil companies and Western governments at the time.

The documents were not offered as evidence in the ongoing Chilcot Inquiry into the UK’s involvement in the Iraq war. In March 2003, just before Britain went to war, Shell denounced reports that it had held talks with Downing Street about Iraqi oil as “highly inaccurate”. BP denied that it had any “strategic interest” in Iraq, while Tony Blair described “the oil conspiracy theory” as “the most absurd”.

But documents from October and November the previous year paint a very different picture.

Five months before the March 2003 invasion, Baroness Symons, then the Trade Minister, told BP that the Government believed British energy firms should be given a share of Iraq’s enormous oil and gas reserves as a reward for Tony Blair’s military commitment to US plans for regime change.

The papers show that Lady Symons agreed to lobby the Bush administration on BP’s behalf because the oil giant feared it was being “locked out” of deals that Washington was quietly striking with US, French and Russian governments and their energy firms.

Minutes of a meeting with BP, Shell and BG (formerly British Gas) on 31 October 2002 read: “Baroness Symons agreed that it would be difficult to justify British companies losing out in Iraq in that way if the UK had itself been a conspicuous supporter of the US government throughout the crisis.”

The minister then promised to “report back to the companies before Christmas” on her lobbying efforts.

The Foreign Office invited BP in on 6 November 2002 to talk about opportunities in Iraq “post regime change”. Its minutes state: “Iraq is the big oil prospect. BP is desperate to get in there and anxious that political deals should not deny them the opportunity.”

After another meeting, this one in October 2002, the Foreign Office’s Middle East director at the time, Edward Chaplin, noted: “Shell and BP could not afford not to have a stake in [Iraq] for the sake of their long-term future… We were determined to get a fair slice of the action for UK companies in a post-Saddam Iraq.”

Whereas BP was insisting in public that it had “no strategic interest” in Iraq, in private it told the Foreign Office that Iraq was “more important than anything we’ve seen for a long time”.

BP was concerned that if Washington allowed TotalFinaElf’s existing contact with Saddam Hussein to stand after the invasion it would make the French conglomerate the world’s leading oil company. BP told the Government it was willing to take “big risks” to get a share of the Iraqi reserves, the second largest in the world.

Over 1,000 documents were obtained under Freedom of Information over five years by the oil campaigner Greg Muttitt. They reveal that at least five meetings were held between civil servants, ministers and BP and Shell in late 2002.

The 20-year contracts signed in the wake of the invasion were the largest in the history of the oil industry. They covered half of Iraq’s reserves – 60 billion barrels of oil, bought up by companies such as BP and CNPC (China National Petroleum Company), whose joint consortium alone stands to make £403m ($658m) profit per year from the Rumaila field in southern Iraq.

Last week, Iraq raised its oil output to the highest level for almost decade, 2.7 million barrels a day – seen as especially important at the moment given the regional volatility and loss of Libyan output. Many opponents of the war suspected that one of Washington’s main ambitions in invading Iraq was to secure a cheap and plentiful source of oil.

Mr Muttitt, whose book Fuel on Fire is published next week, said: “Before the war, the Government went to great lengths to insist it had no interest in Iraq’s oil. These documents provide the evidence that give the lie to those claims.

“We see that oil was in fact one of the Government’s most important strategic considerations, and it secretly colluded with oil companies to give them access to that huge prize.”

Lady Symons, 59, later took up an advisory post with a UK merchant bank that cashed in on post-war Iraq reconstruction contracts. Last month she severed links as an unpaid adviser to Libya’s National Economic Development Board after Colonel Gaddafi started firing on protesters. Last night, BP and Shell declined to comment.

Not about oil? what they said before the invasion

* Foreign Office memorandum, 13 November 2002, following meeting with BP: “Iraq is the big oil prospect. BP are desperate to get in there and anxious that political deals should not deny them the opportunity to compete. The long-term potential is enormous…”

* Tony Blair, 6 February 2003: “Let me just deal with the oil thing because… the oil conspiracy theory is honestly one of the most absurd when you analyse it. The fact is that, if the oil that Iraq has were our concern, I mean we could probably cut a deal with Saddam tomorrow in relation to the oil. It’s not the oil that is the issue, it is the weapons…”

* BP, 12 March 2003: “We have no strategic interest in Iraq. If whoever comes to power wants Western involvement post the war, if there is a war, all we have ever said is that it should be on a level playing field. We are certainly not pushing for involvement.”

* Lord Browne, the then-BP chief executive, 12 March 2003: “It is not in my or BP’s opinion, a war about oil. Iraq is an important producer, but it must decide what to do with its patrimony and oil.”

* Shell, 12 March 2003, said reports that it had discussed oil opportunities with Downing Street were ‘highly inaccurate’, adding: “We have neither sought nor attended meetings with officials in the UK Government on the subject of Iraq. The subject has only come up during conversations during normal meetings we attend from time to time with officials… We have never asked for ‘contracts’.”

Source-http://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/politics/secret-memos-expose-link-between-oil-firms-and-invasion-of-iraq-2269610.html

The Coming Economic Collapse

(GEAP)  Welcome to the United States of Austerity / Towards the very serious breakdown of the world economic and financial system ». Yet at the end of summer 2010, most experts believed first, that the debate on the US budget deficit would remain a mere subject of theoretical discussion within the Beltway (1) and secondly, that it was unthinkable to imagine the United States engaging in a policy of austerity because it was sufficient for the Fed to continue to print dollars. Yet, as everyone has been able to see for several weeks, Spring 2011 really did bring austerity to the United States (2), a first since the Second World War and the setting up of a global system based on the ability of the US engine to always generate more wealth (real from 1950 to 1970, increasingly virtual thereafter).At this stage, LEAP/E2020 can confirm that the next stage of the crisis will really be the “Very Serious Breakdown of the world economic, financial and monetary system” and that this historic failure will occur in autumn 2011 (3). The monetary, financial, economic and geopolitical consequences of this “Very Serious Breakdown” will be of historic proportions and will show the crisis of autumn 2008 for what it really was: a simple detonator.

The crisis in Japan (4), the Chinese decisions and the debt crisis in Europe will certainly play a role in this historic breakdown. On the other hand we consider that the issue of government debt of countries on Euroland’s periphery is no longer the dominant European risk factor here, but it is the United Kingdom which will find itself in the position of the “sick man of Europe” (5). The Eurozone has in fact established and keeps improving all the monitoring systems needed to address these problems (6). Management of the Greek, Portuguese and Irish problems will therefore take place in an organized fashion. That private investors must take a haircut (as anticipated by LEAP/E2020 before summer 2010) (7) does not belong to the category of systemic risks, displeasing the Financial Times, the Wall Street Journal and Wall Street and City experts, trying every three months to rerun the “coup” of the early 2010 Eurozone crisis (8).

In contrast, the United Kingdom has completely missed its attempt at “preventive budgetary amputation surgery” (9). In fact, under pressure from the street and particularly more than 400,000 British who roamed the streets of London on 03/26/2011 (10), David Cameron is forced to lower his target for reducing health care costs (a key point of his reforms) (11). At the same time, the Libyan military adventure has also forced him to rethink his goals for Defense Ministry budget cuts. We already mentioned in the last GEAB issue that the British government’s financing needs continue to rise, reflecting the ineffectiveness of the measures announced whose implementation is proving very disappointing in reality (12). The only result of the Cameron / Clegg (13) duo policy is currently the relapse of the British economy into recession (14) and the obvious risk of the ruling coalition imploding after the next referendum on electoral reform.

In this issue, our team describes the three key factors that mark out this Very Serious Breakdown of autumn 2011 and its consequences. Meanwhile, our researchers have begun to anticipate the progression of the Franco-Anglo-American military operation in Libya which we believe is a powerful accelerator of global geopolitical dislocation and that it usefully illuminates some of the current tectonic changes in the relationships between major world powers. In addition to our GEAB $ index, we expand on our recommendations for dealing with the dangerous quarters to come.

Basically, the process that is unfolding before our eyes, of which the US entry into an era of austerity (15) is a simple budgetary expression, is a continuation of the balancing of the 30 trillion of ghost assets which had invaded the global economic and financial system in late 2007 (16). While about half of them had disappeared in 2009, they have been partially resurrected since then due to the volition of the major global central banks, and the US Federal Reserve in particular and its “QE 1 and 2″. Our team considers, therefore, that 20 trillion of these ghost assets will go up in smoke beginning autumn 2011, and very brutally, under the combined impact of the three US mega-crises in accelerated gestation:

. the budgetary crisis, or how the United States plunges willingly or by force into this unprecedented austerity and takes whole swathes of the global economy and finance with it

. the crisis in US Treasury bonds, or how the US Federal Reserve reaches the “end of the road” which began in 1913 and must face up to its bankruptcy whatever accounting sleight of hand is chosen

. the US Dollar crisis, or how the jolts in the US currency that will characterize the ending of QE2 in the second quarter of 2011 will be the beginnings of a massive devaluation (around 30% in a few weeks).

Central banks, the global banking system, pension funds, multinationals, commodities, the US population, Dollar zone economies and/or dependent on trade with the United States (17) … everyone structurally dependent on the US economy (of which the government, the Fed and the federal budget have become central components), assets denominated in dollars or commercial dollar transactions, will suffer the head on shock of 20 trillion in ghost assets purely and simply disappearing from their balance sheets, from their investments, and causing a major decline in their real incomes.

<a class="wpGallery mceItem" title="gallery2" href="http://www.leap2020.eu/photo/art/default/2897818-4102013.jpg?v=1302977109" rel="prettyPhotoRemittance of funds by US immigrant workers to their countries of<br />
origin (first number in local currency at the dollar exchange rate end<br />
2008/second number: the same, at the exchange rate end 2010) - Source:<br />
Wall Street Journal, 04/2011

Remittance of funds by US immigrant workers to their countries of origin (first number in local currency at the dollar exchange rate end 2008/second number: the same, at the exchange rate end 2010) – Source: Wall Street Journal, 04/2011
Around the historic shock of autumn 2011 which will mark the definitive confirmation of significant trends anticipated by our team in previous GEAB issues, the main asset classes will experience major upheavals requiring the increased vigilance of all players concerned for their investments. In fact, this triple US crisis will mark the true exit from the “world after 1945″ which saw the US play the role of Atlas and will, therefore, be marked by many shocks and aftershocks in the quarters which follow.For example, the dollar may experience short-term effects of strengthening value against the major world currencies (especially if US interest rates rise very quickly following the ending of QE2), even if, six months after that, its 30% loss of value (relative to its current value) is inevitable. We can, therefore, only repeat the advice that has appeared at the head of our recommendations since the beginning of our work on the crisis: in the context of a global crisis of historic proportions like the one we are experiencing, the only rational objective for investors is not to make more money, but to try to lose as little as possible.

This will be particularly true for the coming quarters where the speculative environment will become highly unpredictable in the short term. This short term unpredictability will be particularly due to the fact that the three US crises that trigger Very Serious Breakdown in the world in autumn are not concurrent. They are very closely correlated but not linearly. And one of them, the budget crisis, is directly dependent on human factors with a big influence on the timing of the event; whilst the other two (whatever those who see the Fed officials as gods or devils think (18)) are now, for the large part, included in the significant trends where US leaders’ actions have become marginal (19).

The budget crisis, or how the United States plunges willingly or by force into this unprecedented austerity and takes whole swathes of the global economy and finance with it

The numbers can make the head spin: “6 trillion in budget cuts over ten years” (20), said the Republican Paul Ryan, “4 trillion in twelve years” retorted the 2012 candidate Barack Obama (21), “all this is far from sufficient”, bids one of the Tea Party referents, Ron Paul (22). And anyway, sanctions the IMF, “the United States is not credible when it speaks of cutting its deficits” (23). This unusually harsh remark from the IMF, traditionally very cautious in its criticism of the United States, is in any case particularly justified in terms of the psychodrama which, for a fistful of tens of billions of dollars, nearly shut down the federal state absent any agreement between the two major parties, a scenario that will, moreover, soon take place again over the federal debt ceiling.The IMF is only expressing an opinion widely shared by creditors of the United States: if, for a few tens of billions USD in deficit reduction, the US political system reached that degree of paralysis, what will happen when, in the coming months, cuts of several hundred billion dollars a year will be required? Civil war? This is the new California governor Jerry Brown (24) opinion in any case, who believes that the United States is facing a regime crisis identical to that which led to the Civil War (25).

Public and private sector borrowing (1979 - 2010) (in red:<br />
public/in blue: private) - Source: Agorafinancial, 04/2011

Public and private sector borrowing (1979 – 2010) (in red: public/in blue: private) – Source: Agorafinancial, 04/2011
The context, therefore, is no longer mere paralysis but really an all-out confrontation between two visions of the country’s future. The closer the date of the next presidential election gets (November 2012), the more the confrontation between the two sides will intensify and take place regardless of any rule of good behaviour, including safeguarding the country’s common good: “Whom the gods would destroy they first make mad”, says the ancient Greek proverb. The Washington political scene will increasingly resemble a psychiatric hospital (26) in the coming months, making “the bizarre decision” increasingly likely. If, in order to reassure themselves about the dollar and Treasury bonds, Western experts repeat in turn that the Chinese would be crazy to get rid of these assets which would thus only hasten their fall in value, it’s that they haven’t yet understood that it’s Washington and its political mistakes that can come to the decision that hastens this fall. And October 2012, with its traditional annual budget vote, will be the ideal moment for this Greek tragedy which, according to our team, won’t have a happy ending because this isn’t Hollywood, but really the rest of the world which will write the scenario’s sequel.Whatever the case, by political choice, by closing down the federal government or by irresistible outside pressures (27) (interest rates, IMF + Euroland + BRIC (28)), it is really in autumn 2011 that the US federal budget will massively shrink for the first time. The continuation of the recession coupled with the ending of QE2 will cause interest rates to rise and thus significantly increase federal debt servicing costs, against a backdrop of falling tax revenues (29) caused by a relapse into a deep recession. Federal insolvency is now just round the corner according to Richard Fisher, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas (30).

Read more in GEAB:
. The budgetary crisis, or how the United States plunges willingly or by force into this unprecedented austerity and takes whole swathes of the global economy and finance with it
. The crisis in US Treasury bonds, or how the US Federal Reserve reaches the “end of the road” which began in 1913 and must face up to its bankruptcy whatever accounting sleight of hand is chosen
. The US Dollar crisis, or how the jolts in the US currency that will characterize the ending of QE2 in the second quarter of 2011 will be the beginnings of a massive devaluation (around 30% in a few weeks)

 
——–
Notes:
(1) An American term for Washington’s politico-administrative heart, situated in the middle of the local ring road, the Beltway.

(2) From grim cuts in the US overseas aid budgets to reductions in social programmes; public organizations and whole sections of the US population (Latinos, the poor, students, retirees, …) will now be severely affected by what is still only a drop in the bucket of adjustments needed. The grassroots demonstrations are beginning with students at the forefront. Sources: House of Resentatives, 04/13/2011; Devex, 04/11/2011; HuffingtonPost, 04/13/2011; Foxnews, 04/14/2011; Foxbusiness, 04/12/2011

(3) The world banking system (including Europe), still under-capitalized and mainly insolvent, is also one of the components of this Very Serious Breakdown of autumn 2011.

(4) In GEAB N°55 our team will give its anticipations on the world nuclear question, using the political anticipation method as a decision-making tool on the subject.

(5) The magnitude of the United Kingdom’s budgetary crisis is far more serious than the current British leaders are telling who, however, claim to have told the truth. There are in fact two ways of lying to a people: deny the existence of a problem (the position of Gordon Brown’s Labour) or only tell part of the truth (clearly the choice of the Cameron/Clegg pair). In both cases, the problem is not resolved. Source: Telegraph, 03/26/2011

(6) And from now and the definitive establishment of Euroland as the main European engine at the European summit of 11 March last, the four countries that do not participate in the “Euroland +” financial stabilization pact, i.e. the United Kingdom, Sweden, Hungary and the Czech Republic, will be asked to leave the room during discussions on financial and budgetary matters related to the pact. EU Observer of 03/29/2011 describes the panic which then seized the delegations of these four countries whose leaders play the thugs in front of the media and in speeches intended for their respective public opinion, but they well know they are now confined to a second-rate European role.

(7) Source: Irish Times, 03/22/2011

(8) A very pertinent and very amusing must read article by Silvia Wadhwa, CNBC’s European correspondent, which makes fun of the caricatural anti- Euroland and anti-German articles of his colleagues in other Anglo-Saxon media, and rightly points out that differences in economic situations are bigger between US states than within Euroland and the debt problems of Greece or Portugal are nothing compared to those of a state like California. Source: CNBC, 04/12/2011

(9) We will come back to the British case in more detail in the GEAB N°55, barely a year after the Conservative/LibDem victory.

(10) This protest against cuts is the largest demonstration in London for over twenty years and has been accompanied by serious violence against “symbols of wealth” with attacks against HSBC, the Ritz Hotel and Fortnum & Mason for example. As we have repeatedly emphasized in the GEAB, it is quite significant to note that this historic demonstration in the UK hardly made the headlines and then became invisible 48 hours after it happened. When a few thousand Greeks or Portuguese demonstrate in Athens or Lisbon on the other hand, we are entitled to an avalanche of shocking pictures and comments describing these countries on the brink of chaos. This “two weights and two measures” mustn’t deceive the clear-sighted observer. On the one hand, there are serious difficulties that are now managed within a powerful group, Euroland; on the other, there are major problems that can no longer be managed by a completely isolated country. Believe the media or think for yourself to guess the rest! Source: Guardian, 03/26/2011

(11) Source: Independent, 04/03/2011

(12) Moreover the financial markets realize this and no longer really believe the British government’s martial message of austerity, again leading to a downward spiral in the British Pound. Source: CNBC, 04/12/2011

(13) Nick Clegg has become the most hated politician in the United Kingdom for having betrayed nearly all his campaign promises one by one. Source: Independent, 04/10/2011

(14) And to push British households into a loss of purchasing power only similar to that of the post-World War Icrisis in 1921. Source: Telegraph, 04/11/2011

(15) As the Europeans have done since 2010.

(16) Average estimate by LEAP/E2020 made in 2007/2008.

(17) Beyond traditional foreign trade, the chart below shows the extent of the reduction in transfers to their countries of origin by immigrant workers in the United States, because of the declining US Dollar. This reduction will increase further from Autumn 2011.

(18) In the US today, the diabolic vision is the most common among public opinion, unlike 2008 when the Fed officials seemed to be the last resort. This psychological change, as we have pointed out, is not meaningless and contributes significantly to limit Fed officials’ leeway. And it’s not the US Central Bank’s historic legal defeat, which forced it to reveal the recipients of hundreds of billions of dollars in aid distributed after the 2008 Wall Street crisis, which will improve this situation, quite the opposite. A little story, revealed by RollingStone magazine, illustrates the US people’s worsening grievances against its central bankers: beneficiaries of this Fed aid are two wives of leading Wall Street figures who have created a custom-made instrument allowing them to collect 200 million USD from the Fed to buy failed securities … the profits go to them and the losses to the Fed! Sadly, this is just one example among many that are currently circulating on the Net and have now definitively shattered the respect of US people for its benchmark monetary institution; an explosive situation in the context of the current crisis. Source: Rollingstone, 04/12/2011

(19) The dollar’s fate, like US Treasury bonds, is now largely in the hands of operators around the world who will take a very “clinical” look at the exit from QE2 which was forced on the Fed during the second quarter of 2011. It’s the Fed’s collective opinion (already heavily criticised), not the way it is “presented”, which will be decisive.

(20) Source: Politico, 04/04/2011

(21) Source: Boston Herald, 04/13/2011

(22) Source: Huffington Post, 04/11/2011

(23) And all the more so since they continue to break the records of financing needs for their deficits, and that the deficit forecast for the next decade by Obama commitments amounts to 9.5 trillion USD. On one side, he devises policies that increase the deficit, on the other he announces reduction targets… hardly credible, really! Sources:CNBC, 04/13/2011; Washington Post, 03/18/2011

(24) Brown is an original US character with a great deal of political experience having previously served as governor of California from 1975 to 1983, and was twice a candidate for the Democratic Presidential nomination. His opinion on the ruinous state of the US political system is, therefore, not to be taken lightly. Source: CBS, 04/10/2010

(25) For those who find the picture risqué, our team reminds that one of the Civil War’s main causes was the irreconcilable vision of what the federal state and its role should be. Today, around budget issues, the role of the Fed, military expenditure and social spending, we are once again seeing the emergence of two diametrically opposed visions of what the federal state should be and what it should do, with its procession of growing institutional blockages and an atmosphere of hatred between political forces. Many illustrations have been given in previous GEAB issues. Source: Americanhistory

(26) How else can one describe people who are barely able, and by dint of repeated crises, to cut a few tens of billions from a budget, and who suddenly announce that tomorrow they will cut thousands of billions of dollars from this same budget? Fools or liars? In any case irresponsible, because the constraints that require these deficit reductions in any case are building up.

(27) Global government debt is at its highest since 1945 and, at 10.8% of GNP, the US has become the leading major country in terms of government deficits. Sources: Figaro, 04/12/2011; Bloomberg, 04/12/2011

(28) Regarding the BRIC countries (now BRICS with South Africa), it is very interesting to note that their third summit, which took place on the Chinese tropical island of Hainan, is finally enjoying significant media coverage from the Western media. We were one of the first and few Western publications to mention the first summit (at Ekaterinburg) three years ago and emphasize the importance of the event, but until now the major international newspapers persisted in considering the BRICs as a simple acronym without serious geopolitical clout. Obviously things have changed. Moreover from Libya to the dollar, the Hainan summit clearly positioned itself as a counterweight to the US and its surrogates (fewer and fewer in this case having regard to what is happening in Libya). As regards the dollar, the BRICs have decided to accelerate the process allowing them to use their own currencies for their trade: another sign that we’re rapidly approaching a severe monetary shock. Source: CNBC, 04/14/2011

(29) Those who still believe in an improvement in US economic conditions, beyond the effect of QE2 “doping”, should dwell on the moral of the SMEs in the US which have begun to deteriorate significantly and the fiction of the upturn in employment which will be sharply corrected (even in official statistics) from summer 2011. And we refer to previous GEAB issues regarding the fiscal crisis of the federated states. Sources: MarketWatch, 04/12/2012;New York Post, 04/12/2011                                                                Source-http://beforeitsnews.com/story/570/200/Global_Systemic_Crisis:_Autumn_2011_Budget_T-Bonds_Dollar,_the_three_US_crises_which_will_cause_the_Very_Serious_Breakdown_of_the_global_economic,_financial_monetary_system.html

Gold And Silver Will Break Out Tomorrow

(TF Metals Report)  Long-time Turdites will recall that I’ve had to do this before. If you take a moment to review this post, you’ll see that it worked out pretty well:
tfmetalsreport.blogspot.com/2011/02/getting-into-white-out.html

Crazy, volatile days can really leave you scratching your head when it comes to basic charting. You start seeing ghosts and patterns that aren’t really there. So, after a day like today, I felt it necessary to once again break out Mrs. F’s white-out in an attempt to see a trade-conducive pattern in a sea of Cartel-induced opacity.
Look what I found!!!

This silver chart is a beauty, ain’t it? Another, day-long Comex and Globex rally after a nightlong slide in Asia and Europe. This has become such a predictable day trade that it  makes me wonder…
I remember seeing something a few months back about the Bank Participation Report and how it seemed that The Cartel were moving their price-capping efforts offshore. Fearful that their stooges at the CFTC would eventually have to act to impose position limits, the thought was that the EE was shifting their heavy shorting to non-US entities that wouldn’t be subject to the limits. Just something to consider.

Back to the business at hand. Note that once we remove this morning’s craziness, we’re left with a pretty strong-looking chart. Silver peaked at 43.40 overnight and then bottomed this morning at 42.20. As I type, its trading on the Globex at 43.42. The more time we spend at 43.35 and above, the more likely it is that we will see continued strength this evening and a big UP day tomorrow at The Death Star.

Equally compelling is the gold chart with the craziness removed. Check this out:

After nearly reaching $1490 overnight, gold also rolled over and bottomed right at support of 1480. From there it has catapulted higher and now rests just below $1500 at $1496.70. Expect some tough sledding around $1500 as its kind of a self-fulfilling resistance area. Everyone is watching for resistance there. Some will take action and sell. Others will see this selling, assume that the resistance is appearing and gold will drop some more. Latecomers/hangers-on see price dropping toward 1495 and think “oh, crap, I knew I should have sold 1500″ and down it goes further. The good news is: demand for gold is so great that $1500 will give way soon, regardless of the action tonight and/or tomorrow. On the flip side, silver may be so strong tomorrow and Wednesday that it may drag gold clear through $1500 without resistance and money will come flooding in from sideline dipshits who were waiting for $1500 weakness to give them a lower entry point. We could get to Santa’s next “angel” very quickly.

OK, that’s it for now. I’ll update this evening if I feel I have something worthy of your time and attention.

Source-http://beforeitsnews.com/story/569/925/The_Return_of_The_Whiteout.html

Insanity – Drugs To Delay Puberty So Kids Can Decide Their Gender

(Richard Alleyne)  “Children as young as 12 are to be allowed drugs to block puberty while they decide whether to have a sex change, it has been revealed.”

The monthly injection suspends the onset of adulthood so that young people confused about their gender can be sure of any decision before they take on too many masculine or feminine features.

Supporters say that the “window” prevents a great deal of mental and physical anguish caused by the maturing of sex organs, facial hair growth and changes in the voice.

But critics argue it only prolongs the agony and can prevent people “growing out” of any feelings of confusion.

The treatment can be prescribed for people diagnosed with Gender Identity Disorder (GID) – a rare psychiatric condition where a person is born one sex, but feels they are the other.

One of the main effects of the drugs is to stunt the development of sexual organs so less surgery will be required if someone chooses to permanently change their gender at a later date.

However, bodily and hormonal changes will continue as normal if the medication is stopped.

Until this month, British doctors were prevented from offering youngsters diagnosed with gender issues any medical intervention before the late stages of puberty usually at 16.

But now the National Research Ethics Service has given approval to the UK’s only specialist clinic for GID – the Tavistock and Portman NHS Trust in London – to prescribe the drugs to youngsters from 12 years old.

Dr Polly Carmichael, the clinic director, said the reduction in the age limit will be welcomed by families who would have otherwise had to travel abroad to the US for the treatment.

“The majority of our referrals are 15-plus and we get fewer from a younger age group,” she said.

“Certainly, of the children between 12 and 14, there’s a number who are keen to take part.

“I know what’s been very hard for their families is knowing that there’s something available but it’s not available here.

“This delay gives us a window to explore together that they are definitely making the right decision But as professionals we need to be looking at the long term and making sure this treatment is safe.”

The hormone blockers, which are already used for early onset puberty, will only be given to around a dozen children and teenagers selected for an NHS research project jointly run by the clinic and University College London Hospital.

To take part, they will have to meet strict eligibility criteria including having full support from their parents, the existence of long-standing gender identity issues, an ability by the child to give formal consent and an absence of other mental health problems.

Those chosen will go through a series of psychological and medical assessments before receiving the blockers.

As a result, they will stop producing the hormones which tell the sex glands to make oestrogen or testosterone.

Boys will be prevented from developing male traits such as facial hair, deeper voices and Adam’s apples and girls will not develop breasts or menstruate.

But Dr Carmichael said that only around 10 to 20 per cent of prepubescent children with GID went onto have a sex change.

Around 80 per cent in late puberty were likely to have the operation.

The Tavistock and Portman clinic is currently the only place in Britain where under-18s with GID and their relatives can access specialist psychotherapy.

The 22-year-old service, which received 127 GID referrals this year, helps families avoid common traps such the temptation to keep their child’s condition secret.

Source-http://www.telegraph.co.uk/health/healthnews/8454002/Puberty-blocker-for-children-considering-sex-change.html

The 5 Words Used To Control / Enslave You

(Infowars)  Note: Many well-known freedom movement spokesmen/women have not been willing to fully discuss and expose this subject for reasons known only to them. Why? Because, they either think it is too trivial, they do not fully understand it or perhaps in their mind, it’s been debunked by an attorney, whom they give credence to, without doing their own thorough due diligence. It is also important to note that there are some well-intentioned lawyers who strive to assist in making our world a safer and better place for all to live. The intention of this article is to shine a bright light and empower you to help break the matrix grip.

First and foremost, it is vitally important to comprehend that everything in the business / commercial world is done by contract, both public and private. Secondly, relationships are also contractual — marital, parental and social (friendships). You both consciously and unconsciously verbally contract all day long, and when merited, in written form as well.

Words are understood to be very powerful and it is through spelling that spells are cast. However, it is a very misunderstood fact that words used in everyday language most often do not have the same meaning in a legal sense (contractual or court setting).

What are these 5 words that are used to control / enslave you? Person, resident, citizen, driver and passenger (all commercial terms). In my humble opinion, these 5 words are the keys to casting the spell in the attorneys’ legal jargon trickery. All commercial transactions / contracts have been designed to remove the men and women from the equation and replace with a legal fictional entity in the matrix system.

PERSON is a legal entity – a trust, corporation, partnership, association. Don’t be fooled by the attorney’s statutory word trickery if you see “natural person”. An adverb cannot change the root meaning of a word. Plain and simple, it is impossible to be a “person”. You are either a man or woman – a living being. A “person” is a dead entity and attorneys may only represent persons – commercial legal entities.

RESIDENT is the word term used to establish jurisdiction in a State (a legal entity). To “reside” is a commercial term only used to establish domicile for tax revenue purposes.

CITIZEN is the word term used to establish jurisdiction in a Federal district. It is also a commercial term only used to establish domicile for tax revenue purposes. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) may only tax those people who have voluntarily deemed themselves internal to the district. Thus only legal entities have tax liability.

DRIVER is a For Hire / paid operator of a motor vehicle. The term “motor vehicle” is defined as every description of carriage or other contrivance propelled or drawn by mechanical power used for commercial purposes on the highways in the transportation of passengers, passengers and property, or property or cargo.

PASSENGER is someone who pays a fare for passage on a commercial carrier – airplane, bus, taxi, limousine, cruise ship, train or trolley, rather than a “guest” who travels without charge or fee.

It is necessary to go to the very root when looking at a complex problem. It is obvious that most politicians and their key staff are attorneys/lawyers, who are minions in servitude to the bankers. The simplest solution is to start removing the attorneys from office.

Take note of these quotes:

“In a recent conversation with an official at the Internal Revenue Service, I was amazed when he told me that ‘If the taxpayers of this country ever discover that the IRS operates on 90% bluff, the entire system will collapse’.” — Henry Bellmon, U.S. Senator (1969).

“Our tax system is based on individual self-assessment and voluntary compliance.” — Mortimer Caplin, former Commissioner of Internal Revenue, Internal Revenue Audit Manual (1975).

“Some people think the Federal Reserve Banks are U.S. government institutions. They are not … they are private credit monopolies which prey upon the people of the U.S. for the benefit of themselves and their foreign and domestic swindlers, and rich and predatory money lenders. The sack of the United States by the Fed is the greatest crime in history. Every effort has been made by the Fed to conceal its powers, but the truth is the Fed has usurped the government. It controls everything here and it controls all our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will.” — Congressman Charles McFadden, Chairman, House Banking and Currency Committee, June 10, 1932.

“The real truth of the matter is, and you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government of the U.S. since the days of Andrew Jackson. History depicts Andrew Jackson as the last truly honorable and incorruptible American president.” — President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, November 23, 1933 in a letter to Colonel Edward Mandell House.

“… our system of credit is concentrated … in the hands of a few men .. a power so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that [we had] better not speak above [our] breath when [we] speak in condemnation of it … We have come to be … completely controlled … by … small groups of dominant men.” — President Woodrow Wilson.

“The real rulers in Washington are invisible and exercise power from behind the scenes” — Felix Frankfurter, United States Supreme Court Justice.

“Give me control over a nation’s currency and I care not who makes its laws.” — Baron M.A. Rothschild (1744 – 1812)

The Solution for unraveling control in the matrix grip:

The NAME = all Capital letter designation – JOHN DOE or JANE DOE is the corporate legal entity = person (also known as – strawman).

This is not a trivial matter. The key to your freedom is to know that you are not this NAME / PERSON. The voluntary act of identifying yourself in a legal contractual setting without proper status declaration will continue your enslavement to the system. You are a living being.

There are 4 ways to respond when offered a contract – acceptance, conditional acceptance, rejection or going silent (acquiescence). The first two choices are honorable and the last two choices are dishonorable.

Why is a judge referred to as Your Honor? – It’s because he/she is weighing who is before him/her and remaining in honor . . . like a mirror and also weighing who will get into argument and therefore acting in dishonor.

Lessons in HONOR AND DISHONOR

You will always lose unless you abide by the rules of the matrix game. You will probably lose even if you use the rules, because you will argue and that is what the “controllers” want you to do, argue. When you argue, you are in dishonor. This is unfortunately how we’ve been conditioned.

Forget about the law. The law is only for those that have violated some tenet of commerce.

Remember, everything in this world is a contract. When you go to the store to purchase a quart of milk, you are about to enter into a contract. When you pick up the milk and pay for it, the clerk will give you a receipt. This receipt is the title to the quart of milk. If you discard the receipt before you leave the store and you leave the store, you could be charged with stealing since you do not have the title to the milk.

You will probably begin to argue. Once you begin to argue, you are in dishonor and when you are in dishonor nothing matters except getting back in honor.

Here is a Biblical story example: Jesus came upon the land to teach people how to operate in commerce. His main purpose was to save us from our dishonor. Yet we persist in this dishonor by acquiring things, which we are treating as little demigods.

  • A D V E R T I S E M E N T
  • FREE Extreme Emergency Kit with qualifying purchase!

One of the best lessons Jesus taught was by his example. On his trip to Galilee, he encountered three beggars, who called out and said “Jesus, heal us”! They were offering Jesus a contract.

There are four possible ways in which to answer when one is offered a contract.

a. Agree to the contract and you are in honor.

b. Remain silent (is consider insolent) and therefore you are in dishonor.

c. To argue about the contract is a dishonor. That is why the courts want you to have an attorney. Attorneys argue and get you in dishonor. They are there to turn you in!

d. Doing a novation is like bargaining and it is a conditional acceptance. For example, if a merchant is selling apples for one dollar each and you want an apple, but you don’t want to pay a dollar, you may offer fifty cents. This is bartering, not dishonor and you are remaining in honor. You have just placed the merchant in the position of having to make one of the same four choices on how to answer. You will probably walk away and he will lose the sale if he declines by arguing or remaining silent. He lost because he dishonored you. He remains in honor if he chooses ‘d’.

Getting back to the lesson. The beggars offered Jesus a contract. Jesus replied, “What would you have me do?” He is now doing a novation to the contract. Before he can comply, he has to know what the contract requires. The beggars then re-offered the contract to Jesus by saying, “make us see”. He then agreed by saying, “you are healed”. The beggars and Jesus were always in honor and the contract was completed and everyone was satisfied.

In a court setting, you should re-offer the Judge, by stating: Your Honor, I conditionally accept your offer to give you a NAME upon Proof of Claim that if I do so, it will not bind me to any contract with the State of XYZ (whatever jurisdiction you are supposedly in). The judge will keep trying to get you into contract. You must continue to conditionally accepting the judge’s offer by continually repeating, upon Proof of whatever Claim they are making.

The case is The State of XXY v. JOHN DOE. The judge asks you…How do you plead, Guilty or Not Guilty? or he may say Responsible or Not Responsible? Your answer: Your honor, I conditionally accept your offer to plead upon Proof of Claim that the State of XYX is an injured or the State of XYZ and I have a contract and upon Proof of Claim that the XYZ on the complaint, in all upper case letters is not a legal fiction and upon Proof of Claim that, I, a living being, am a corporation.

PRESUMPTION

The people of the courts and all levels of government presume that you are a corporation because all courts and governments are legal fictions and following the law of like kind can only deal with other legal fictions or incompetent persons. All government codes/statutes (laws) deal only with persons, corporations, trusts, partnerships or other like entities. They are not real. They only exist on paper (in form). They do not exist in the physical sense (substance).

A city, a county and a state have lines drawn on a map that show (what they claim to be) their jurisdiction. There are buildings that are referred to as schools, courts, offices and other titles. They are real because they are made with gravel, cement, wood and other physical materials. The government is a fiction created from a man’s imagination. It is of course not real, and only an image in people’s minds. It cannot do anything without the physical man. The physical man has a “go between” and that “go between” is a legal fiction. It is a transmitting utility. Just like the electric power company manufactures electrical power for business or home use, the transmission lines are the transmitting utility that connects them together. The person – legal entity – strawman – all capital letter name fictional corporation is the transmitting utility between the flesh and blood man and the government and its agencies.

Presumption comes into play when you receive a contract from the government, a police officer, court, etc., and if you do not correct them, they will presume that you are the all capital letter NAME – legal entity. It is when you don’t correct them that the presumption becomes a stipulation of fact.

STIPULATION

A stipulation is an agreement that the facts of the case are not in dispute and therefore will not and cannot be addressed from the point of stipulation. The way that you get into a contract is by doing something that you may be unaware of . . . like a drivers license. You are offering the State to allow you to operate a vehicle in a commercial venture on the roadways within the State, when you apply for a driver’s license.

Whomever offers the contract has the energy or the power because they are the Creditor. The one who is being offered the contract is the Debtor. You always want to be the Creditor. Now, while you are operating the vehicle in commerce, you violate a rule (law) that you agreed to abide by accepting the license.

You were the Creditor when you applied for a license, and were in honor. They were the Debtor. Then they re-offered you the license, making them the Creditor and you the Debtor. Everyone is still in honor when you accepted the license (contract). When you violate some rule (law), you are in dishonor and have to go to a hearing (court). Once again, you are going through the same rules. Honor and dishonor.

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

Condition yourself to remember that everything is a contract. When somebody offers you a contract and you do not like the terms, simply re-offer or counter-offer. When a debt collector sends a letter / a collection notice that is a contract. You now have the choices of a, b, c, and d. What are you going to do? The thing not to do is argue or remain silent. You must re-offer in a timely manner.

“Mr. Debt Collector, I conditionally accept your offer to pay the debt indicated, upon Proof of Claim that you are the owner of the debt and upon Proof of Claim that you and I have a signed contract.

When a police officer pulls you over and offers you a ticket for speeding, the ticket is a contract. When he asks you to sign the ticket, stating that you promise to appear at a certain date, that is a contract. You may properly do two things.

1. You may demand that the police officer takes you to a Judge/Magistrate immediately or;

2. You may sign the ticket: All rights reserved, UCC 1-308, and then sign the Name below what you just wrote on the ticket. This action allows you 72 hours to rescind the contract. A widely recognized and universal law of commerce is that contracts can be canceled within 72 hours. Many contracts include a document titled “notice of rescission.” The buyer, in most cases, must execute / sign and date the document and get it into the possession of the seller in order to properly rescind the sale.

If you are arrested and taken before a Magistrate, he/she will ask you to state your Name. The Magistrate is making you an offer to enter their jurisdiction. Next you will be invited to sign the paper the clerk offers you. You will be in a contract if you sign it.

Fresh food that lasts from eFoods Direct (Ad)

Remember, if you are about to go into court, it is vitally important to declare that you are not a corporation prior to a hearing or trial. Otherwise, the judge will find your silence on that point a fact and then proceed under the presumption that you are a corporation.

Please remember, you are not a Name. You are a very powerful living being when in honor.

Source-http://www.infowars.com/the-5-words-used-to-control-enslave-you/

Conspiracy Theorists Own Silver

(Mark Mchugh)  Sorry about the insulting headline, but every last shred of evidence I can find suggests that the most people remain utterly clueless about silver, despite the efforts of the silver vigilantes, led by Max Keiser and Mike Kreiger.  Their brilliantly simple plan (go get some physical silver) promises to topple the criminally insane fraud that has become US economy.  It doesn’t require politicians or regulators to lift a finger either, you simply take advantage of what is undoubtedly an artificially low price.  I can completely understand anyone who is skeptical of that last statement; I’m sure you’ve been burned before, but that doesn’t mean you should stop seeking truth.

Part 1. A little math.

I’m not sure when performing basic arithmetic made you a conspiracy theorist, but here we are.

The 2009 World’s population was about 6.8 Billion.  According to the Silver Institute, total silver supply in 2009 was 889 million ounces.  That means there was .13 ounces of silver produced for every human being on the planet.  That looks like this:

Yep, your fair share of Worldwide silver production is a little less than the silver content of two pre-1965 dimes.  That’s all.  A bargain at about four bucks when you consider the amazing properties of this element.  FYI: World oil production per capita is 190 gallons.

This….

…represents more than ten years of  worldwide silver mining production divided by 2009 population.  Less than $35, and hell of lot easier to transport than 7,600 quarts of Quaker State.  Please note that so-called “World production” includes government sales and scrap. Government sales and “scrap” have accounted for more than 25% of  “World Silver Production” from 2000 to 2009.  I’m not sure I believe that one out of every four ounces of silver gets recycled, but understand that without that bonus production, demand exceeds supply by 37%.

Part 2. Who needs silver?

Just about everybody, it turns out.  Sadly, another way to get yourself labeled a conspiracy theorist is by reading government documents like the Constitution, or the Department of the Interior’s 2009 U.S. Geological Survey which states:

The physical properties of silver include ductility, electrical conductivity, malleability, and reflectivity. The demand for silver in industrial applications continues to increase and includes use of silver in bandages for wound care, batteries, brazing and soldering, in catalytic converters in automobiles, in cell phone covers to reduce the spread of bacteria, in clothing to minimize odor, electronics and circuit boards, electroplating, hardening bearings, inks, mirrors, solar cells, water purification, and wood treatment to resist mold. Silver was used for miniature antennas in Radio Frequency Identification Devices (RFIDs) that were used in casino chips, freeway toll transponders, gasoline speed purchase devices, passports, and on packages to keep track of inventory shipments. Mercury and silver, the main components of dental amalgam, are biocides and their use in amalgam inhibits recurrent decay.

 Yet you can actually find dunces out there claiming that digital cameras have made silverobsolete.  You should live so long…

Fun Fact:  Silver (not gold, copper or anything else) is the element with the highest electrical conductivity.

Part 3. People lie…..

“…I want to make it equally clear that this nation will maintain the dollar as good as gold,freely interchangeable with gold at $35 an ounce, the foundation-stone of the free world’s trade and payments system.”

John F. Kennedy, July 18, 1963

“That we stand ready to use our gold to meet our international obligations–down to the last bar of gold, if that be necessary–should be crystal clear to all.”

William McChesney Martin, Jr. (Federal Reserve Chairman) December 9, 1963

And…..

Lesson:  When someone says you can exchange paper for precious metals – make the swap before they change the rules.

Since the invention of paper, people have been writing bogus notes, and if there are two time-tested methods to become wealthy beyond your wildest dreams, they are:  1)Selling stuff that doesn’t exist and 2) Selling stuff you don’t actually own.  Unless you believe there has been a sudden outbreak of integrity in the banking industry, there’s no reason to believe these dynamics are not still in play, is there?  As recently as 2007, Morgan Stanley settled a class-action lawsuit with 22,000 clients who bought and paid storage on “phantom” silver (check out the Ted Butler article Money for Nothing).

At today’s prices, a million dollars in gold weighs less than fifty pounds, but a million dollars in silver weighs more than 2,300 pounds!  So ask yourself, how many rich people are storing their own silver?  How many hedge funds hold physical silver in their own storage facility?  Or have they entrusted the storage to the big banks?

JP Morgan is the custodian of the ishares Silver Trust (SLV), which now holds over 350 million ounces of silver, provides  sovereign and corporate investors with precious metals solutions (JP’s website), and is the largest short seller of silver in the history of the world.  Berkshire Asset Management’s  Eric Fry writes:

Based on some of the latest conjecture, Morgan’s short position totals a whopping 3.3 billion ounces. If, therefore, the buzz about J.P. Morgan and silver is even half true, the prestigious investment bank could be cruisin’ for bruisin’.

For perspective, 3.3 billion ounces is roughly equal to:

1) One third of all the world’s known silver deposits;

2) Two times the world’s approximate stockpiles of silver bullion;

3) Four times the annual mined supply of silver;

4) 30 times the inventory of silver at the COMEX.

If you can, forget about the conflict of interest, and ponder the enormity of the explosion.

Part 4. A little more math. 

Estimates of total silver production since the dawn of man range from 46 to 53 billion ounces (roughly 11x gold production), but unlike gold, we’ve used pretty much all of it (although squandered might be a better word).  It’s in our cemeteries (fillings) and scattered throughout our landfills.  There hasn’t been a significant surplus since 1990.  Ted Butler and others estimate that there is far less silver bullion in the world than gold bullion and they back up their case with numbers  that the paperbugs have never even bothered to refute.  So why does gold trade at more than 45 times the price of silver?  Because JP Morgan, the US government, and every other psuedo-capitalist parasite wants it that way.  But that’s a truth for another day.

Part 5. Other things you should know.

 The Treasury has sold 34 million one ounce American Eagles so far in 2010.  Those sales total less than one Billion dollars. Apple (AAPL) trades about that much every hourthe market is open.  Meanwhile the Treasury has issued more than 1.5 Trillion in new debt (1,500 times more) in 2010.  Just for fun, let’s multiply 1500 by 34 million.  A transaction of that size would have equaled every last bit of silver ever discovered at $30 an ounce.    Yet you can actually find people who believe silver is the bubble.

Treasury doesn’t make it easy to buy silver.  They’ll sell you bills, bonds and notes directly online, but not precious metals at anything close to market price.   The mint only does business with  11 Authorized Purchasers (a list can be found here),  Why the lack of savvy?

China can blow up the COMEXs silver market in the blink of an eye, at any moment.  They can do it with their pocket change, as a goof.  And if we piss them off enough, they will.

Part 6. So what’s silver worth.

The short answer is: more.  If silver were priced based on its occurrence relative to gold, it would be over $125/oz.  If it were priced on its availability – somewhere around $2,000.  But if you are content to let the likes of Blythe Masters dictate the value based on truckloads of worthless paper promises, you can expect ultra-low prices until the whole thing blows up.  Of course at that point, we’ll be so busy killing each other for food no one will have time to say, “I told you so.”

The silver vigilantes just want you to re-learn what the phrases like, “cold, hard cash,”  and“payment in full” are supposed to mean.  There not asking you to sink everything you have into physical silver,  just a little.  Silver can’t be printed into oblivion, or stolen by a cyber attack.  Why wouldn’t you want to own some of your very own?

A paper dollar from 1960 is worth exactly the same as a paper dollar in 2010, but  four quarters from 1960 are worth more than $21.  Given the fiscal insanity of the US government, I can’t imagine the US dollar surviving another 50 years, but I’m quite sure that silver will still be useful.  Please consider getting some.

Source-http://acrossthestreetnet.wordpress.com/2010/12/15/what-the-silver-vigilantes-understand-that-you-probably-dont-arithmetic-human-nature-and/

Above Top Secret Calls Us A Conspiracy Site

(Thomas Dishaw)   A forum member from abovetopsecret.com calls us a conspiracy web site because we promote sliver,gold and potassium iodine.  His comments are in response to this article.

reply to post by beijingyank


is it a coincidence the source is selling gold/silver/iodine…conspiracies everywhere….India doesnt seem like much of a place to hide but whatta I know … 

http://bit.ly/hEOaGs

Elites On The Move In India

(ZENGARDNER)  As Bob Dylan sang, “You don’t need a weatherman to know which way the wind blows”. Especially if you’re an elite and happen to know the agenda and where the nuclear meltdown will be occurring..and where the ill wind will be blowing for some time to come…WEST…so why not travel somewhere safe in the east?….or is it just a coincidence?

Rockefeller’s visiting Delhi

It seems that India has caught the fancy of American trillionaire David Rockefeller. We have learnt that the 96-year-old, head of one of the biggest American business dynasties, is currently in the country with his family and is travelling all over North India.

We hear that the honcho landed in Delhi with more than two dozen relatives, including his children and grandchildren. The clan is learnt to be keen on visiting famous Indian monuments and places like the Taj Mahal, Rajasthan and Delhi. Rockefeller is believed to have landed in Delhi and chartered three planes to tour the country. Source

Not Only Rocky’s Family, but the Gates’ and Warren Buffet are there as well

Another coincidence?

http://foreignpolicydigest.org/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2011/01/Bill-Gates-and-Warren-Buffet.jpg

“Oh no, the idiot masses would never believe our depopulation plan is real..ha ha”

Bill Gates Is Now In India

Bill Gates is now travelling in India (at present in Uttar Pradesh). If you interested in seeing or talk to him then read this post. I’m going to give  some tip on how to find “where is Bill Gates now in India”. Source

Warren Buffet to Visit India

(Reuters) – Billionaire investor Warren Buffett will travel to India next week to launch his firm’s insurance selling portal and will meet policyholders at an event in New Delhi, according to information on the company’s website.

Is It the Nuclear Bunkers?

India building nuclear-proof bunkers for top leaders

(2003) NEW DELHI: The Indian government has begun building several hi-tech bunkers to enable its top leadership, including Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, to survive a possible nuclear attack, official sources said.

The move to build the bunkers, including one near the South Block, an imposing red sandstone building that houses the prime minister’s office and the defence and external affairs ministries, was reportedly cleared at the first meeting of the Nuclear Command Authority on September 1. Source

Epilogue

The bunkers are finished now. Perhaps it’s like musical chairs and the elites are hoovering near safe spots as the cataclysm unfolds, knowing they have an “out” when the music stops.

Just wondering,  Zen

www.zengardner.com

http://govtslaves.info/2011/03/21/elites-converge-on-india-safe-zone/

Cat Gives Birth To A Dog

(Orange News)  A pet cat has found fame in Yangshan, eastern China’s Jiangsu Province, after giving birth to a puppy.

The cat’s owner Zhou Yun was aware the cat was pregnant and at the start of April gave birth to two kittens. However, when Zhang went to check, one of the kittens had died.

“I then noticed the other kitten surprisingly looks like a dog,” explained Zhou.

Zhou raises a cat and a dog in her home as pets, and Zhou said the cat and the dog enjoy a good relationship – even eating and sleeping together. “Quite possibly the kitty is a mixed child,” said Zhou.

Lai Xiaoyun, president of a local pet clinic, came to the house and checked the cat puppy, but said it’s impossible that a cat could give birth to a dog.

Lai said quite possibly the cat gave birth to two kittens in the early morning, and one died. Lai reasoned: “So the cat went out and accidentally found a litter of newborn puppies and took one home.”

“Cats and dogs are two different species and it’s impossible to have joint descendants,” concluded Lai.

Source-http://web.orange.co.uk/article/quirkies/cat_gives_birth_to_dog

Gas Tops $4 Per Gallon In Nations Capital

(AP)   Drivers in Washington, D.C., on Saturday joined motorists in five states who are paying more than $4 per gallon for gasoline.

The average price for gas in New York could top $4 by early next week. Hawaii, Alaska, California, Illinois and Connecticut already have pump prices above that mark, according to AAA’s Daily Fuel Gauge. Hawaii has the highest price in the U.S. at $4.47 per gallon.

The national average for gas has increased for 25 straight days, and is now $3.82 per gallon. Retail surveys suggest motorists are reacting to higher prices now by buying less fuel. Still, the government expects pump prices to keep climbing this summer as vacationers take to the highways.

The average price of gas rose to $4.003 per gallon in the nation’s capital Saturday. The New York average is $3.996.

For American drivers, the $4 mark harkens back to the summer of 2008, when oil rose to $147 per barrel and gas prices topped out at $4.11 per gallon before the economy went into a tailspin.

The rapid increase at the pump follows a parallel rise in oil. Since Labor Day, oil has risen 48 percent and U.S. gas prices have gone up 42 percent. The increases gained momentum in Mid-February when a popular rebellion built in Libya, eventually turning violent and shutting down the country’s exports. Crude has jumped 30 percent since then, with gas prices gaining 22 percent.

Source-http://news.yahoo.com/s/ap/20110416/ap_on_bi_ge/us_gas_prices

Bill Allows New Policing Of The Internet

(Jason Miller)  Under a White House plan, the Homeland Security Department will have far-reaching oversight over all civilian agency computer networks.

(Jason Miller)  The proposal would codify much of the administration’s memo from July 2010 expanding DHS’s cyber responsibilities for civilian networks.

The White House, however, is taking those responsibilities further, according to a source familiar with the document. The administration drafted a legislative proposal to give DHS many, if not all, of the same authorities for the .gov networks that the Defense Department has for the .mil networks.

Federal News Radio recently viewed a draft copy of the legislative proposal.

“I have to question why the Executive branch is writing legislation,” said the source, who requested anonymity because they were not authorized to talk about it. “This is not a proposal or white paper like the White House usually sends to Capitol Hill. This is the actual legislation.”

The source said the 100-page document is going through interagency review. DHS sent the document around to agencies late last Friday and asked for comments by Monday. The source said few agencies had time to take a hard look at the document, especially in light of the possible government shutdown.

Sources on Capitol Hill and in government confirmed the White House is working on such a proposal.

A DHS spokesman said the agency doesn’t comment on pending legislation.

Incorporates Senate cyber bill, OMB memo

The bill would bring together legislative proposals by Sens. Joseph Lieberman (I-Conn.), Susan Collins (R-Maine) and Tom Carper (D-Del.), as well as Office of Management and Budget’s memo from July 2010 expanding DHS’s authorities.

“The cybersecurity legislation being developed in Congress is a large, complex bill with wide-ranging implications, and several Senate committees are involved in its drafting,” said committee spokeswoman Leslie Phillips. “The two primary committees of jurisdiction – Homeland Security and Commerce – completed the bulk of their work last August and ironed out several remaining differences by the end of March this year. However, other committees and the White House are critical to the completion of this bill.”

In a statement, Lieberman said, “We have been waiting with great anticipation for the White House to weigh in on the best way to protect the American people from catastrophic cyber attacks. If the White House is on the same path we’re on, the Senate should be able to approve comprehensive cybersecurity legislation this year.”

Collins said in a floor statement in February about the new bill that the legislation would make DHS a strong partner in the process of securing agency networks, but the White House will be the central point for all cybersecurity across the government.

The Lieberman, Collins and Carper bill would establish a National Center for Cybersecurity and Communications in DHS.

“It would be located within the Department of Homeland Security to elevate and strengthen the Department’s cyber security capabilities and authorities,” Collins said. “This Center also would be led by a Senate-confirmed director. The Cyber Center, anchored at DHS, will close the coordination gaps that currently exist in our disjointed federal cyber security efforts. For day-to-day operations, the Center would use the resources of DHS, and the Center Director would report directly to the Secretary of Homeland Security. On interagency matters related to the security of federal networks, the director would regularly advise the President – a relationship similar to the director of the National Counterterrorism Center on counterterrorism matters or the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff on military issues. These dual relationships would give the director sufficient rank and stature to interact effectively with the heads of other departments and agencies, and with the private sector.”

A second source said the proposal also gives DHS much of the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) authorities that currently fall under OMB, such as policy development and issuance, and the creation of performance measures, guidelines and training.

The first source said the proposal actually goes further than previous bills and memos. The source said the DHS secretary would have broad authorities and oversight responsibilities similar to what Gen. Keith Alexander has with DoD’s U.S. Cyber Command.

DHS oversees all civilian cybersecurity

The bill authorizes DHS, in coordination with OMB, “to exercise primary responsibility of operational aspects of IT security in agencies” that is consistent with OMB guidance. The DHS secretary “shall oversee agency security implementations, the implementation of policies” and compliance with policy and regulatory requirements.

DHS and OMB also would issue “compulsory and binding directives” oversee the implementation of agency information security policies, review agency information security programs, designate a person to receive information on security threats and issues and address incident response.

The bill exempts national security and DoD systems from DHS oversight.

Under one version of comprehensive cybersecurity legislation, DHS would get four senior vice president level executives for cybersecurity. But this latest proposal from the White House would change that by adopting DoD’s hiring authorities.

The first source said DHS could make direct hires, set compensation rates as necessary and pay additional benefits and incentives. DHS also would establish a scholarship program for employees to pursue college or advanced degrees in cybersecurity, and it reactivates the industry-to-government and government-to-industry exchange program for cybersecurity professionals.

The authorities in the bill are similar to those the Office of Personnel Management approved for DHS in September 2009. DHS received Schedule A authorities for cyber positions.

The proposal also would give DHS a significant role in cyber-related procurements. The source said the language in the bill is “vague” about what kind of role DHS will play.

Google provision around data centers?

Additionally, the source said there is a provision toward the end of the document that could have far-reaching effects.

The provision states: “Prohibition, no law, rule, regulation or order or other administrative action of any state or political subdivision shall require a business entity to house a data center in such state or political subdivision there of as a condition to certify, licensure or approval in relating to operation of such entity.”

The source said the provision means the government can’t stop a company from doing business in a state, but if the state is doing a procurement, they can’t tell the business to locate a data center in their state.

The provision also defines what a data center is and says the language will “promote efficiency and innovation”

The source called it the “Google provision” since the search engine giant hosts its data in centers around the world.

There are some exceptions, such as, if the data center is being used only for sate business and not shared among users across business sectors.

In addition to federal cybersecurity, the bill goes into details about cyber crime and critical infrastructure security.

For instance under cyber crime, the proposal would expand the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act to include a series of criminal offensives for cyber attacks and confidentiality abuses. It also would expand the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act to establish criminal penalties for cyber crime.

Under critical infrastructure protection, the bill lets the DHS secretary decide what is critical infrastructure, assess audit systems for cyber resilience and create an industry of third-party accreditors and evaluators to assess private sector owners and operators systems for meeting cybersecurity requirements.

The proposal also requires the development of voluntary consensus standards by industry, academic and government experts for each sector.

The bill states that owners and operators of critical infrastructure shall develop cybersecurity measures, and a senior accountable official must sign and attest to their implementation. The bill adds that form must remain on file and available for review, inspection and evaluations by third-party evaluators.

The bill continues to move through interagency review and there is no stated timetable for moving it to the Hill for formal consideration, sources say.

Source-http://federalnewsradio.com/index.php?nid=35&sid=2345684

Three Largest Online Poker Sites Indicted And Shut Down By FBI

( Nathaniel Popper)  The founders of the three largest online poker sites were indicted by the FBI on Friday in what could serve as a death blow to the thriving industry.

Eleven executives at PokerStars, Full Tilt Poker and Absolute Poker were charged with bank fraud and money laundering in an indictment unsealed in a Manhattan court. Two of the executives were arrested on Friday morning in Utah and Nevada. Federal agents are searching for the others.

Prosecutors are seeking to immediately shut down the sites and to eventually send the executives to jail and to recover $3 billion from the companies. By Friday afternoon Full Tilt Poker’s site displayed a message explaining that “this domain name has been seized by the F.B.I. pursuant to an Arrest Warrant.”

The online gambling industry has taken off over the last decade, drawing an estimated 15 million Americans to bet online.

In 2006 Congress passed a law prohibiting online gambling. Most of the leading sites found ways to work around the law using foreign banks, but prosecutors allege that in doing so they broke the law.

“These defendants concocted an elaborate criminal fraud scheme, alternately tricking some U.S. banks and effectively bribing others to assure the continued flow of billions in illegal gambling profits,” Preet Bharara, the U.S. attorney in Manhattan, said in a statement.

Poker fans took to Twitter in droves, worried about the money in their online gaming accounts, fretting that online poker’s days were at an end.

“Well the good news is I think I only had about $300 left on the online poker sites overall,” tweeted Jimi Schindler of Madison, Wis. “Maybe I’ll see that money?!!?”

Source-http://latimesblogs.latimes.com/money_co/2011/04/three-largest-online-poker-sites-indicted-and-shut-down-by-fbi.html

Scientists Warn Future Drugs Will Be Designed To Control Human Mind

(Ethan A Huff)  It may sound like something out of a science fiction plot, but Oxford researchers say that modern conventional medicine is gradually developing ways to change the moral states of humans through pharmaceutical drugs, and thus control the way people think and act in various life situations. These new drugs will literally have the ability to disrupt an individual’s personal morality, and instead reprogram that person to believe and do whatever the drug designer has created that drug to do.

“Science has ignored the question of moral improvement so far, but it is now becoming a big debate,” said Dr. Guy Kahane from the Oxford Centre for Neuroethics in the UK. “There is already a growing body of research you can describe in these terms. Studies show that certaindrugs affect the ways people respond to moral dilemmas by increasing their sense of empathy, group affiliation and by reducing aggression.”

While this may sound good in theory, mind control is already a very dangerous side effect of existing drugs. Take the antidepressant drug Prozac, for instance, which has been known to cause those taking it to lash out in violent rages. One young boy murdered his father by beating him and stabbing him in the head, and hit his mother with a crowbar and stabbed her in the face, shortly after starting to take Prozac (http://www.naturalnews.com/News_000…).

But the kinds of drugs Kahane and his colleagues are referring to imply designer drugs specifically designed to not only alter one’s mental state, but also to change the way that person thinks about situations from a moral perspective. The end result is literally a type of drug-induced mind control where human subjects will be controlled by someone else, and unable to make conscious decisions for themselves.

Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad)

Research on the subject, of course, tries to paint the idea of mind-control drugs in a positive light, suggesting that they could be used to help make the world a better place. Just imagine less violence, more trust, and more love, they say. This rhetoric, though, is really just a ploy to further numb the already mind-numbed masses into accepting the idea as a good thing.

Source-http://www.infowars.com/scientists-warn-future-drugs-will-be-designed-to-control-human-mind/

Detroit Willing To Sell Its Soul For Economic Prosperity

Why not, barrister and occasional mayoral candidate Geoffrey Fieger said during a taping of “Michigan Matters” on what he would do if he walked in Detroit Mayor Dave Bing’s shoes and tried to address the city’s woes.

“I could turn it around in five minutes,” Fieger said.

“I’d shovel the snow and I’d clean the streets and parks. Then, I’d tell the police department to leave marijuana alone and don’t spend one dime trying to enforce marijuana laws. I also would not enforce prostitution laws and I’d make us the new Amsterdam.”

“We would attract young people,” Fieger said. “You make Detroit a fun city. A place they want to live and they would flock here.”

Fieger, who ran as a Democrat for governor, appeared with Oakland County Executive L. Brooks Patterson, who took exception to his idea.

“How does that fix the schools or unemployment or illiteracy in the city?” Patterson said.

Besides, the outspoken Republican leader added, “Have you been to 8 Mile recently?” in reference to strip clubs and other elements found along certain stretches of the road.

Fieger still thought the idea had merits.

“Don’t let any self-appointed, self-righteous person say we couldn’t do it,” Fieger added. “The city of Detroit couldn’t get any worse.”

On other issues, Fieger said he changed his mind about running for mayor in the upcoming race now that Bing has said he will run again in 2013.

“I don’t want to run against an incumbent. Besides, it would be more interesting to be governor,” he said.

When asked to grade Bing, both Patterson and Fieger gave Bing a “B” saying the job was much tougher than the former steel executive and NBA Hall of Famer ever thought.

Patterson predicted after the state law was recently changed to allow mayors to be named emergency financial managers of distressed cities that it was all but certain Bing would take on the role if Detroit came to that point.

And speaking of things to help the Motor City, Fieger said he supported the federal tax free zone idea pitched last year by former Republican U.S. House speaker Newt Gingrich. However, Fieger said tax incentives in general don’t help.

“We’ve been saying here for 40 years, if we give breaks to industry, they will create jobs. But it hasn’t worked,” Fieger said.

Looking ahead to the presidential race, Fieger said the best thing for President Barack Obama would be to have Donald Trump, Michele Bachmann or Sarah Palin run as an independent candidate to split the vote against the Republican candidate, who he speculated could be Mitt Romney or Tim Pawlenty.

Don’t discount Gov. Mitch Daniels of Indiana as another serious GOP contender, Patterson said.

Speaking of politics, Ken Rogers, executive director of Automation Alley, appeared during another segment of the show and said when the business group — started by Patterson in 1999 — was growing, it was decided to keep it as non-political as possible.

“We decided no PACs” (political action committees), said Rogers, who has helped steer the group into seven other counties and the city of Detroit, and attracted 1,000-plus businesses to join along the way.

“Michigan Matters” airs 11 a.m. Saturday on WWJ-TV CBS Detroit. Read Carol Cain’s columns on business and politics in the Sunday Free Press. She can be reached at 313-222-6732 or[email protected].

Source-http://www.freep.com/article/20110415/COL24/110415011/1081/col/Carol-Cain-Prostitution-pot-legalization-could-make-Detroit-attractive-Fieger-says

The World’s Most Important Commodity May Be In Danger

(Jared Levy)  Smart Investing Daily has been banging the drum on global food inflation issues and shortages. The skyrocketing prices of foodstuffs driven by consumption and a weak U.S. dollar are wreaking havoc on the living expenses of the average consumer around the world; you can read our commentary here.

Energy prices, namely crude oil, are also at record levels, further exacerbating global cost-of-living expenses in both the goods and services that we buy — as well as food. Interesting enough, one of the “solutions” to our energy problem may in fact seriously endanger our most precious commodity of all, WATER.

Water, Water Everywhere, but Only a Small Amount to Drink…

I find it fascinating that we can trade just about anything these days. You can bet on the rise and fall of the prices of everything from corn to oil, electricity, soybeans, natural gas, timber and even pork bellies. Heck, if you wanted to you can even make investments in the weather and the amount of rainfall in a certain period of time. (Farmers may use these sorts of investment vehicles to protect their crop prices and yields.)

But you can’t trade water on an exchange…

The human body is composed of over 70% water. Water is even more essential than food for our basic survival. In fact, you can only live about three to five days without water; however, there is evidence to prove that a healthy adult can last 30 to 40 days without food!

Water is so necessary, but potable water is NOT a tradable commodity like oil nor is its scarcity the topic of many headlines. All life on Earth needs water to survive and grow; we don’t “need” oil.

Maybe we take it for granted because nature gives us a “free” supply in the form of rain, glacial runoff and underground aquifers that don’t require much to tap into. But what if that supply becomes tainted?

Water covers about 70% of the Earth’s surface, most of it being salt. Freshwater is available, but very limited in comparison, especially in certain areas… and not all of it is drinkable. Fresh water is found in a few places on Earth:

  • Ground sources such as groundwater, hyporheic zones and aquifers make up about 1.6% of the total water found on Earth.
  • Precipitation, which includes rain, hail, snow, fog, etc., equals about .001% of total water on Earth.
  • Surface water such as rivers, streams, glaciers is about 3%.

Less than 5% of our total water supply is fresh water. Now there are some new technologies that are changing that. We can also get clean fresh water through desalinization. A Jan. 17, 2008, article in The Wall Street Journal stated that “Worldwide, 13,080 desalination plants produce more than 12 billion gallons of water a day.”

While that may seem like there is a large amount of drinking water available, consider the facts:

  • The average human needs about two quarts per day of drinking water to survive.
  • The World Bank estimates the global population to be about 6,775,235,741.(As of the end of 2009.)
  • This means that we need to consume at least 13.5 billion quarts of water daily, which is the equivalent of 81 million barrels a day. (Oil barrels, fluid barrels would be even more.)

According to the CIA, the world consumes over 96 million barrels of oil per day – just a bit higher than the bare minimum drinking water humans on Earth need to survive. The reality is that it takes about3,000 liters of water, converted from liquid to vapor, to produce enough food to satisfy one person’s daily dietary needs, not including all the other things we use water for (showers, toilets, etc).

Using those figures, our daily demand is more like 121 BILLION BARRELS per day, which dwarfs the amount of daily oil usage. That is a serious commodity.

Energy Meets the Ecosystem

I hope these numbers have your head spinning, because they should. Our dietary and health dependency on water is of major importance and it’s no minor resource. I imagine that desalinization and water treatment companies will be excellent long-term investments.

But that is not the only story here. Our problem is expensive oil! Alternative energy and exploration for oil and natural gas is front and center. Politicians are looking for anything to get the cost of energy down and/or to reduce our dependence on fossil fuels.

With the U.S. consumer under pressure and our government scrambling to cut costs and boost the economy, I am worried that some methods used to extract crude oil and natural gas that are potentially unsafe may get rubber-stamp approval with cutbacks and unaffordable energy prices.

One method is even using water (though not potable water) to extract more oil and natural gas from hard-to-reach places like rock and shale, deep underground.

(Investing doesn’t have to be complicated. Sign up for Smart Investing Daily and let me and my fellow editor Sara Nunnally simplify the stock market for you with our easy-to-understand investment articles.)

Hydraulic Fracturing (aka “Fracking”)

I’m talking about Hydraulic Fracturing. Essentially, it’s like setting off a huge explosion of water, sand and chemicals deep underground, which creates fractures in the rock and allows the oil and natural gas to be collected. The sand (or other particulate) fills in the fractures and prevents them from closing when the injection process stops. The oil and natural gas can pass through and be collected from the wellhead.

The method has been around since 1903, and first used for oil and gas wells in the U.S. in 1947. It was first used commercially by Halliburton (HAL:NYSE) in 1949.

The problem lies with the chemicals used in the process and their potential effects both underground, on the surface and even in gases escaping into the air. Combustible and carcinogenic contaminants can infiltrate ground water reserves, soil, foods and even lead to seismic events and cause surface subsidence.

There have been several major incidents recently in both Pennsylvania and Texas where chemicals escaped into groundwater supplies and into the atmosphere and forest areas. In Pennsylvania, all drilling by Cabot Oil and Gas was halted in the state after several contamination incidents caused by fracking. In 2009, in Cleburne, Texas (not to far from where I live), there were earthquakes that were believed to be caused by this process. They were the first earthquakes reported in the town’s 140-year history.

The EPA is currently conducting a study to examine the effects of fracking, the results of which will not be released until 2014.

The biggest issue I see is the lack of publicity this topic has garnished. Even worse would be big oil companies getting to contaminate our most important natural resource without recourse. There are arguments on both sides of course; the oil companies claim that there are no documented proven cases where hydraulic fracturing contaminated ground water. They are also citing the amount of revenue, jobs and reduced energy costs that come from drilling and the fracking process.

As much as I want cheap energy sources and jobs in the U.S. and around the world, sacrificing our limited and diminishing water supply and creating potential instability in the ground’s surface is just not worth it. Budget cuts and greed may be our worst enemy right now as we await the results of the EPA study. Even after that, I am unsure what, if anything, the government will do to restrict the fracking process if it is indeed proved to be dangerous.

I want to thank one of our readers, Don, who suggested we expose this topic to all of you.

Editor’s Note: Right now, the globe faces a common threat that’s nearing fruition – a food shortage disaster. There’s little governments can do to prevent this crisis. Analysts say it’s a greater threat than rising oil prices. What can you do to protect your wealth, your family, and even profit during this chaos? Get the details from Safe Haven Investor.

Article brought to you by Taipan Publishing Group. Additional valuable content can be syndicated via our News RSS feed. Republish without charge. Required: Author attribution, links back to original content or www.taipanpublishinggroup.com.

Source-http://www.taipanpublishinggroup.com/tpg/smart-investing-daily/smart-investing-041411.html

TSA Lied About Promise Not To Grope Children





(Aaron Dykes)  TSA has defended the groping of a 6 year-old girl, saying it followed policy. Yet in Nov. 2010, TSA vowed no ‘enhanced’ pat-downs for children under 12.

The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) contradicted itself, even to the point of outright lying, in responding to controversy about a 6 year-old girl who received a groping pat-down AFTER already being sent through a body scanner. The video went viral after appearing on DrudgeReport.com and many other sites. TSA typically explained away this unnerving experience that left the girl in tears by arguing that the action is perfectly normal, follows all procedures and keeps us safe from terrorism, all, of course, in the name of ‘safety.’




You see, the TSA rationalized in its latest defense that, “terrorists are willing to manipulate societal norms to evade detection.” Thus, TSA would have it, we must abandon societal norms [and laws] like not touching children in their private parts, and instead subject them to pre-crime inspections. According to the logic, no women & children, little old ladies or men handicapped in wheelchairs or implanted with modern medical devices, no body cavity or private part is safe from extensive probing by the “guardians” in government. As the Justice Department recently proclaimed, the TSA assumes the authority to literally strip-search people on demand.

So, the shocking video seen across the alternative blogosphere today was standard operating procedure, as the TSA pointed out in its most recent blog posting, ‘Screening of 6 Year-Old at MSY‘:

A video taken of one of our officers patting down a six year-old has attracted quite a bit of attention. Some folks are asking if the proper procedures were followed. Yes. TSA has reviewed the incident and the security officer in the video followed the current standard operating procedures.

Yet in a November 2010 posting ‘TSA Myth or Fact: Leaked Images, Handcuffed Hosts, Religious Garb, and More!,’ written in the hopes of dispelling ‘rumors’ about the new invasive pat-downs, Blogger Bob of the TSA claims that children under 12 are supposed to receive amodified pat-down.

Pat-downs Myths & Facts
Myth: All children will receive pat-downs.
Fact: TSA officers are trained to work with parents to ensure a respectful screening process for the entire family, while providing the best possible security for all travelers.Children 12 years old and under who require extra screening will receive a modified pat down.

So why did the little girl receive the full, invasive treatment, particularly after having already been screened via body scanner?

After all, the ‘modified’ TSA policy was even publicly announced back in November, as in the USA Today article, “No ‘enhanced’ pat-downs for kids, TSA says.” It cites comments from TSA spokeswoman Kristin Lee who stated, “After a thorough risk assessment and after hearing concerns from parents, we made the decision that a modified pat-down would be used for children 12 years old and under who require extra screening.”

Further, the TSA blog deceives the public over the perception that pat-downs only occur for passengers who opt-out of the scanners, writing, “Only passengers who alarm a walk through metal detector or AIT machine or opt out of the AIT receive a pat-down.” However, the girl’s parents revealed what the video did not show– that their child had already been sent through the body scanners, and was then selected for a groping ‘enhanced’ pat-down. If the girl somehow alerted the scanner, the TSA did not disclose that fact to her parents when they asked why she was receiving the additional screening. In fact, the parents were given no reason, but were instead threatened non-verbally to comply with their daughter’s pat-down or face ‘trouble,’ as they told Good Morning America. Is intimidation part of the official policy, too?

Adding insult to injury, the TSA has previously lied about the fact that body scanners can store nude images of the passengers it surveys (and have done so) . Couple that with the controversy raised over the fact that body scanners violate many child indecency laws, or that numerous cases have arisen over perverted and/or criminal TSA employees abusing their power. These parents weren’t comfortable with an officer touching their child, and they shouldn’t be comfortable sending their kids through naked body scanners either.WeWontFly.com, an organization who helped launch the would-be protests against scanners last Thanksgiving, have initiated a campaign demanding an end to pat-downs for children. Second that, but for scanners, too– scanners are both invasive and dangerous, all the more so on both counts for children.

Meanwhile, CNN aired a piece largely justifying the pat-down of the 6 year-old, which featured two individuals supposedly representative of the public who were both almost completely apologetic for TSA power. A mother said her four year-old ‘understood’ why TSA did what it did, telling other passengers to “suck it up” for airline safety. She added that it ‘only took a few seconds’ to undergo a pat-down, even if it was like the one of the 6 year-old that CNN reporters showed her.

Similar duplicity was expressed by the TSA during the backlash leading up to the Thanksgiving 2010 holidays. The TSA insisted that use of body scanners was indispensable to prevent terrorists and could not be curbed because of public outrage; then days later, TSA stood down at airports across the United States and turned off scanners to prevent protesters from gaining any traction or publicity. Then, as if in concert, mainstream media outlets gave reports that the airports were running smoothly, omitting the fact that body scanners were turned off, proclaimed the protests a failure, and then misrepresented public support for TSA by selectively representing travelers with only supportive interviews.

Such contradictions are typical of any overly authoritarian government; its very nature will always argue for more power and say anything to prevent that power from being taken back. Also typical is that thing with known liars… what else are they lying about?

Whatever delusional reasons TSA comes up with to justify its harassment of young children, ordinary Americans and travelers from around the world, the people clearly aren’t buying it. At a glance, comments in TSA’s own moderated comments section are overwhelmingly against airport abuse. Here are just a few:

Blog comments on TSA's 'Screening of 6 year-old at MSY'

 


Wells Fargo Tests Microchip Credit Cards For Globetrotting Clients

(Elizabeth Ody)  Wells Fargo & Co. (WFC), the U.S. bank with the most branches, is testing microchip-embedded credit cards with frequent travelers to address complaints of customers who have trouble using their cards abroad.

The pilot program announced today marks the first effort by a major U.S. bank to deploy Visa Inc. (V) credit cards with so-called EMV-chip technology, which has become a standard inEurope and much of the rest of the world, according to San Francisco-based Wells Fargo.

“It’s not an infrequent message from our customers of the acceptance challenges they have when they go overseas,” Eric Schindewolf, vice president of product development for Wells Fargo’s consumer credit-card unit, said yesterday in a phone interview. “We want to remain top-of-wallet, wherever our customers are.”

The lender is preparing to notify 15,000 customers it identified as frequent travelers, including college students and clients of its private bank, that they’ve been invited to participate in the pilot. The cardholders will receive the EMV cards in the middle of the year.

The U.S. is among the last developed nations whose payment system relies primarily on cards with magnetic stripes and hasn’t yet adopted EMV. Standards for the technology are managed by EMVCo, which was formed in 1999 by Europay International, Mastercard Inc. (MA), based in Purchase, New York, and San Francisco- based Visa. American Express Co. (AXP), the biggest U.S. credit-card issuer by purchases, is also an EMVCo member.

‘Widespread Consensus’

“There’s a widespread consensus around the world that it’s a more secure” payment technology, said Gwenn Bézard, an analyst at Aite Group, a Boston-based research firm.

The EMV chip creates a “dynamic cryptogram” that prevents the use of fraudulent or cloned credit-cards, Schindewolf said. Wells Fargo’s EMV cards still will carry magnetic stripes for use in the U.S., which leaves the embedded data more exposed to a type of fraud known as skimming.

Almost 10 million U.S. consumers experienced credit-card acceptance problems abroad in 2008, costing about $4 billion in lost transactions for merchants and $447 million in revenue for card issuers, according to a 2009 study by Aite.

A common problem facing U.S. consumers is that some merchants abroad are unfamiliar with magnetic-stripe cards and may refuse to accept them, Schindewolf said. Some self-serve kiosks outside the U.S. aren’t equipped to accept payments with magnetic-stripe cards, he said.

Expanding Program

The Wells Fargo program represents a “half-step” in catching up with payment technology ubiquitous in the rest of the developed world, said Brian Dodge, spokesman for the Arlington, Virginia-based Retail Industry Leaders Association, a trade group for the retail industry.

“The system used in the United States is similar to that used in North Korea,” Dodge said. “Any system that reduces fraud is a win for consumers and a win for retailers.”

The United Nations Federal Credit Union was the first U.S. lender to roll out EMV when it sent 5,000 cards to its most affluent members in October. The Long Island CityNew York- based firm plans to expand the program to 75,000 members within the next year, said Merrill Halpern, assistant vice president of card services.

Canada is converting to EMV technology. All cards and automated teller machines must be compatible with the technology by Dec. 31, 2012, according to Catherine Johnston, president and chief executive officer of ACT Canada, which represents banks and payment networks.

U.S. consumers will see more banks testing the market for EMV-ready cards over the next year, Bézard said. “You’re going to see more small steps like that.”

Source-http://www.bloomberg.com/news/2011-04-13/wells-fargo-to-test-microchips-for-globetrotting-card-clients.html

 

Gold, Silver Prices Pop As Stocks Sag

(Alix Streel)  Gold prices were popping higher Thursday as investors opted for gold over stocks on disappointing jobs data and mixed earnings in the U.S.

Gold for June delivery was adding $12.30 to $1,467.90 an ounce at the Comex division of the New York Mercantile Exchange. The gold price has traded as high as $1,468.30 while the spot gold price was rising more than $12, according to Kitco’s gold index.

 

Most Recent Quotes from www.kitco.com

Silver prices were jumping $1.06 to $41.30 an ounce now eyeing the $42 level as its next conquering point.

Gold and silver were gaining as investors bought gold instead of stocks after U.S. initial jobless claims rose by an unexpected 27,000 last week to 412,000 — past the critical 400,000 mark. The jobs environment had been slowly improving so the number, along with stronger world-wide inflation and anxiety over earnings, led investors back into precious metals.

http://c.brightcove.com/services/viewer/federated_f9?isVid=1&isUI=1

Gold is eyeing its record intra-day high of $1,478 an ounce, which when hit, will most likely bring technical traders back into the market — the “hot” money that is typically responsible for big price swings. The next target for gold is the psychologically important level of $1,500 an ounce.

Silver is traded in a smaller market and subject to even more speculative buying. Since September of 2010 on QE2 rumors, silver has risen 110%, but its recent climb has many experts wondering if the “poor man’s gold” is overbought.

The “safe haven bids or monetary related bids that floated to silver heavily during February and March, if that froth comes out you could have a reversion to a better mien,” says Jon Nadler, senior analyst at Kitco.com. Nadler thinks silver should be between $25-$30.

Nadler argues that the U.S. commitment to tackling its budget deficit, underscored by President Obama’s speech Wednesday, will support the U.S. dollar and weigh on commodities. The U.S. dollar index, however, was down 0.28% to $74.75 on the rough jobs data.

But for Friday the story will really be about inflation. Producer prices in the U.S. rose 0.7% in March, weaker than expected, while the core reading came in slightly hotter at 0.3%. Inflation in March is supposed to rise to 2.6% and a higher reading Friday could trigger another gold rally as investors bet the Federal Reserve won’t raise rates fast enough to fight rising prices.

Gold is typically favored during times of inflation, despite the fact that gold and CPI prices are only negatively correlated 12% of the time, according to data from the S&P. The idea is that inflation makes paper money worth less and gold more valuable.

At the end of 1949 through the first month of 1950, gold rallied 9.5% while inflation hit 10%. From 1974 through 1980, gold rallied 334% as inflation climbed to 14%. Gold is up more than 33% since the beginning of 2010, when inflation talk ramped up.

Gold has been shrugging off rate hikes, the only anecdote to inflation, but Nadler thinks it will take a while for tighter monetary policies to hurt the market. “It’s a process. You have to look at how [these] measures take affect going into the second half of this year.” Nadler thinks starting in 2012 central banks will raise rates consistently and aggressively.

Also paving the road for higher gold and silver prices Thursday is general market uncertainty. Investors seem to be hesitant after a solid earnings report.JPMorgan(JPM_) originally led markets higher Wednesday but the positive news couldn’t sustain the rally. Investors are even more cautious onGoogle(GOOG_) and Bank of America(BAC_), reporting Thursday and Friday, respectively. In Europe, there are further worries that Greece might need to restructure its debt making gold more attractive as a safe haven asset.

Gold mining stocks, a risky but potentially profitable way to buy gold, were popping. Barrick Gold(ABX_) was adding 2.11% to $53.26 while Newmont Mining(NEM_) was up 2.25% at $57.59.

Other gold stocks, Randgold Resources(GOLD_) and AngloGold Ashanti(AU_) were trading at $86.18 and $49.52, respectively.

NovaGold(NG_) is up 2.33% to $13.16 after the company announced the results of its preliminary economic assessment for its Ambler property, which contains 28.9 tons of indicated and inferred resources of copper and zinc. Jim Cramer also mentioned this stock positively on Mad Money Wednesday .

Source-http://www.thestreet.com/story/11082786/1/gold-silver-prices-pop-as-stocks-sag.html?cm_ven=GOOGLEN

 

Why Is The Federal Reserve Forking Over $220 Million In Bailout Money To The Wives Of Two Morgan Stanley Bigwigs?

(Matt Taibbi) America has two national budgets, one official, one unofficial. The official budget is public record and hotly debated: Money comes in as taxes and goes out as jet fighters, DEA agents, wheat subsidies and Medicare, plus pensions and bennies for that great untamed socialist menace called a unionized public-sector workforce that Republicans are always complaining about. According to popular legend, we’re broke and in so much debt that 40 years from now our granddaughters will still be hooking on weekends to pay the medical bills of this year’s retirees from the IRS, the SEC and the Department of Energy.

Why Isn’t Wall Street in Jail?

Most Americans know about that budget. What they don’t know is that there is another budget of roughly equal heft, traditionally maintained in complete secrecy. After the financial crash of 2008, it grew to monstrous dimensions, as the government attempted to unfreeze the credit markets by handing out trillions to banks and hedge funds. And thanks to a whole galaxy of obscure, acronym-laden bailout programs, it eventually rivaled the “official” budget in size — a huge roaring river of cash flowing out of the Federal Reserve to destinations neither chosen by the president nor reviewed by Congress, but instead handed out by fiat by unelected Fed officials using a seemingly nonsensical and apparently unknowable methodology.

This article appears in the April 28, 2011 issue of Rolling Stone. The issue will be available on newsstands and in the online archive April 15.

Now, following an act of Congress that has forced the Fed to open its books from the bailout era, this unofficial budget is for the first time becoming at least partially a matter of public record. Staffers in the Senate and the House, whose queries about Fed spending have been rebuffed for nearly a century, are now poring over 21,000 transactions and discovering a host of outrages and lunacies in the “other” budget. It is as though someone sat down and made a list of every individual on earth who actually did not need emergency financial assistance from the United States government, and then handed them the keys to the public treasure. The Fed sent billions in bailout aid to banks in places like Mexico, Bahrain and Bavaria, billions more to a spate of Japanese car companies, more than $2 trillion in loanseach to Citigroup and Morgan Stanley, and billions more to a string of lesser millionaires and billionaires with Cayman Islands addresses. “Our jaws are literally dropping as we’re reading this,” says Warren Gunnels, an aide to Sen. Bernie Sanders of Vermont. “Every one of these transactions is outrageous.”

Wall Street’s Big Win

But if you want to get a true sense of what the “shadow budget” is all about, all you have to do is look closely at the taxpayer money handed over to a single company that goes by a seemingly innocuous name: Waterfall TALF Opportunity. At first glance, Waterfall’s haul doesn’t seem all that huge — just nine loans totaling some $220 million, made through a Fed bailout program. That doesn’t seem like a whole lot, considering that Goldman Sachs alone received roughly $800 billion in loans from the Fed. But upon closer inspection, Waterfall TALF Opportunity boasts a couple of interesting names among its chief investors: Christy Mack and Susan Karches.

Christy is the wife of John Mack, the chairman of Morgan Stanley. Susan is the widow of Peter Karches, a close friend of the Macks who served as president of Morgan Stanley’s investment-banking division. Neither woman appears to have any serious history in business, apart from a few philanthropic experiences. Yet the Federal Reserve handed them both low-interest loans of nearly a quarter of a billion dollars through a complicated bailout program that virtually guaranteed them millions in risk-free income.

RS Politics Daily: Political news and commentary from Rolling Stone writers and editors

The technical name of the program that Mack and Karches took advantage of is TALF, short for Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility. But the federal aid they received actually falls under a broader category of bailout initiatives, designed and perfected by Federal Reserve chief Ben Bernanke and Treasury Secretary Timothy Geithner, called “giving already stinking rich people gobs of money for no fucking reason at all.” If you want to learn how the shadow budget works, follow along. This is what welfare for the rich looks like.

In August 2009, John Mack, at the time still the CEO of Morgan Stanley, made an interesting life decision. Despite the fact that he was earning the comparatively low salary of just $800,000, and had refused to give himself a bonus in the midst of the financial crisis, Mack decided to buy himself a gorgeous piece of property — a 107-year-old limestone carriage house on the Upper East Side of New York, complete with an indoor 12-car garage, that had just been sold by the prestigious Mellon family for $13.5 million. Either Mack had plenty of cash on hand to close the deal, or he got some help from his wife, Christy, who apparently bought the house with him.

The Macks make for an interesting couple. John, a Lebanese-American nicknamed “Mack the Knife” for his legendary passion for firing people, has one of the most recognizable faces on Wall Street, physically resembling a crumpled, half-burned baked potato with a pair of overturned furry horseshoes for eyebrows. Christy is thin, blond and rich — a sort of still-awake Sunny von Bulow with hobbies. Her major philanthropic passion is endowments for alternative medicine, and she has attained the level of master at Reiki, the Japanese practice of “palm healing.” The only other notable fact on her public résumé is that her sister was married to Charlie Rose.

It’s hard to imagine a pair of people you would less want to hand a giant welfare check to — yet that’s exactly what the Fed did. Just two months before the Macks bought their fancy carriage house in Manhattan, Christy and her pal Susan launched their investment initiative called Waterfall TALF. Neither seems to have any experience whatsoever in finance, beyond Susan’s penchant for dabbling in thoroughbred racehorses. But with an upfront investment of $15 million, they quickly received $220 million in cash from the Fed, most of which they used to purchase student loans and commercial mortgages. The loans were set up so that Christy and Susan would keep 100 percent of any gains on the deals, while the Fed and the Treasury (read: the taxpayer) would eat 90 percent of the losses. Given out as part of a bailout program ostensibly designed to help ordinary people by kick-starting consumer lending, the deals were a classic heads-I-win, tails-you-lose investment.

So how did the government come to address a financial crisis caused by the collapse of a residential-mortgage bubble by giving the wives of a couple of Morgan Stanley bigwigs free money to make essentially risk-free investments in student loans and commercial real estate? The answer is: by degrees. The history of the bailout era reads like one of those awful stories about what happens when a long-dormant criminal compulsion goes unchecked. The Peeping Tom next door stares through a few bathroom windows, doesn’t get caught, and decides to break in and steal a pair of panties. Next thing you know, he’s upgraded to homemade dungeons, tri-state serial rampages and throwing cheerleaders into a panel truck.

It was the same with the bailouts. They started out small, with the government throwing a few hundred billion in public money to prop up genuinely insolvent firms like Bear Stearns and AIG. Then came TARP and a few other programs that were designed to stave off bank failures and dispose of the toxic mortgage-backed securities that were a root cause of the financial crisis. But before long, the Fed began buying up every distressed investment on Wall Street, even those that were in no danger of widespread defaults: commercial real estate loans, credit- card loans, auto loans, student loans, even loans backed by the Small Business Administration. What started off as a targeted effort to stop the bleeding in a few specific trouble spots became a gigantic feeding frenzy. It was “free money for shit,” says Barry Ritholtz, author of Bailout Nation. “It turned into ‘Give us your crap that you can’t get rid of otherwise.’ ”

The impetus for this sudden manic expansion of the bailouts was a masterful bluff by Wall Street executives. Once the money started flowing from the Federal Reserve, the executives began moaning to their buddies at the Fed, claiming that they were suddenly afraid of investing in anything — student loans, car notes, you name it — unless their profits were guaranteed by the state. “You ever watch soccer, where the guy rolls six times to get a yellow card?” says William Black, a former federal bank regulator who teaches economics and law at the University of Missouri. “That’s what this is. If you have power and connections, they will give you a freebie deal — if you’re good at whining.”

This is where TALF fits into the bailout picture. Created just after Barack Obama’s election in November 2008, the program’s ostensible justification was to spur more consumer lending, which had dried up in the midst of the financial crisis. But instead of lending directly to car buyers and credit-card holders and students — that would have been socialism! — the Fed handed out a trillion dollars to banks and hedge funds, almost interest-free. In other words, the government lent taxpayer money to the same assholes who caused the crisis, so that they could then lend that money back out on the market virtually risk-free, at an enormous profit.

Cue your Billy Mays voice, because wait, there’s more! A key aspect of TALF is that the Fed doles out the money through what are known as non-recourse loans. Essentially, this means that if you don’t pay the Fed back, it’s no big deal. The mechanism works like this: Hedge Fund Goon borrows, say, $100 million from the Fed to buy crappy loans, which are then transferred to the Fed as collateral. If Hedge Fund Goon decides not to repay that $100 million, the Fed simply keeps its pile of crappy securities and calls everything even.

This is the deal of a lifetime. Think about it: You borrow millions, buy a bunch of crap securities and stash them on the Fed’s books. If the securities lose money, you leave them on the Fed’s lap and the public eats the loss. But if they make money, you take them back, cash them in and repay the funds you borrowed from the Fed. “Remember that crazy guy in the commercials who ran around covered in dollar bills shouting, ‘The government is giving out free money!’ ” says Black. “As crazy as he was, this is making it real.”

This whole setup — in which millionaires and billionaires gambled on mountains of dangerous securities, with taxpayers providing the stake and assuming almost all of the risk — is the reason that it’s insanely premature for Wall Street to claim that the bailouts have actually made money for the government. We simply can’t make that determination until the final bill comes in on all the dicey securities we financed during the bailout feeding frenzy.

In the case of Waterfall TALF Opportunity, here’s what we know: The company was founded in June 2009 with $14.87 million of investment capital, money that likely came from Christy Mack and Susan Karches. The two Wall Street wives then used the $220 million they got from the Fed to buy up a bunch of securities, including a large pool of commercial mortgages managed by Credit Suisse, a company John Mack once headed. Those securities were valued at $253.6 million, though the Fed refuses to explain how it arrived at that estimate. And here’s the kicker: Of the $220 million the two wives got from the Fed, roughly $150 million had not been paid back as of last fall — meaning that you and I are still on the hook for most of whatever the Wall Street spouses bought on their government-funded shopping spree.

The public has no way of knowing how much Christy Mack and Susan Karches earned on these transactions, because the Fed has repeatedly declined to provide any information about how it priced the individual securities bought as part of programs like TALF. In the Waterfall deal, for instance, we know the Fed pledged some $14 million against a block of securities called “Credit Suisse Commercial Mortgage Trust Series 2007-C2″ — but that data is meaningless without knowing how many units were bought. It’s like saying the Fed gave Waterfall $14 million to buy cars. Did Waterfall pay $5,000 per car, or $500,000? We have no idea. “There’s no way of validating or invalidating the Fed’s process in TALF without this pricing information,” says Gary Aguirre, a former SEC official who was fired years ago after he tried to interview John Mack in an insider-trading case.

In early April, in an attempt to learn exactly how much Mack and Karches made on the TALF deals, Sen. Chuck Grassley of Iowa wrote a letter to Waterfall asking 21 detailed questions about the transactions. In addition, Sen. Sanders has personally asked Fed chief Bernanke to provide more complete information on the TALF loans given not only to Christy Mack but to gazillionaires like former Miami Dolphins owner H. Wayne Huizenga and hedge-fund shark John Paulson. But Bernanke bluntly refused to provide the information — and the Fed has similarly stonewalled other oversight agencies, including the General Accounting Office and TARP’s special inspector general.

Christy Mack and Susan Karches did not respond to requests for comments for this story. But even without more information about the loans they got from the Fed, we know that TALF wasn’t the only risk-free money being handed over to Wall Street. During the financial crisis, the Fed routinely made billions of dollars in “emergency” loans to big banks at near-zero interest. Many of the banks then turned around and used the money to buy Treasury bonds at higher interest rates — essentially loaning the money back to the government at an inflated rate. “People talk about how these were loans that were paid back,” says a congressional aide who has studied the transactions. “But when the state is lending money at zero percent and the banks are turning around and lending that money back to the state at three percent, how is that different from just handing rich people money?”

Those kinds of deals were the essence of the bailout — and the vast mountains of near-zero government cash turned companies facing bankruptcy into monstrous profit machines. In 2008 and 2009, while Christy Mack was busy getting her little TALF loans for $220 million, her husband’s bank hauled in $2 trillion in emergency Fed loans. During the same period, Goldman borrowed nearly $800 billion. Shortly afterward, the two banks reported a combined annual profit of $14.5 billion.

As crazy as it is to lend to banks at near zero percent and borrow back from them at three percent, one could at least argue that the policy may have aided American companies by providing banks more cash to lend. But how do you explain the host of other bailout transactions now being examined by Congress? Like the Fed’s massive purchases of securities in foreign automakers, including BMW, Volkswagen, Honda, Mitsubishi and Nissan? Or the nearly $5 billion in cheap credit the Fed extended to Toyota and Mitsubishi? Sure, those companies have factories and dealerships in the U.S. — but does it really make sense to give them free cash at the same time taxpayers were being asked to bail out Chrysler and GM? Seems a little crazy to fund the competition of the very automakers you’re trying to rescue.

And then there are the bailout deals that make no sense at all. Republicans go mad over spending on health care and school for Mexican illegals. So why aren’t they flipping out over the $9.6 billion in loans the Fed made to the Central Bank of Mexico? How do we explain the $2.2 billion in loans that went to the Korea Development Bank, the biggest state bank of South Korea, whose sole purpose is to promote development in South Korea? And at a time when America is borrowing from the Middle East at interest rates of three percent, why did the Fed extend $35 billion in loans to the Arab Banking Corporation of Bahrain at interest rates as low as one quarter of one point?

Even more disturbing, the major stakeholder in the Bahrain bank is none other than the Central Bank of Libya, which owns 59 percent of the operation. In fact, the Bahrain bank just received a special exemption from the U.S. Treasury to prevent its assets from being frozen in accord with economic sanctions. That’s right: Muammar Qaddafi received more than 70 loans from the Federal Reserve, along with the Real Housewives of Wall Street.

Perhaps the most irritating facet of all of these transactions is the fact that hundreds of millions of Fed dollars were given out to hedge funds and other investors with addresses in the Cayman Islands. Many of those addresses belong to companies with American affiliations — including prominent Wall Street names like Pimco, Blackstone and . . . Christy Mack. Yes, even Waterfall TALF Opportunity is an offshore company. It’s one thing for the federal government to look the other way when Wall Street hotshots evade U.S. taxes by registering their investment companies in the Cayman Islands. But subsidizing tax evasion? Giving it a federal bailout? What the fuck?

As America girds itself for another round of lunatic political infighting over which barely-respirating social program or urgently necessary federal agency must have their budgets permanently sacrificed to the cause of billionaires being able to keep their third boats in the water, it’s important to point out just how scarce money isn’t in certain corners of the public-spending universe. In the coming months, when you watch Republican congressional stooges play out the desperate comedy of solving America’s deficit problems by making fewer photocopies of proposed bills, or by taking an ax to budgetary shrubberies like NPR or the SEC, remember Christy Mack and her fancy new carriage house. There is no belt-tightening on the other side of the tracks. Just a free lunch that never ends.

Source-http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/the-real-housewives-of-wall-street-look-whos-cashing-in-on-the-bailout-20110411

 

 

 

White House Threats On Wayne Madsen Must Be Taken Seriously

(Wayne Madsen Report)  In yet another indication that America’s democratic experiment is a thing of the past, this editor has received word from a source in a foreign intelligence agency allied with the United States that there has been talk by some within the Obama White House that this editor is under threat. What particular stories have inflamed the White House are not known but the warning conveyed by the source, who has connections within the White House, was stark in its directness: “They want to kill you.”

It was perfectly clear that the phrase was not being used as a figure of speech.

That this development is being reported on April 4 is even more ironic. On April 4, 1968, Dr. Martin Luther King, Kr. was assassinated in Memphis during his mission to support striking sanitation workers in the city. Now, we have our first African-American president and a threat to kill a journalist who is most definitely not one of their favorites has been seriously discussed.

Of course, muckraking journalists have been under threat before in America. In 1972, columnist and investigative journalist Jack Anderson had ended up very high on President Richard Nixon’s infamous “enemies list.” Anderson had long been a burr under the political saddle of Nixon and the president blamed Anderson for exposing a number of Nixon’s corrupt activities, including the exposure in 1956 by Anderson and his boss, Drew Pearson, of a loan from Howard Hughes to Nixon’s brother Donald.

In the years before the Watergate scandal broke but at a time when other various scandals in the Nixon administration began to receive the bulldog-like attention of Anderson, who succeeded Pearson as editor of the “Washington Merry-Go-Round column in 1969, there were serious discussions among Nixon aides Charles Colson and G. Gordon Liddy, as well as the CIA’s Dr. Edward Gunn, an expert on poisons, about assassinating the troublesome Anderson.

  • A D V E R T I S E M E N T
  • FREE Extreme Emergency Kit with qualifying purchase!

Scenarios included the use of LSD or poison but Anderson’s Mormon religion and the fact that he did not drink ruled out the use of poisons or LSD in his drink. Staging an automobile accident in which Anderson would be incinerated was also an option. Another scenario considered was one which would have appeared to be a random Washington, DC street mugging in which Anderson would be stabbed or have his throat slit. The plot to assassinate Anderson came to an abrupt halt as Liddy, Colson, and E. Howard Hunt, who had also been involved in the action against Anderson, were exposed in the May 1972 break-in at the Watergate headquarters of the Democratic National Committee.

Although I have attempted to pattern WMR after Anderson’s and Pearson’s “Merry-Go-Round” column, I do not have the luxury of newspaper syndicators or a Pulitzer Prize, all of which Anderson could rely on as firewalls between him and those in the White House who wanted to kill him.

I ran the information about the warning from the foreign intelligence source by some African-Americans in Washington who have worked with Obama White House officials. Their response was less than encouraging. The bottom line is that the White House engages in the type of “gangster politics” for which their home base of Chicago has become infamous.

Although I have taken precautions in covering post-genocide Rwanda, child trafficking in Thailand and Cambodia, the “loss” of nuclear weapons at Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota, the gunning down by police of CIA asset Tony Carnaby in Houston, the story of “Washington Madam” Deborah Jeane Palfrey, and BP’s activities on the Gulf Coast in the wake of the Deepwater Horizon disaster, and President Obama’s and incoming Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel’s past activities in Chicago, those measures were temporary and lasted for as long as I was in the field.

However, I have absolutely no desire to constantly be in fear of the type of a White House-directed or -tolerated hit like that discussed by Nixon aides on Anderson who had the benefit of a degree of support from his syndicate and the newspapers who carried his column, which included The Washington Post.

Preliminary plans are being made to continue the investigative journalism of this website from a safer vantage point abroad and in an environment that provides basic protection for press freedom. Unfortunately, the United States is no longer a safe place for independent journalists. Today, President Obama kicked off his 2012 presidential campaign in a web video message. Without a Democratic primary challenger, it can be safely assumed that the White House will pull out every arrow in its quiver to suppress negative information about Obama. The mere fact that the announcement of Obama’s re-election came on the anniversary of the assassination of Dr. King shows that Obama will shamelessly attach himself to the legacy of the much-revered African-American leader with whom he shares no cultural legacy of historical African-Americans with their family histories of slavery in the South and sharecropping. Nor would King, if alive today, approve of any of Obama’s pro-war and pro-corporate policies.

With a second Obama term a likelihood, iIt only makes sense, therefore, that the reporting on the “new America” be conducted from a more secure location.

There is an interesting postscript to this story. Not once, during the eight years of the Bush administration, did I ever receive such a credible and direct threat. In fact, after WMR’s stories about marital friction between Bush and First Lady Laura Bush received national media attention, there was a communication from a close friend of Mrs. Bush that if I laid off her marital situation, I would be given a major scoop. Knowing that no one should ever cut a deal with the Bush family or their friends, I kindly declined the offer. But whereas the Bush White House was prepared to offer a carrot, the Obama administration appears to favor the stick or another lethal weapon of choice.

Source-http://www.infowars.com/white-house-threats-on-wayne-madsen-must-be-taken-seriously/

 

My 10 Favorite Fast Foods,They’re Not What You Think

(Incyst)  Fast food.  We all know it’s not great, but when we’re in a hurry, without time to cook, it’s what we think of.

That’s a great marketing success for those companies who have conditioned us to mentally end that two word phrase with the word “restaurant”.  It’s as if it doesn’t come from a commercial kitchen with fryers and a drive-through window, it isn’t fast.

The irony of that is that these restaurants are not really so fast!  Next time you pull into the drive-through, time yourself from beginning to end.  Multiply that by the estimated number of visits per week that you go, then by 52, and you’ll have the grand total of minutes you spend in line waiting for food you know you shouldn’t be eating anyway.  What else could you be doing with all that time?

What if we trained our brains to disconnect the words “fast food” from “restaurant”?  A whole host of “fast food” options become opportunities.

Since grocery stores are often as geographically convenient as fast food restaurants, I did an experiment awhile ago.  I pulled into the parking lot of my neighborhood Safeway, walked in, picked up an apple, two pieces of string cheese, and a mineral water, for an afternoon snack, and checked out.  I used four minutes between the time I left my car to the time I returned to it.  Keep in mind, not all are perfect, but they’re better than the fast food alternative.  It’s all about perspective.

So that is my first choice on the list of favorite fast foods.  What else can you find in the grocery store that is fast and more hormone-friendly than burgers and fries?

1.  Apple and string cheese.
2.  Turkey sandwich from the deli section
3.  A box of sushi (I like the Trader Joe’s brown rice California rolls)
4.  Greek yogurt (I prefer unsweetened) with chopped or dried fruit stirred in.
5.  Ready made salad (minimize the total amount of premade dressing you use)

At home:

6.  Peanut butter and apple sandwich
7.  Quesadilla piled with precut veggies, made with low carb tortilla and lowfat cheese
8.  Hummous and vegetables (this is also a great option at the grocery store)
9.  Rice bowl from Organic Bistro
10. Can of lentil soup or bean soup and a piece of fruit

For more information about PCOS and other hormone disorders, visit www.incyst.com .

Read more at inCYST on the Best!

Prince William Marked For Death With Ominous Sacrificial Beltane Cake

(Tracy R Twyman)  Prince William and Kate Middleton would like you to believe that the date of their wedding was chosen for practical purposes, pertaining to the social schedules of the participants, perhaps. According toTime Magazine, they “spent weeks deciding on a wedding date, repeatedly liaising with officials at Buckingham Palace, No. 10 Downing Street and Westminster Abbey.” But they had no idea that the date they had chosen, April 29th, was also the date that Adolf Hitler had married Eva Braun, before they both killed themselves in his bunker the following day.

The article points out other coincidences, other events that have happened on that day in history as well. For instance, this was the day that the Duchess of Windsor, Wallis Simpson, was buried in 1986. She was the lady of common background who, like Kate Middleton today, married into the royal family during the reign of King Edward III. Because of his choice of wife, Edward had to abdicate the throne, making way for the current monarch, Queen Elizabeth II.

What the article fails to point out is that April 29th is the eve of Walpurgis, the high holiday of pagan Europe, which is itself the eve of another pagan holiday, Beltane, or May Day. Beltane is named after Baal, the fearsome divinity of the ancient world to whom children were sacrificed en masse, in remembrance of Baal’s sacrifice of his own son. May Day was a traditional day for weddings in the British isles during the pre-Christian era, as well as highly sexual free love fertility rituals. The Queen of the May was the goddess Diana, and her king during these rites was the Green Man, or the King of the Wood.

Beltane is like a springtime version of the Saturnalia and Epiphany Feast rituals I described in my essay “Regnum in Potentia Part 1,” as well as in my book Money Grows on the Tree of Knowledge. At Saturnalia, a temporary king is elected called the “Lord of Misrule.” Similarly, in old Britain, at Beltane, festivities included the election of an “Abbot of Misrule.” Also, at the Epiphany Feast, a cake is made, and a token hidden within one of the slices. Whoever receives this token is the temporary king. He will be treated like royalty for a short time, and then symbolically sacrificed. In the more ancient versions of this rite, a literal blood sacrifice was performed.

Similarly, at Beltane, there was the baking of the “Beltane cake,” which was used to select by lot the “Beltane carline”: the sacrificial victim. Whoever received the piece that had been blackened over the coals was the unfortunate one. The burning of the cake was a foreshadowing of what was to happen to him. Sir James Frazer, in his book The Golden Bough, quoted a minister in the parish of Callander as saying:

Upon the first day of May, which is called Beltan, or Baltein day, all the boys in a township or hamlet, meet in the moors … They knead a cake of oatmeal, which is toasted at the embers against a stone … they divide the cake into so many portions, as similar as possible to one another in size and shape, as there are persons in the company. They daub one of these portions all over with charcoal, until it be perfectly black. They put all the bits of the cake into a bonnet. Every one, blindfold, draws out a portion. He who holds the bonnet, is entitled to the last bit. Whoever draws the black bit, is the devoted person who is to be sacrificed to Baal, whose favour they mean to implore, in rendering the year productive of the sustenance of man and beast. There is little doubt of these inhuman sacrifices having been once offered in this country, as well as in the east, although they now pass from the act of sacrificing, and only compel the devoted person to leap three times through the flames; with which the ceremonies of this festival are closed.

This is very interesting, given one of the details of Kate and William’s wedding. In addition to the traditional fruit-based wedding cake that will be served for the rest of the wedding party, Prince William is breaking with tradition and commissioning his own “Groom’s cake” just for himself. It will be made of dark chocolate and tea biscuits, based on a “secret family recipe.”

I’ll bet. The ancient rituals we are dealing with here have their roots in a tradition by which a reigning monarch sacrifices his son to prevent him from threatening his reign. There were also many traditions throughout the ancient world of temporary kings being wed to their “queen” just before the sacrifice, just as Hitler was married before his suicide. This is part of the alchemical process as well. The king and queen must unite into one hermaphroditic being (the “chemical wedding”) before being killed, burned, and then regenerated into something new: the royal heir.

Given what happened to his mother (coincidentally named after the Queen of May, to whom the Beltane sacrificed were offered), let’s hope that William sleeps with one eye open.

Source-http://beforeitsnews.com/story/556/388/Prince_William_marked_for_death_with_ominous_sacrificial_Beltane_cake.html

 

Wall Street Bets Silver Will Drop

(Andrew Wilkinsen)  SLV – iShares Silver Trust ETF – The rebound in investor sentiment following the post-earthquake, fear-driven spike in the Japanese yen was quite remarkable, with global equity benchmarks almost rebounding to February peaks. During that recovery period something critical developed in the currency world that lifted commodity prices to new heights. The debate between FOMC members regarding whether less rather than more stimulus was needed, was eclipsed by the ECB’s reversal of monetary policy, which in turn hobbled the dollar. Demand for commodities took a further step forward as investors swiftly concluded that the dollar was most likely to trail the euro even in a risk-on environment. That has made the cascade in commodity prices all the more spectacular today as growth-sensitive currencies lose favor. The IMF downgrade to growth and Goldman’s warning over a possible stall in the advance has investors targeting downside risk across the commodity field. Silver prices, already at a 30-year high, are likely to stumble further and faster according to a sizable put butterfly strategy on the iShares Silver Trust ETF today. The put ‘fly follows Monday’s massive bearish play on the SLV in which some 100,000 July $25 strike puts were picked up at a premium of $0.10 apiece. The 0.40% decline in the price of the ETF’s shares to $39.05 this afternoon saw the asking price on the July $25 strike puts more than double to $0.21 per contract at times on Tuesday. In contrast, the put’ fly player accelerated the bearish view on the price of silver by targeting May contract put options. The 25,000-lot May $34/$36/$38 bearish butterfly spread positions the player to attain maximum benefits should the price of SLV shares fall around 7.5% to $36.00 by expiration day. The spread cost the trader a net $0.31 in premium per contract, but prepares him to accumulate up to $1.69 per contract if the price of the underlying fund settles at $36.00 at expiration. Nearly 400,000 option contracts have changed hands on the SLV as of 1:15pm in New York.…

UN Document Would Give Bugs, Trees Same Rights As Humans

(Steven Edwards)  Bolivia will this month table a draft United Nations treaty giving “Mother Earth” the same rights as humans — having just passed a domestic law that does the same for bugs, trees and all other natural things in the South American country.

0

The bid aims to have the UN recognize the Earth as a living entity that humans have sought to “dominate and exploit” — to the point that the “well-being and existence of many beings” is now threatened.

 

The wording may yet evolve, but the general structure is meant to mirror Bolivia’s Law of the Rights of Mother Earth, which Bolivian President Evo Morales enacted in January.

 

That document speaks of the country’s natural resources as “blessings,” and grants the Earth a series of specific rights that include rights to life, water and clean air; the right to repair livelihoods affected by human activities; and the right to be free from pollution.

 

It also establishes a Ministry of Mother Earth, and provides the planet with an ombudsman whose job is to hear nature’s complaints as voiced by activist and other groups, including the state.

 

“If you want to have balance, and you think that the only (entities) who have rights are humans or companies, then how can you reach balance?” Pablo Salon, Bolivia’s ambassador to the UN, told Postmedia News. “But if you recognize that nature too has rights, and (if you provide) legal forms to protect and preserve those rights, then you can achieve balance.”

 

The application of the law appears destined to pose new challenges for companies operating in the country, which is rich in natural resources, including natural gas and lithium, but remains one of the poorest in Latin America.

 

But while Salon said his country just seeks to achieve “harmony” with nature, he signalled that mining and other companies may come under greater scrutiny.

 

“We’re not saying, for example, you cannot eat meat because you know you are going to go against the rights of a cow,” he said. “But when human activity develops at a certain scale that you (cause to) disappear a species, then you are really altering the vital cycles of nature or of Mother Earth. Of course, you need a mine to extract iron or zinc, but there are limits.”

 

Bolivia is a country with a large indigenous population, whose traditional belief systems took on greater resonance following the election of Morales, Latin America’s first indigenous president.

 

In a 2008 pamphlet his entourage distributed at the UN as he attended a summit there, 10 “commandments” are set out as Bolivia’s plan to “save the planet” — beginning with the need “to end capitalism.”

 

Reflecting indigenous traditional beliefs, the proposed global treaty says humans have caused “severe destruction . . . that is offensive to the many faiths, wisdom traditions and indigenous cultures for whom Mother Earth is sacred.”

 

It also says that “Mother Earth has the right to exist, to persist and to continue the vital cycles, structures, functions and processes that sustain all human beings.”

 

In indigenous Andean culture, the Earth deity known as Pachamama is the centre of all life, and humans are considered equal to all other entities.

 

The UN debate begins two days before the UN’s recognition April 22 of the second International Mother Earth Day — another Morales-led initiative.

 

Canadian activist Maude Barlow is among global environmentalists backing the drive with a book the group will launch in New York during the UN debate: Nature Has Rights.

 

“It’s going to have huge resonance around the world,” Barlow said of the campaign. “It’s going to start first with these southern countries trying to protect their land and their people from exploitation, but I think it will be grabbed onto by communities in our countries, for example, fighting the tarsands in Alberta.”

 

Ecuador, which also has a large indigenous population, has enshrined similar aims in its Constitution — but the Bolivian law is said to be “stronger.”

 

Ecuador is among countries that have already been supportive of the Bolivian initiative, along with Nicaragua, Venezuela, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, and Antigua and Barbuda.

Source-http://www.canada.com/news/world/document+would+give+Mother+Earth+same+rights+humans/4597840/story.html

 

Fukushima-Level 7

Workers at Japan’s tsunami-stricken nuclear power complex discovered a small fire near a reactor building Tuesday but it was extinguished quickly, the plant’s operator said.

 

The setback was a further sign that the crisis at the plant has not abated, and came amid reports that Japanese nuclear regulators were raising the severity of the accident to the highest level, 7, on par with the Chernobyl disaster in 1986.

 

Tokyo Electric Power Co., which operates the disabled Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant, said the fire at a box that contains batteries in a building near the No. 4 reactor was discovered at about 6:38 a.m. Tuesday and was put out seven minutes later.

 

It wasn’t clear whether the fire was related to a magnitude-6.3 earthquake that shook the Tokyo area Tuesday morning. The cause of the fire is being investigated.

 

“The fire was extinguished immediately. It has no impact on Unit 4’s cooling operations for the spent fuel rods,” said TEPCO spokesman Naoki Tsunoda.

 

The plant was damaged in a massive tsunami March 11 that knocked out cooling systems and backup diesel generators, leading to explosions at three reactors and a fire at a fourth that was undergoing regular maintenance and was empty of fuel.

 

The magnitude-9.0 earthquake that caused the tsunami immediately stopped the three reactors, but overheated cores and a lack of cooling functions led to further damage.

 

Engineers have been able to pump water into the damaged reactors to cool them down, but leaks have resulted in the pooling of tons of contaminated, radioactive water that has prevented workers from conducting further repairs.

 

Aftershocks on Monday briefly cut power to backup pumps, halting the injection of cooling water for about 50 minutes before power was restored.

 

On Tuesday, Kyodo News agency and public broadcaster NHK both reported that Japan’s nuclear safety agency had decided to raise the severity level of the crisis at Fukushima to 7 – the highest level and equal to the 1986 disaster at Chernobyl in the former Soviet Union.

 

Both reports quoted sources at the Nuclear and Industrial Safety Agency. NISA spokesman Minoru Oogoda declined to confirm the reports.

 

A month after the disaster, more than 145,000 people are still living in shelters, and the government on Monday added five communities to a list of places people should leave to avoid long-term radiation exposure.

 

A 12-mile (20-kilometer) radius has already been cleared around the plant.

 

The disaster is believed to have killed more than 25,000 people, but many of those bodies were swept out to sea and more than half of those feared dead are still listed as missing.

 

Aftershocks have taken more lives.

 

In Iwaki, a city close to the epicenter of a magnitude-7.0 tremor Monday, a landslide brought down three houses, trapping up to seven people. Four were rescued alive, but one of those – a 16-year-old girl – died at the hospital, a police official said. He would not give his name, citing policy.

 

Around 210,000 people have no running water and, following Monday’s aftershocks, more than 240,000 people are without electricity.

 

In all, nearly 190,000 people have fled their homes, the vast majority of whom are living in shelters, according to the national disaster agency. About 85,000 are from the cleared zone around the nuclear plant; their homes may be intact, but it’s not known when they’ll be able to return to them.

 

Yutaka Endo said he feels like his life has been put on hold because of the nuclear crisis.

 

He fled Minami Soma and has been living in a shelter in Fukushima city for three weeks with his family.

 

“I can’t make any plans because of the nuclear crisis. My home was fine, but I can’t go back there because it is in a restricted area,” said the 32-year-old, who used to tend bar. “I need to find a new job and a place to live so that we can get out of here. But I can’t do anything until these zones are lifted.”

 

Ryokou Sasaki said he and his elderly parents are in the same position. They’ve applied for temporary shelters, and are waiting to hear back.

 

He recently moved back home – to the northeastern port city of Kamaishi – to help his parents’ with their fishing business.

 

“We’re not in a place yet where we can even think about rebuilding the business yet,” said the 40-year-old. “They seem to have given up.”

 

 

Associated Press writers Eric Talmadge in Soma, Yuri Kageyama, Mari Yamaguchi and Mayumi Saito in Tokyo, and Martin Crutsinger in Washington contributed to this report.

Source-http://www.wnem.com/news/27510592/detail.html

 

25 Reasons To Be Absolutely Disgusted With The U.S. Economy

(Economic Collapse)  It seems like wherever you turn there is bad news for the U.S. economy.  Unemployment is rampant, the cost of gasoline is going up, the cost of food is going up and American families are getting poorer.  Millions of jobs continue to leave the country and everyone is wondering why it seems like the “American Dream” is dying.  American consumers are absolutely swamped with staggering levels of credit card debt, student loan debt and mortgage debt and each year the consumer debt crisis only seems to get worse.  For millions of American families the money problems never seem to end.  Meanwhile, our politicians are doing next to nothing to fix our horrific national debt problem.  So yes, there are a whole lot of reasons to be absolutely disgusted with the U.S. economy.  We are living in the greatest debt bubble in the history of the world, and anyone with half a brain can see that we are heading for complete and total disaster.

A lot of Americans do not like to read about economics, but what has been going on over the last few years has been nothing short of extraordinary.  The Federal Reserve has basically tripled the adjusted monetary base.  We have now been conditioned to accept that trillion dollar deficits are “normal”.  The U.S. dollar is being systematically destroyed right in front of our eyes and most Americans don’t even seem alarmed about it.

Our entire financial system is coming apart.

The signs are everywhere.

The following are 25 reasons to be absolutely disgusted with the U.S. economy….

#1 There are now 6.4 million fewer jobs in America than there were when the recession began.

#2 In Southern California, the average price of a gallon of gasoline is $1.00 higher than it was at this time last year.

#3 The average price of gasoline in the United States has jumped about 20 cents in just the last two weeks.

#4 Over the past 12 months the average price of gasoline in the United States has gone up by about 30%.

#5 In the 8 days leading up to the “historic” $38.5 billion budget deal, the U.S. national debt increased by $54.1 billion dollars.

#6 The $38.5 billion in budget cuts that the Republicans and the Democrats have agreed to represent approximately one percent of the federal budget.

#7 During the 2010 campaign, the Republicans promised voters they would cut $100 billionfrom the budget for 2011.  Instead, they gave in when the Democrats offered just $38.5 billion.

#8 The Obama administration had been estimating that the federal budget deficit for fiscal 2011 would be approximately 1.6 trillion dollars.  Now it will likely be somewhere around 1.55 trillion dollars which will still be an all-time record.

#9 According to numbers released by Deloitte Consulting, a whopping875,000 Americans were “medical tourists” in 2010.

#10 The median pay for CEOs increased by 27 percent during 2010.

#11 Thanks to globalism, U.S. workers now must directly compete for jobs with workers in places such as Indonesia.  In Indonesia, full-time workers make as little as two dollars a day.  So how are Americans supposed to compete with that?

#12 Last week, the price of gold set a new all-time record on Tuesday, on Wednesday, on Thursday and on Friday.

Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (AD)

Money Problems That Never Seem To End: 25 Reasons To Be Absolutely Disgusted With The U.S. Economy  161008pptv3

#13 The price of silver rose almost 7 percent last week alone.

#14 Total home mortgage debt in the United States is now about 5 times larger than it was just 20 years ago.

#15 According to the Economic Policy Institute, almost 25 percent of U.S. households now have zero net worth or negative net worth.  Back in 2007, that number was just 18.6 percent.

#16 Americans now owe more than $903 billion on student loans.

#17 According to the New York Times, as of 2009 the wealthiest 5 percent of all Americans had 63.5 percent of all the wealth in America.  Meanwhile, the bottom 80 percent had just 12.8 percent of all the wealth.

#18 According to a recent report from the National Employment Law Project, higher wage industries accounted for 40 percent of the job losses over the past 12 months but only 14 percent of the job growth.  Lower wage industries accounted for just 23 percent of the job losses over the past 12 months and a whopping 49 percent of the job growth.

#19 The first week of air strikes in Libya cost the U.S. government about 600 million dollars.

#20 The price of corn has more than doubled over the past year.

#21 According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the average length of unemployment in the U.S. is now an all-time record 39 weeks.

#22 Back in the 1950s, corporate taxes accounted for about 30 percent of all federal revenue.  Today they account for less than 7 percent of all federal revenue.

#23 If the U.S. government eliminated all discretionary spending and all defense spending it would still not balance the budget.

#24 It is being projected that U.S. government debt will rise to about 400 percent of GDP by the year 2050.

#25 Americans spend approximately 27.7 billion dollars a year preparing their tax returns.

That last statistic really gets me.  During the month of April the American people are going to be spending massive amounts of time and money to prepare their taxes.

But what do Americans get in return for their taxes?

What they get is a government that is completely and totally incompetent.  Our “leaders” are running the greatest economy in the history of the world into the ground, but unfortunately most Americans have no idea what is happening.

Why are Americans so clueless?

Well, the truth is that over time we have been turned into a nation of idiots and morons.

To get an idea of just how “dumbed down” we have become as a nation, just check out this Harvard entrance exam from 1869.

I wouldn’t have a prayer of passing that exam.

What about you?

Thanks to the slothfulness of society, the deficiencies in our education system and the toxins in our food, air and water it has become hard for most of us to think clearly.

Most of us are fat, dumb and totally clueless.  The entire economic system is being shredded and most of us just drool and turn up the television a little louder.

If we have money problems, most of us just run out and apply for another credit card.  If our state and local governments run into financial problems they just borrow even more money.

Of course the biggest offender of all is the federal government.  What our politicians are doing to future generations is not just criminal.  It is beyond criminal.  It is absolutely unconscionable.

So please excuse me if I am absolutely disgusted with the U.S. economy.

We took the greatest economy in the history of the world and we wrecked it.

How in the world are we going to explain this to our children and our grandchildren?

Source-http://www.prisonplanet.com/money-problems-that-never-seem-to-end-25-reasons-to-be-absolutely-disgusted-with-the-u-s-economy.html

 

Are GM Foods To Blame For Boys Extra Strand Of DNA?

(Daily Mail)  A two-year-old boy has become the only person in the world to be diagnosed with an extra strand in his DNA.

Brave Alfie Clamp was born blind and with severe disabilities, which led doctors to carry out various tests.

They revealed his seventh chromosome had an ‘extra arm’ which has never been documented anywhere in the world before.

Doctors are baffled at his condition, which is so rare it does not have a name.

Medics also have no idea whether his condition will improve or reduce his life expectancy.

Alfie, from Nuneaton, Warks., can now see and he will have an operation this month to fix an intestinal problem caused by his condition.

His parents Gemma and Richard Clamp only discovered something was wrong with their son after they first took him home.

Within days, he was rushed back to hospital after he stopped breathing and his lips turned blue.

Then when he was six weeks old, doctors discovered he had a rare abnormality in his DNA.

Mrs Clamp said: ‘When the doctors told us I was absolutely devastated. As a pregnant mum you spend nine months thinking about what it will be like when your baby takes their first step or claps their hands.

‘Having a boy like Alfie makes you appreciate the little things. He didn’t roll over until he was 18 months old, but we were so excited when he did.’

A microscopic image of human chromosomesA microscopic image of human chromosomes. Little Alfie Clamp has an ‘extra arm’ on one of his, in what is believed to be a world first.

His condition left Alfie unable to see until he was three months old and his muscles were so weak he could not roll over on his own.

He still suffers serious digestive problems and needs a cocktail of drugs every day to help his body absorb vital nutrients.

He also suffers fits which sparked by high temperatures and metabolic problems stop him from eating or drinking.

Since he was born, Alfie has been rushed to hospital six times – including twice just last month – when he stopped breathing.

His parents even believed he was dying twice and were stunned when Alfie made a full recovery after spending time in hospital.

Mr and Mrs Clamp, who also have 10-year-old daughter Georgia who is perfectly healthy, had their DNA tested but were not carriers of the faulty gene.

Mr Clamp said: ‘The doctors told us there is nothing we could have done to prevent it. I don’t think we’ll ever know why it happened.

‘I was holding him in my arms and I could see his eyes start to focus on me. It was a massive milestone for us because we didn’t know if that would ever happen.

‘We even took a photograph of the two of us sat there, looking at each other. Having Alfie has changed our lives – everything revolves around him. But he is such a happy boy and he has brought a lot of joy to our lives.

‘Whenever we go to hospital, all the doctors and nurses say what a pleasure it is to see Alfie.’

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article-1375697/Alfie-Clamp-2-1st-person-born-extra-strand-DNA.html#ixzz1JFWDQNNt

 

 

Chicago School Bans Lunches Brought From Home

(Monica Eng)  Fernando Dominguez cut the figure of a young revolutionary leader during a recent lunch period at his elementary school.

“Who thinks the lunch is not good enough?” the seventh-grader shouted to his lunch mates in Spanish and English.

Dozens of hands flew in the air and fellow students shouted along: “We should bring our own lunch! We should bring our own lunch! We should bring our own lunch!”

Fernando waved his hand over the crowd and asked a visiting reporter: “Do you see the situation?”

At his public school, Little Village Academy on Chicago’s West Side, students are not allowed to pack lunches from home. Unless they have a medical excuse, they must eat the food served in the cafeteria.

Principal Elsa Carmona said her intention is to protect students from their own unhealthful food choices.

“Nutrition wise, it is better for the children to eat at the school,” Carmona said. “It’s about the nutrition and the excellent quality food that they are able to serve (in the lunchroom). It’s milk versus a Coke. But with allergies and any medical issue, of course, we would make an exception.”

Carmona said she created the policy six years ago after watching students bring “bottles of soda and flaming hot chips” on field trips for their lunch. Although she would not name any other schools that employ such practices, she said it was fairly common.

A Chicago Public Schools spokeswoman said she could not say how many schools prohibit packed lunches and that decision is left to the judgment of the principals.

“While there is no formal policy, principals use common sense judgment based on their individual school environments,” Monique Bond wrote in an email. “In this case, this principal is encouraging the healthier choices and attempting to make an impact that extends beyond the classroom.”

Any school that bans homemade lunches also puts more money in the pockets of the district’s food provider, Chartwells-Thompson. The federal government pays the district for each free or reduced-price lunch taken, and the caterer receives a set fee from the district per lunch.

At Little Village, most students must take the meals served in the cafeteria or go hungry or both. During a recent visit to the school, dozens of students took the lunch but threw most of it in the garbage uneaten. Though CPS has improved the nutritional quality of its meals this year, it also has seen a drop-off in meal participation among students, many of whom say the food tastes bad.

“Some of the kids don’t like the food they give at our school for lunch or breakfast,” said Little Village parent Erica Martinez. “So it would be a good idea if they could bring their lunch so they could at least eat something.”

“(My grandson) is really picky about what he eats,” said Anna Torrez, who was picking up the boy from school. “I think they should be able to bring their lunch. Other schools let them. But at this school, they don’t.”

But parent Miguel Medina said he thinks the “no home lunch policy” is a good one. “The school food is very healthy,” he said, “and when they bring the food from home, there is no control over the food.”

At Claremont Academy Elementary School on the South Side, officials allow packed lunches but confiscate any snacks loaded with sugar or salt. (They often are returned after school.) Principal Rebecca Stinson said that though students may not like it, she has yet to hear a parent complain.

“The kids may have money or earn money and (buy junk food) without their parents’ knowledge,” Stinson said, adding that most parents expect that the school will look out for their children.

Such discussions over school lunches and healthy eating echo a larger national debate about the role government should play in individual food choices.

“This is such a fundamental infringement on parental responsibility,” said J. Justin Wilson, a senior researcher at the Washington-based Center for Consumer Freedom, which is partially funded by the food industry.

“Would the school balk if the parent wanted to prepare a healthier meal?” Wilson said. “This is the perfect illustration of how the government’s one-size-fits-all mandate on nutrition fails time and time again. Some parents may want to pack a gluten-free meal for a child, and others may have no problem with a child enjoying soda.”

For many CPS parents, the idea of forbidding home-packed lunches would be unthinkable. If their children do not qualify for free or reduced-price meals, such a policy would require them to pay $2.25 a day for food they don’t necessarily like.

“We don’t spend anywhere close to that on my son’s daily intake of a sandwich (lovingly cut into the shape of a Star Wars ship), Goldfish crackers and milk,” education policy professor Diane Whitmore Schanzenbach wrote in an email. Her son attends Nettelhorst Elementary School in Lakeview. “Not only would mandatory school lunches worsen the dietary quality of most kids’ lunches at Nettelhorst, but it would also cost more out of pocket to most parents! There is no chance the parents would stand for that.”

Many Little Village students claim that, given the opportunity, they would make sound choices.

“They’re afraid that we’ll all bring in greasy food instead of healthy food and it won’t be as good as what they give us at school,” said student Yesenia Gutierrez. “It’s really lame. If we could bring in our own lunches, everyone knows what they’d bring. For example, the vegetarians could bring in their own veggie food.”

“I would bring a sandwich or a Subway and maybe a juice,” said seventh-grader Ashley Valdez.

Second-grader Gerardo Ramos said, “I would bring a banana, orange and some grapes.”

“I would bring a juice and like a sandwich,” said fourth-grader Eric Sanchez.

“Sometimes I would bring the healthy stuff,” second-grader Julian Ruiz said, “but sometimes I would bring Lunchables.”

Source-http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/education/ct-met-school-lunch-restrictions-041120110410,0,2614451,full.story

 

 

Gas Prices Climbing Toward $5 Per Gallon

(CBS) – At one time, $5 per gallon gas seemed like a farfetched idea, but that is no longer the case.

As CBS 2’s Roseanne Tellez reports, as of Monday, the average price for a gallon of regular unleaded gasoline in the Chicago area is $4.11, compared with $3.71 a month ago, and about $3.10 a gallon at this time a year ago.

Experts say $5 per gallon gas is likely by Memorial Day.

Drivers Monday morning were practically numb to the price spikes.

“What are you going to do?” said Shannon Thompson. “We’ve become so gas-dependent in this country. There are so many SUVs. I mean, I’ve had a hybrid. It worked great. Right now, I’m just going to deal with it.”

Prices at some gas stations were as low as $4.09, a bargain compared to the $4.29 at some service stations downtown.

LISTEN: Newsradio 780′s Bernie Tafoya reports

 

“It’s painful,” said Lamar Magee. “You’ve got to make a decision on where you drive and where you go nowadays.” He said he is “definitely” making changes to his routines.

Magee says it will cost him about $120 to fill up the 30-gallon tank on his van.

But even that pales in comparison to the big rigs. Truck driver Mark Kanarowski says his truck holds 200 gallons.

“It’s got to be a huge expense for the company,” Kanarowski said. “I went to St. Louis over the weekend to fill up my own car, and I was paying about $4.13 a gallon. It hurts.”

A limo driver shared his thoughts as he filled up his tank at the Des Plaines Oasis.

“Normal-sized tank, big price – when you get done at the pump, it’s killing business, and a lot of one-way trips now,” he said, “like I’m going to get somebody this morning, and I’m not bringing him home. His wife will probably bring him home, because everyone’s trying to save a little bit here, a little bit there.”

The Lundberg Survey says the national average for a gallon of regular unleaded as of Monday was $3.76. That is up 19 cents since March 18, and up 91 cents since this time last year.

The sharply rising prices hearken back memories of the summer of 2008.

That year, oil prices were driven well above $100 per barrel, and in June of that year and gas prices were well over $4 a gallon. The highest record price was $4.34 per gallon, set July 2008.

No one is eager to break that record. But with no end in sight to the turmoil in the Middle East, analysts say we’re likely to do just that – and just as holiday travelers hit the highways for Memorial Day weekend.

Source-http://chicago.cbslocal.com/2011/04/11/gas-prices-climbing-toward-5-per-gallon/

http://chicago.cbslocal.com/2011/04/11/gas-prices-climbing-toward-5-per-gallon/

25 Most Dangerous Cities For Violent Crime

(Thomas Dishaw)  This is a updated list of the most dangerous cities to live in America. It should be no surprise that all of these cities have no jobs,huge minority populations and out of control drug use. In ten years the only jobs  left in Detroit will be a janitor at the casino or a guard at the prison.  Hopefully you’re not stuck in one of these cities like me!

1. Detroit, Mi

2. Memphis, Tn

3. Sumpter, SC

4. Fairbanks, AK

5. New Orleans, LA

6. Miami, FL

7. Myrtle Beech, SC

8. Las Vegas, NV

9. Victoria, TX

10 Florence, SC

11. Stockton, CA

12 Shreveport, LA

13. Pine Bluff, AR

14 Lafayette, LA

15. Jackson, MO

16. Saginaw, MI

17. Phoenix, AZ

18. Tucson, AZ

19. LA County, CA

20. Baltimore, MD

21. Albuquerque, NM

22. Vineland, NJ

23. Montgomery, AL

24. Little Rock, AR

25. Charleston, SC

Source-http://morganquitno.com/

Map Of Freedom 2011

(Tony Cartalucci)  Bangkok, Thailand April 10, 2011 – The colorful maps of press freedom, democracy, and other metrics we are told are indicative of a free and prosperous society are the products of wholly corporate funded special interest lobbying groups like “Reporters Without Borders,” “Transparency International,” and the fraudulent “Human Rights Watch.” In giving us a clear picture of freedom, prosperity, and human rights throughout the world, they are about as accurate and as useful as divining rods are at finding water.

These large multinational organizations may include professional, dedicated, and immensely sincere people from all walks of life who believe in their cause, however, the vector sum of their effort is to advance the collective interests of the corporations that populate the board of directors and fund them.

Libya

The hyped, unverified hearsay coming out of Egypt, Libya, and now Syria regarding “alleged” brutal crackdowns on “unarmed” protesters has been lent legitimacy by being repeated through organizations like Human Rights Watch (HRW). In fact, nearly all of HRWs reports are merely collections of witness accounts, allegations, and hearsay, generally from protesters and opposition members and entirely devoid of any empirical evidence. Hearsay, one would reasonably think, is a good impetus for further investigation, not drawing a conclusion. For HRW however, the conclusion is usually already politically predetermined. In Libya’s case, Qaddafi’s ouster was a given, leaving HRW the task of simply filling in a compelling narrative.

Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, after admitting to funding sedition worldwide, demands that Qaddafi leave power based on still unfounded accusations. Perpetuating these accusations are corporate funded organizations like HRW.

Some samples of HRW reports regarding Libya:

HRW: “Libya: Allow Eman al-’Obeidy to Leave Tripoli” Regards allegations of Eman al-Obeidy who claimed she was raped and tortured by Qaddafi forces in Tripoli before stumbling fortuitously into a hotel lobby full of foreign reporters. Her allegations remain as such, however this has not stopped the media or HRW from exploiting the story to bolster anti-Qaddafi sentiment.

HRW: “Libya: African Rights Court Issues First Ruling Against a State” Again, unverified allegations serve as the basis for a contrived court’s decision using entirely contrived laws to berate Libya and undermine the government’s legitimacy. To this day allegations against Libya’s military for intentionally targeting civilians are not only unsubstantiated, but refuted even by Western military analysts engineering the war.

HRW: “Libya: At Least 370 Missing From Country’s East” Here we have 72 “possible disappearance” cases “documented” by HRW, but based on interviews with family members or witnesses to the arrest of the “apparently” missing persons.

A pattern of consistently misleading propaganda becomes apparent – designed to undermine the Libyan government in support of the predetermined “Qaddafi must go” narrative. As the West’s aggression against Libya unfolds, evidence is emerging that not only is HRW’s propaganda misleading, but much of it is verifiable lies. Evidence is now emerging that these “freedom fighting” rebels are in fact Al Qaeda fighters, many of whom quite literally just got back from fighting Americans in Afghanistan and Iraq including one of the current rebels leaders, Abdel-Hakim al-Hasidi.

Exposing the International Arbiters  HRWsponsors1

Funding HRW are the regular corporate suspects including
the Soros’ Open Society Institute, the Ford Foundation,
and the CFR lined Atlantic Philanthropies.

Thailand

In Thailand, a combination of metrics stemming from these disingenuous groups are fueling another attempted color revolution trying to ride the current wave of destabilization started by the West through the US State Department, and equally disingenuous groups like Freedom House and the National Endowment for Democracy.

The leader of the Thai color revolution is globalist stooge Thaksin Shinwatra, a former adviser to the Carlyle Group who was literally standing in front of the CFR in NYC on the eve of his ousting from power in 2006. Since 2006, he has been represented by fellow Carlyle man James Baker and his Baker Botts law firm, International Crisis Group’s Kenneth Adelman and his Edelman Public Relations firmBelfer Center adviser Robert Blackwill of Barbour Griffith & Rogers, and now Robert Amsterdam of Amsterdam & Peroff, a major corporate member of the globalist Chatham House. To say Thaksin has the support of multinational corporate interests is an understatement.

The opposition party operating under Thaksin has been attempting to undermine the government’s legitimacy through a steady stream of contrived metrics regarding “freedom,” “democracy,” and “human rights,” provided by Human Rights Watch, Freedom House, Transparency International, and Reporters Without Borders.

Often cited is the Freedom House’s “Freedom in the World” report where Thailand was downgraded from free under the globalist-friendly cleptocratic Thaksin regime, to partly free under the current Thai government who has been steadily distancing itself from free-trade with the US, ignoring US calls to enforce “intellectual property,” and pursuing a more protectionist policy in regards to the West and its unraveling economy.

What those who cite Freedom House forget to mention is that upon its board of trustees sitsKenneth Adelman who was Thaksin’s paid lobbyist. Such a conflict of interest derides Freedom House’s legitimacy entirely, and similar personalities and corporate sponsors involved in the organization have also directly benefited financially from conflicts started on lies given legitimacy through Freedom House’s “work.” These include both George Soros and signatories of the war mongering Project for a New American Century.

Reporters Without Borders is funded by the corporate-lined National Endowment for Democracy, and has downgraded Thailand as well regarding it as a “nation under surveillance.” The organization cites the crackdown on the elements involved in the foreign-backed color revolution as the reasoning behind its judgment, using the NED funded Prachataiwebsite in particular as an example. Reporters Without Borders attempts to portray such crackdowns as an affront to freedom, even as Secretary of State Hillary Clinton openly admitsto funding subversion worldwide.

Exposing the International Arbiters  prachataiNomination
Freedom House is a big fan of NED funded Prachatai as well.
Prachatai is an over-the-top propaganda clearinghouse for
the Thai red color revolution.

One must wonder how the United States would deal with foreign funded sedition when they are already labeling collector coin dealers “domestic terrorists” and dealing them out 10 year prison sentences.

Perhaps the most ludicrous of all is Transparency International which has been frequently cited by the color revolution for downgrading Thailand’s score on the “Corruption Perception Index” from 3.6 under Thaksin to a negligible 3.4 under the current government. Transparency International, however, is funded by perhaps the most corrupt corporations on earth, in human history, including: Anglo American, Ernst & Young, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Merck, Procter & Gamble, Shell International, Abu Dhabi National Energy Company, and Wal-Mart. Foundation support includes the eugenicist Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the criminally run World Bank.

What exactly do these corporate-financier oligarchs have against Thailand? A lot of it stems from the failed US-Thailand FTA Thaksin tried to ramrod through into law before being ushered out of power. A quick look at the corporations (listed on page 8 here) of the US-Thailand FTA Business Coalition reveals some of the largest, most influential corporations on earth, many of which are also found on lists naming the key corporate members behind the global corporate-financier agenda. Impeding the US-Thailand FTA doesn’t just deny these power-mad corporations another market to plunder, it impedes the entropy of global oligarchical megalomania in general.

Thailand and Libya are but two examples. These organizations are manipulating public opinion and providing armies of seditious agents worldwide with statistics and official looking reports, leveraging the very noble causes of human rights, democracy, and freedom for their own nefarious agenda. As chaos attempts to consume Syria, Iran, and even Moscow and Beijing, remember the names of these organizations – Human Rights Watch, Reporters Without Borders, Freedom House, and the ridiculous Transparency International and recognize the disingenuous agenda they are peddling.

Tony Cartalucci is the writer and editor at Land Destroyer Report

Source-http://www.infowars.com/exposing-the-international-arbiters/

 

13 More Cities Detect Radiation In The Drinking Water

(Jeff McMahon)  Radiation from Japan has been detected in drinking water in 13 more American cities, and cesium-137 has been found in American milk—in Montpelier, Vermont—for the first time since the Japan nuclear disaster began, according to data released by the Environmental Protection Agency late Friday.

Milk samples from Phoenix and Los Angeles contained iodine-131 at levels roughly equal to the maximum contaminant level permitted by EPA, the data shows. The Phoenix sample contained 3.2 picoCuries per liter of iodine-131. The Los Angeles sample contained 2.9. The EPA maximum contaminant level is 3.0, but this is a conservative standarddesigned to minimize exposure over a lifetime, so EPA does not consider these levels to pose a health threat.

The cesium-137 found in milk in Vermont is the first cesium detected in milk since the Fukushima-Daichi nuclear accident occurred last month. The sample contained 1.9 picoCuries per liter of cesium-137, which falls under the same 3.0 standard.

Radioactive isotopes accumulate in milk after they spread through the atmosphere, fall to earth in rain or dust, and settle on vegetation, where they are ingested by grazing cattle. Iodine-131 is known to accumulate in the thyroid gland, where it can cause cancer and other thyroid diseases. Cesium-137 accumulates in the body’s soft tissues, where it increases risk of cancer, according to EPA.

Airborne contamination continues to cross the western states, the new data shows, and Boise has seen the highest concentrations of radioactive isotopes in rain so far.

A rainwater sample collected in Boise on March 27 contained 390 picocures per liter of iodine-131, plus 41 of cesium-134 and 36 of cesium-137. EPA released this result for the first time yesterday. Typically several days pass between sample collection and data release because of the time required to collect, transport and analyze the samples.

In most of the data released Friday the levels of contaminants detected are far below the standards observed by EPA and other U.S. agencies.

But the EPA drinking-water data includes one outlier—an unusually, but not dangerously, high reading in a drinking water sample from Chatanooga, Tennessee.

The sample was collected at the Tennessee Valley Authority’s Sequoyah nuclear plant. A Tennessee official told the Chatanooga Times last week that radiation from Japan had been detected at Sequoyah but is “1,000 to 10,000 times below any levels of concern.” The 1.6 picocures per liter reported by the EPA on Friday is slightly more than half the maximum contaminant level permitted in drinking water, but more uniquely, it is many times higher than all the other drinking water samples collected in the U.S.

[UPDATE: EPA released new data Saturday revealing higher levels than reported here in Little Rock milk and Philadelphia drinking water]

The EPA released this new data through a new interactive open-data system it quietly launched on the EPA website Wednesday. The new interface is to be regularly updated, replacing EPA’s periodic news releases and pdf data charts. Here are more details of the data released Friday:

Drinking Water

Radioactive Iodine-131 was found in drinking water samples from 13 cities. Those cities are listed below, with the amount of Iodine-131 in picocuries per liter. The EPA’s maximum contaminant level for Iodine-131 in drinking water is 3 picocuries per liter.

  • Oak Ridge, TN collected 3/28: 0.63
  • Oak Ridge, TN collected at three sites 3/29: 0.28, 0.20, 0.18
  • Chatanooga, TN collected 3/28: 1.6
  • Helena, MT collected 3/28: 0.18
  • Columbia, PA collected 3/29: 0.20
  • Cincinatti, OH collected 3/28: 0.13
  • Pittsburgh, PA collected 3/28: 0.36
  • East Liverpool, OH collected 3/30: 0.42
  • Painesville, OH collected 3/29: 0.43
  • Denver, CO  collected 3/30: 0.17
  • Detroit, MI collected 3/31: 0.28
  • Trenton, NJ collected 3/31: 0.38
  • Waretown, NJ collected 3/31: 0.38
  • Muscle Shoals, AL collected 3/31: 0.16

Precipitation

In the data released Friday, iodine-131 was found in rainwater samples from the following locations:

  • Salt Lake City, UT collected 3/17: 8.1
  • Boston, MA collected 3/22: 92
  • Montgomery, Alabama collected 3/30: 3.7
  • Boise, ID collected 3/27: 390

As reported above, the Boise sample also contained 42 pC/m3 of Cesium-134, and 36 of Cesium-137.

Air

In the most recent data, iodine-131 was found in air filters in the following locations. In the case of air samples, the radiation is measured in picoCuries per cubic meter.

  • Montgomery, AL collected 3/31: 0.055
  • Nome AK collected 3/30: 0.17
  • Nome AK collected 3/29: 0.36
  • Nome AK collected 3/27: 0.36
  • Nome AK collected 3/26: 0.46
  • Nome AK collected 3/25: 0.26
  • Juneau AKcollected 3/26: 0.43
  • Juneau AK collected 3/27: 0.38
  • Juneau AK collected 3/30: 0.28
  • Dutch Harbor AK collected 3/30: 0.14
  • Dutch Harbor AK collected 3/29: 0.11
  • Dutch Harbor AK colleccted 3/26: 0.21
  • Boise, ID collected 3/27: 0.22
  • Boise, ID collected 3/29: 0.27
  • Boise, ID collected 3/28: 0.32
  • Las Vegas NV collected 3/28: 0.30
  • Las Vegas, NV collected 3/30:: 0.088
  • Las Vegas, NV collected 3/29: 0.044

No other types of isotopes were found in the most recent data from air samples, even though EPA is also on the lookout for barium-140, cobalt-60, cesium-134, cesium-136, cesium-137, iodine-132, iodine-133, tellurium-129, and tellurium-132.

In older samples, isotopes of cesium and tellurium were found in Boise; Las Vegas; Nome and Dutch Harbor; Honolulu, Kauai and Oahu, Hawaii; Anaheim, Riverside, San Francisco, and San Bernardino, California; Jacksonville and Orlando, Florida; Salt Lake City, Utah; Guam, and Saipan on the Marina Islands.

Some of these locations had not been previously reported in EPA news releases.

The EPA has said it will continue to monitor radiation levels in air, precipitation, drinking water, and milk even if the budget impasse shuts down the government next week.

Source-http://blogs.forbes.com/jeffmcmahon/2011/04/09/radiation-detected-in-drinking-water-in-13-more-us-cities-cesium-137-in-vermont-milk/

 

California Seizing Property From Safety Deposit Boxes

(Robert Blumen)  As reported by ABC News, what started out as a program to hold unclaimed property, such as the contents of safety deposit boxes owned by people who have moved away without a forwarding address, has gone wildly out of control. The program is now using the flimsiest of excuses to drill safe deposit boxes and sell the contents, often for below-market value, the proceeds going to the state’s general revenue.

In a case reminiscent of the Monty Python organ donor skit (or perhaps the movie Repo Men), a San Francisco woman’s jewelry appraised at over $80,000 was sold even though she lived a few blocks from her bank, had not moved, and was current on all of her box rental feeds. In another case, a man’s retirement savings consisting of $4 million of stock certificates were sold; and “A Sacramento family lost out on railroad land rights their ancestors had owned for generations”.

The program began life as a place to hold unclaimed property for up to 5 years while the state made attempts to locate the owner. Both the holding period and the efforts to locate the owner have diminished over time. ABC news indicates that there have been internal debates within the state on these changes, with an internal memo objecting to efforts to to find the owners on the grounds that “It could well result in additional claims of monies that would otherwise flow into the general fund.”

What surprises me about these seizures is the scale and how under-reported it is. This is the first article that I have seen on this topic, compared to dozens of pieces and several books on civil asset forfeiture. This phenomenon is probably at least as large as CAF — Jarret Wollstein cites a number in the low single-digit billions for asset forfeiture (which may be an annual number) compared to the $32 billion (which may be a multi-year aggregate) appearing in the ABC news story. In comparison, looting of safe deposit boxes requires even less due process than asset forfeiture, which at least requires that the property be accused of a crime, and can be fought in court.

Source-http://blog.mises.org/

 

JP Morgan’s Almost Out Of Silver

(Tyler Durden)  According to Jamie Dimon, he did America a favor when he agreed to take bailout money from taxpayers (and we didn’t even have the decency to thank him).  Last week ,we learned that the JP Morgan CEO likes his catastrophe’s predictable,  but as Mick Jagger once observed, “You can’t always get what you want.”

So in case you’re wondering who might be stupid enough to buy silver at $40, chances are extremely high it’s going to be  the guys who sold at $15, $20, $25, 30, 31, 32, 33…..  On April 6, Bloomberg reported Comex Silver Stockpiles as of April 5, and if you scroll down through the report, you’ll notice that JP Morgan has enough silver to fill, wait for it, 6 contracts. Yep 30,844 troy ounces, that’s all.

Now consider this:  Since December, JP Morgan and their customers (whoever they may be) have sold more than  12.2 Million Ounces of physical silver (net).   Here’s JP’s activity year-to-date from the Comex report:

I will not insult your intelligence by explaining this any further.

Source-http://www.zerohedge.com/article/guest-post-guess-whos-almost-out-silver

Sheep Gives Birth To A Puppy

(Daily Mail)  Vets say it’s impossible – but to Chinese farmer Liu Naiying his birth is a miracle.

For Mr Liu insists one of his sheep has given birth to a dog

The ‘puppy’ has wool like a lamb but its mouth, nose, eyes, paws and tail look more like a dog’s.

‘Miracle': The sheep/dog and the ewe that allegedly gave birth to him in Shaanxi Province, China

His ‘sheep dog’ even plays like a hound.

The birth has prompted thousands to flock to his farm in Shaanxi Province to see for themselves.

Mr Liu told how he found the unusual baby animal shortly after it was born in one of his fields.

‘I was herding the sheep, and saw a sheep licking her newborn lamb on the grassland. The lamb was still wet,’ he said.

‘When I went up close to check on the lamb I was shocked because it looked so weird, like a cross between a sheep and a dog.

Strange: The 'puppy' has wool like a lamb but it's mouth, nose, eyes, paws and tail look more like a dog'sStrange: The ‘puppy’ has wool like a lamb but it’s mouth, nose, eyes, paws and tail look more like a dog’s

‘I was a bit frightened, as I’ve been raising sheep for 20 years and had never seen such a creature.’

Yue Guozhang, a researcher at Xi’an City Animal Husbandry Technology Centre, said sheep and dogs were different species.

‘It’s not possible that a sheep could become pregnant with a puppy,’ he said. ‘It’s likely that this is just an abnormal lamb.’

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-1369977/Sheep-gives-birth-dog-Chinese-farm-Ewe-got-kidding.html#ixzz1IySX5izt

 

Minnesota Republicans Want To Outlaw Carrying Cash

(Fight Back News)  Minnesota Republicans are pushing legislation that would make it a crime for people on public assistance to have more $20 in cash in their pockets any given month. This represents a change from their initial proposal, which banned them from having any money at all.

On March 15, Angel Buechner of the Welfare Rights Committee testified in front of the House Health and Human Services Reform Committee on House File 171. Buechner told committee members, “We would like to address the provision that makes it illegal for MFIP [one of Minnesota’s welfare programs] families to withdraw cash from the cash portion of the MFIP grant – and in fact, appears to make it illegal for MFIP families to have any type of money at all in their pockets. How do you expect people to take care of business like paying bills such as lights, gas, water, trash and phone?”

House File 171 would make it so that families on MFIP – and disabled single adults on General Assistance and Minnesota Supplemental Aid – could not have their cash grants in cash or put into a checking account. Rather, they could only use a state-issued debit card at special terminals in certain businesses that are set up to accept the card.

The bill also calls for unconstitutional residency requirements, not allowing the debit card to be used across state lines and other provisions that the Welfare Rights Committee and others consider unacceptable.

Buechner testified, “We’ll leave you with this. It is not right to punish a whole group because of the supposed actions of a few. You in this room could have a pretty rough time if that was the case. It is not right to stigmatize and dehumanize women living the hard life of trying to raise children while living 60% below the poverty level. It is not right to use racist, bumper-sticker hate to inflict human misery for political gain.”

http://www.fightbacknews.org/2011/3/15/minnesota-republicans-say-poor-people-money-should-be-outlaws

 

10 Things That Will Affect You If The Government Shuts Down

(Ann O’neill)  The list of collateral effects of a potential government shutdown keeps growing and people are none too pleased about it. Here are just a few of the negative impacts that could arise if Congress and the White House fail to reach an agreement on the budget (click here to view in chart form):

  • The lawmakers who hold the cards will still get paid. Their staffers might be furloughed, though. That has prompted a few lawmakers to announce they’ll refuse shutdown pay,but even that has elicited critiques of political posturing.
  • Roughly 800,000 federal workers won’t get paid because they’re considered nonessential and therefore, the first to be furloughed. That includes people who work in national parks because they’ll be closed, ruining countless long family road trips. And it’s not just the loss of income that hurts  for many, it’s being labeled dispensable when they know their jobs are anything but nonessential.
  • What happened to all that talk of helping small businesses? Many government contractors are just that. We’re talking about IT firms and software companies, to name a few, who may be sent home as well.

 

  • As the shutdown looms, some political leaders are taking the opportunity to fundraise and rally their supporters. The executive director of the Democratic Senatorial Campaign Committee sent out an appeal asking for a minimum $5 donation saying the organization wants to raise $100,000 in the next 36 hours.
  • Numerous services administered by the federal government will come to a halt. That means no new approvals of loans by the Federal Housing Administration or the Small Business Administration; no IRS processing of paper tax returns or refunds; no issuing of regular passports or visas (emergency visas and passports will be processed). In fact, anything that requires permits probably will not be processed.
  • You’ll still get your Social Security checks but don’t expect anyone to be around to answer your questions about benefits. The people who take questions on Social Security and Medicare questions will not be at work and most government websites will shut down or have limited functionality.
  • Various agencies with the Department of Health and Human Services will operate in a patchwork fashion. The National Institutes of Health will not accept new patients or start new clinical trials. The Food and Drug Administration won’t operate at full capacity but will have some inspectors on staff. As a result, all FDA inspections of food processing facilities and drug manufacturing plants will be prioritized by risk.

 

Was HAARP Responsible For Mystery Flashing Light During Japan Earthquakes?

(Orlando Parfitt)  The footage (video to the right) clearly shows a ball of light pulsing for around eight seconds on the horizon in Tokyo during the aftershock.

It registered 7.1 on the Richter scale and struck 40 miles east of Sendai along the same fault line as last month’s quake.

We take a look at several theories as to what could have caused the bizarre phenomenon, from the plausible to the wacky, and get some insight from an expert seismologist.

Earthquake light

The most widely circulating explanation is that this was an ‘earthquake light’ – literally a light that appears in the sky during times of seismic activity.

There have been a number of recorded instances of these – at Kalapana in 1975, L’Aquilla in 2009 and Chile in 2010 – but the phenomenon is not universally accepted in the scientific community.

Dr David Robinson, an earthquake researcher at Oxford University, told Yahoo! News one reason why these might happen.

“The idea is that just before an earthquake, you might get some build up of stress just prior to the event.

“People have invented all kinds of mechanisms whereby this stress gets released as an electromagnetic excitation of the upper atmosphere, which can cause things like lights appearing, similar to the Northern Lights.”

The problem with this theory, said Dr Robinson, was that no-one has yet come up with a plausible reason for why this actually happens. “Anything which is caused by an unknown mechanism is dubious,” he said.

A second issue is that while there have been several recorded instances of ‘earthquake lights’, they don’t happen during every earthquake.

“There are satellites up there that record every thunderstorm that happens on earth. If you’re getting something similar to a flash of lightning during an earthquake then they’re going to measure it, but that’s not happening.”

There are a couple of other explanations that could explain this though. The first concerns quartz. When tectonic plates containing the mineral rub against each other, they create intense electric fields (called piezoelectricity). This could manifest itself as flashes of light.

A second, tantalizing possibility is these lights could actually predict upcoming quakes. This theory suggests that before a quake, the ground ‘exhales’ radon, which results in light emissions in the atmosphere. Dr Robinson says this is “clutching at straws” though.

He doesn’t rule out earthquake lights, but feels the subject needs more study.

“Just because they can’t be explained doesn’t necessarily make them not true. But until anyone comes up with a plausible mechanism it will be on the fringes of earthquake study.”

Electrical explosion

Another possible theory for the burst of light is that it was some kind of electrical explosion. It’s been speculated that the flash was an electrical transformer exploding after being struck by the quake.

During Thursday’squake 3.6million homes in North East Japan area lost power, traffic signals and road lights also stopped working. 900,000 houses were still affected on Friday afternoon.

A spokesman for the Tohuku Electric Power Company said six power plants in the area went down after the tremor and power lines throughout the area were damaged, making this explanation a possibility.

A US ‘superweapon’

We’re into the outlandish territory now. Many commentators, including oddball conspiracy theorist David Icke, have said the footage was evidence of ‘Haarp’ (High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program).

Based in Alaska, this weather program was set up by the US Air Force, Navy and University of Alaska to research the upper atmosphere (the ionosphere) with a view to improving satellite communication.

Some have speculated that Haarp can physically change weather conditions, and the project’s been blamed for triggering floods, hurricanes, droughts, the earthquakes in Haiti and Pakistan and even Gulf War Syndrome. Mind control is another one of its supposed capabilities.

Suffice to say the events in Japan have also been attributed to this ‘superweapon’ – with former governor of Minnesota and pro-wrestler Jesse Ventura telling Piers Morgan recently:

“The US’s HAARP weapon system can cause natural disasters, including earthquakes and tsunamis like the one that happened in Japan.”

UFOs

Whenever grainy handheld footage of a glowing light in the sky surfaces, it’s only a matter of time before it’s held up as evidence of UFOs. This video is no exception.

A quick YouTube search reveals a spate of alien sightings in the build up to the Japan earthquake, with little green men spotted above Kyoto and the Sakurajima Volcano. Even Chinese news agency Xinyua reported UFOs flying over Mount Fuji in February.

An alien spacecraft was also spotted during recent Japanese news coverage of the Earthquake, but this was later confirmed to be a helicopter.

Source-http://uk.news.yahoo.com/38/20110408/tsc-mysterious-light-spotted-during-japa-98fda55.html

 

Why Gold And Silver Rise Is Dangerous For Everyone

(Greg Hunter)  Gold hit another all-time high yesterday, closing well over $1,450 per ounce.  Silver’s closing price of more than $39 per ounce is the highest it has been in 31 years.  Why the big jump in gold and silver prices?  The answer is pretty scary because there are many reasons precious metals are heading higher.  Let’s start with the most obvious —inflation.  Kitco.com reported yesterday, “The precious yellow metal got a fresh influx of investment buying based upon heightened inflationary expectations, safe-haven demand and a weakening U.S. dollar index.” (Click here for the complete Kitco.com story.) You can give the same reasons for rising silver prices.

In the case of silver, many experts say it is way undervalued and will outperform gold as an investment.  Asset manager Eric Sprott said Monday that one of many reasons the silver price is rising is that demand “ismassively underestimated.” Financial writer Harold Goodman recently wrote an excellent silver article for SeekingAlpha.com.  Goodman backs up the “undervalued” silver premise by saying, “This next chart (below) is from a brilliant article by Mark J. Lundeen, and shows the price of silver in constant 1920 dollars, but indexed for inflation using U.S. currency in circulation rather than a flawed metric such as CPI.”   “The surprising result is that silver today is priced at only $0.16 in constant, inflation adjusted 1920 dollars, even though it was selling for $1.32 in 1920! To reach its equivalent 1920 price of $1.32 an ounce today, it would have to be priced at $296 an ounce. And unlike 1920, there is a serious shortage of physical silver inventories available for sale today . . . .”  (Click here to read the complete Goodman article on SeekingAlpha.com)

Then, there is the budget situation in Washington D.C. that is pushing up gold and silver prices.  Congress is arguing over cutting the bloated $3.7 trillion budget by less than 1 percent.  Ironically, the issue of raising the debt ceiling from $14.3 trillion must be done in a few weeks or the government will be forced to default on its debt.  Raising the debt ceiling is not an “if” but a “by how much” question.  Odds are it will be a $1 trillion increase, and that amount will have to be borrowed or printed by the government.  Investors around the globe are waking up to the fact that the U.S. will never be able to pay off its enormous debt with anything resembling the buying power of today’s dollar.  Monday, a CNSNews.com story highlighted the “March Madness” of the Federal government’s insane spending.  The report said, “That $1.0528 trillion in spending for March equaled 8.2 times the $128.179 (billion) in net federal tax revenue for the month.  The lion’s share of this federal spending went to redeem Treasury securities that had matured during the month—most of which were short-term Treasury bills that have terms of one year or less.” (Click here for the CNSNews.com story.)

Please remember, the Fed is printing a staggering $75 billion a month to finance 70% of the U.S. government’s expenses in what is known as QE2 (Quantitative Easing.)  A star panel of experts I polled in January all agree that QE, or money printing, will not end.  I reported back then, In summary, all the experts I polled think QE Will Not End.  That will surely mean an imploding U.S. dollar and exploding inflation.  This is scheduled to happen by the end of June, making this the most predictable financial calamity in history.” (Click here to read the entire original post – Economic Stimulus: Quantitative Easing QE3) Creating money out of thin air is inflationary, and gold and silver are reacting to the government’s printing press.

The U.S. is now involved in 3 expensive wars that are helping to bleed the country dry.  Even though the Obama administration promises no U.S. troops in Libya, the CIA is reportedly already on the ground there.  Former CIA Officer Michael Scheuer thinks President Obama will be forced to choose between defeat or ground troops in Libya.  In a recent CNN interview, he said, “The choice may come down to admitting it was a mistake and being defeated in the sense Gadhafi survives, or putting ground troops in.  Nations are a lot like people, they don’t like to admit mistakes.” (Click here to see the complete Scheuer CNN interview.) Scheuer thinks Libya is a bad idea because it will cost enormous amounts of money at a time when America is “nearly bankrupt.”

Are taxes going up to pay for Libya or the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq?  Of course not.  The Bush tax cuts were extended–and why not?  The U.S. can simply print money, and that devalues the buck while increasing the price of gold and silver.   The world is fearful of possible supply disruptions of oil from North Africa and the Middle East.  That, too, pushes prices higher, and nothing can stoke the inflation fire faster than higher energy costs.     

The revolutions, unrest and wars in North Africa and the Middle East are not going to be resolved quickly.  The nuclear catastrophe in Japan will not be cleaned up soon, and may not be cleaned up in some areas in a hundred lifetimes.  Japan will need cash, and the U.S. will print more money when Japan sells its huge treasury holdings to raise money for rebuilding.  Likewise, there is no end in sight for America’s debt and budget problems.  All these things signal a “look out above” for gold and silver prices and a “look out below” for the value of the beleaguered buck.

Source-http://usawatchdog.com/look-out-above-for-gold-and-silver-prices/

 

15 Bizarre Experiments Gone Tragically Wrong

(Pop Crunch)  “Are you a human being between the ages of 1 and 99 who often, sometimes or never has trouble falling asleep?  If so, you’re a perfect candidate for a clinical study!”  These things are advertised all over the place, and if you don’t mind a team of doctors probing at you like you’re a Kentucky potato farmer in a spaceship, it can be a great way to earn a little extra cash.  But before reaching into your empty wallet for a business card on which to jot the clinic’s number, keep in mind that these things don’t always go so well.

The Stanford Prison Guard Experiment

 

 

Image Source
In 1971, psychologist Philip Zimbardo placed 24 undergrads in a mock prison to see what would happen when people stopped being polite and started getting real. 
 
Unfortunately, things got a little too real.  The students were randomly split into two groups: prisoners and guards.  They were outfitted with uniforms and even worked under a fake warden, played by Zimbardo himself.  The prisoners had to stay in their cells 24/7, but the guards worked in shifts and could go home when off-duty. 
 
Though intended to last two weeks, the experiment was shut down after a short six days.  The guards had become hostile and physically abusive, and the prisoners were showing signs of extreme stress, anxiety and depression.  The fake prison environment became so compelling for the participants that even Zimbardo fell prey to the illusion and turned a blind eye to the aggression of the guards and the anxiousness and passivity of the prisoners. Sanitary conditions declined remarkably. The guards attacked the protesting prisoners with fire extinguishers on only the second day of the experiment. Prisoners were also forced to count off their ‘numbers’, and one was even locked in a closet (which they called ‘solitary confinement’) for going on a hunger strike.
 
This experiment marked the end of the golden age of psychology… that is, the time when you could get away with anything and not have to worry about so-called “regulations” and “crimes against humanity”.  When all was said and done, the once psychologically healthy participants were returned to their normal lives. Don’t worry about them; they were compensated $15 dollars a day for their trouble, and with a good health plan, that will cover the co-pay for their therapists.

The Milgram Obedience Experiments

 

Intrigued by the testimony of World War II war criminal Adolph Eichmann claiming that he was merely following instructions when he ordered the deaths of millions of Jews, Milgram devised an experiment to test the strength of human will against the power of perceived authority.   
 
He created an elaborate (though fake) machine, donned a white lab coat, and recruited 40 men from newspaper ads to join him in this lab one by one.  Told that they were participating in an experiment about education, the participants (dubbed “teachers”) were told to ask a series of questions to an unseen man (the “student”) and use the machine to deliver him an electric shock for each incorrect answer. 
 
The teachers were told that the shock generator, which looked like something out of a bizarre sci-fi nightmare, could administer shocks from 30 volts to 450 volts Its switches were labeled “slight shock”, “moderate shock”, “danger: severe shock,” and “XXX”.  They weren’t told what the “XXX” button does, but I doubt they thought it meant “Vigorous Tickle”. 
 
Now, remember that the shocks weren’t real.  The student was merely an actor helping Milgram with the experiment.  But as the shock level increased and the student pleaded, screamed, screeched, squealed and begged to be released, the teachers almost always kept shocking him for each wrong answer and failure to respond.  It wasn’t that they wanted to.  Many displayed signs of extreme stress and anxiety, but were unable to refuse the authority of the “doctor”.

65% of the participants delivered “XXX” shocks to the struggling actor behind the curtain, all because some dude in a white coat urged them on, saying “You must continue… It is essential that you continue.”  Pretty shocking, to say the least.

Tuskegee Syphilis Experiment

 

 

Image Source
In 1928 a representative of a Chicago-based charity approached the U.S. Public Health Service (PHS) with a simple mission: to offer medical aid to impoverished African Americans in the South.    
 
The PHS and the Chicago-based Rosenwald fund began to treat men with syphilis across a number of counties in Georgia, but when the Great Depression hit, the Rosenwald Fund had to withdraw its support.  The members of the PHS contemplated the old adage that when life gives you lemons, you should make a national scandal.  Rather than scrap the study, they reorganized it.  The study was “salvaged” and changed into an examination of the effects of untreated syphilis on living subjects. 
 
The PHS teamed up with the Tuskegee Institute, an organization with a strong history of service to local African Americans.  The participants received free medical exams, food, free transportation and the guarantee that their burial fees would be comped.  How this didn’t raise a few eyebrows, it’s hard to say.  But then again, these men weren’t really informed of too much.  They weren’t even told that they had syphilis. Lest some other medical organization with wacky, unorthodox methods try to actually help their patients get better, the PHS worked round the clock to prevent other agencies from offering medical treatment to study participants.   
 
In 1943, the PHS finally had access to penicillin which they administered as a cure to all patients with syphilis.  This was a fabulous opportunity to get back to their roots and the original mission of their study.  What was that original mission again?  To help poor African Americans?  It’s hard to remember, and the PHS had long forgotten as well.  They refused to administer this miracle drug to study participants who would die without it.  In 1972 the study was finally brought to an end with the help of whistle-blower working with the PHS.  He leaked the story to the press and the national embarrassment could at last be felt.

Dr. Robert Bartholow

 

 

Image Source
Not all clinical studies are advertised on subways and newspapers.  Sometimes you don’t sign up or get paid, but just kind of land in the study by being in the wrong place at the wrong time.  This is what happened to a woman named Mary Rafferty.

Dr. Robert Bartholow was the nineteenth century medical community’s answer to Hannibal Lecter.  His victims, by which I mean patients (by which I mean victims), were not too thankful for this can-do attitude of his. Mary Rafferty was a 30-year-old patient who had a 2-inch-diameter hole in her skull as the result of a cancerous ulcer.  As if this poor woman didn’t have it bad enough with the cancer and, you know, the giant hole in her head, Dr. Bartholow decided to try out some of his craziest experiments on her.  Bartholow zapped the exposed brain tissue here and there with small electrical currents.  When Rafferty said that it didn’t hurt, the good doctor took that as a sign to up the voltage.  If it doesn’t sting a little, after all, why electrocute your brain?  Where’s the thrill? With the strengthened electrical current coursing through her brain, Rafferty complained of pain, began convulsing and soon went into a coma.  Three days later she awoke.  She suffered a major seizure the very next day and died. Bartholow shrugged his shoulders.  That cancer is a killer, he explained.  Nothing he could do to change that.  In an ideal world, Bartholow would have been thrown in prison for the rest of his life for this unethical, human experimentation. We do not live in an ideal world. He was lightly criticized by the AMA and then became Professor Emeritus at Jefferson Medical College in Philadelphia.

Project MK-ULTRA

 

 

Image Source
Project MK-ULTRA is the name of a terrifying, covert CIA study conducted from the early 1950’s to the late 60’s.  Everyone was up to some wild stuff in the 60’s.  Woodstock, Janis Joplin, love beads, lava lamps, and more.  I think we can forgive the CIA the same way we forgive Baby-Boomers for what transpired in this embarrassing decade of free love and excessive drug use. 
 
Of course, the CIA wasn’t so concerned with taking LSD and putting on a record as it was with administering LSD to other people (U.S. and Canadian citizens) to see if it was a viable method of mind control.  And they weren’t so much about free love as they were about utilizing a cornucopia of nightmarish methodologies to manipulate, control, subdue, and violate people.  The surreptitious administration of LSD was just one of these.  They also secretly gave people a lot of other drugs and chemicals, tested truth serums, physically and sexually abused people, isolated individuals and put them into forced sensory deprivation, and much more. 
 
In the 70’s when the Baby-Boomers were watching Grease and trying to overcome the hangover of the previous decade, the lid was blown off of Project MK-ULTRA by the U.S. Congress and something called the Church Committee. A cache of documents was uncovered and the reality of these tests, carried out on unwitting people “at all social levels, high and low, native Americans and foreign”.  Man oh man, the 60’s were nuts.  But at least they gave us Simon & Garfunkel.

Monkey Drug Trials

 

 

Image Source
Monkeys can be really cute, especially when doing things that people do.  Wearing little shirts and hats, smiling, drawing pictures and even learning sign language are all so endearing.  But monkeys are not so cute when taught to partake in the darkest corners of human behavior, like addiction to hard drugs.  If you ever see a gang of junkie chimpanzees walking down the street late at night, turn and walk (or run for your freaking life) in the other direction.  This might be the most important lesson gleaned from the “Monkey Drug Trials.”

In 1969 a bunch of monkeys were trained to use a wide array of drugs including morphine, codeine, cocaine, amphetamines and booze.  Once they had learned to swig, snort and shoot themselves up sufficiently they were left on their own with a large supply of grade-A stuff. They tried to escape, were driven into a frenzy, tore off their own fingers, peeled off their own fur, and many died.  The simple point of the study, to understand the way addiction and drug use functions in humans, seems to have been missed.  After all, there are enough people who do this stuff willingly to themselves.  Go ask them for their stories and memoirs, why don’t you?  Can’t we leave the cute little hat-wearing chimps out of it?

Willowbrook State School

 

 

Image Source
From 1963 to 1966 a number of atrocities were carried out in a clinical study that took place at the Willowbrook State School in New York.  The school, which catered to “mentally defective persons”, undertook a research project regarding the effects of infectious hepatitis and also to test gamma globulin, a type of antibody, as an effective prevention of the disease or treatment of it. 
 
You’d think anyone working in a school for “mentally defective persons” would have some sympathy for them.  Unfortunately they were apparently seen as nothing more than human guinea pigs.  The subjects of the study, all of whom were children, were intentionally infected with hepatitis — some of them through forced consumption of the stool of infected individuals. While this study was taking place, the Willowbrook School closed its doors to students who did not participate in the study.  Thus, uninformed parents desperate for the specialized help that the Willowbrook School could offer their children signed their kids up. 
 
Not even kids in Dickens novels get treated this unethically, all the more evidence that the only “mentally defective persons” in the building were the faculty who turned a blind eye and the doctors who conducted the research.

Unit 731

 

 

Image Source
Unit 731 was a part of the Imperial Japanese Army in charge of covert chemical and biological warfare research during World War II.  Headed by one of history’s unsung d-bags, Shiro Ishii, their labs did research that involved the vivisecting of live human test subjects, many of whom were pregnant and many of whom were forcefully impregnated by the doctors themselves.  People were injected with diseases, limbs were removed and then reattached to other parts of the body, individuals were frozen and thawed to test gangrene, and prisoners were raped repeatedly by individuals with syphilis and gonorrhea to conduct testing on said STDs.  
In a distortion of logic, morality, justice and everything good in this world, Ishii was granted immunity by the American Occupation Authorities and lived as a free man until the ripe old age of 67. An extremely graphic movie, The Men Behind the Sun, documented the horrific events in terrifying detail.

Otto Lilenthal’s Last Flight

 

 

Image Source
The desire to take to the skies with the elegance and freedom of an eagle or a dove has echoed in the human imagination since we first emerged from the caves and gazed at the splendor of the heavens.  It has also led a great deal of intelligent men to die embarrassing, clumsy deaths dressed as giant man-birds. Otto Lilienthal, widely known as “the Glider King” had been so successful with his gliding flights that the dream of sustained flight seemed within reach.  But on a flight in 1896 he plummeted 17 meters and made a beeline to that great chicken coop in the sky. Reportedly his last words were “Small sacrifices must be made!”  Well, those might have been his last words on land, but it’s safe to assume this his actual last words were, “Oh shit!”

MIT Study Fiasco

 

 

Image Source
College students will do anything for money… except work.  Clinical studies seem tailor made for the university community.  A couple hours of being examined, turn and cough, and voila!  Enough money for a box of cereal and a dime bag.  But it might be better to just get a job at the Dairy Queen off campus. 
 
In a tragic case of research gone wrong, a 19-year-old student at the University of Rochester died after participating in an MIT study being carried out in the U of Rochester Medical building .  The study, which focused on the role of airborne chemicals in lung cancer, died two days after receiving a bronchoscopy (an intensive inside view at a person’s airways) along with a fatal does of the antithetic lidocane. 
 
The president of the University of Rochester called the death of Hoiyan (Nicole) Wan “particularly tragic” as she died in support of “one of the basic missions of the University — research that will enable individuals to lead better lives.”  It’s unclear whose lives were supposed to be bettered by a careless study like this, but there were no reported deaths at the Dairy Queen all year long.

The Aversion Project

 

 

Image Source
Tired of those pesky homosexuals always sneaking into their armed forces, the government of apartheid era South Africa conducted a number of experiments on its gay and lesbian members to see if homosexuality could be effectively cured. 
 
The army forced over 900 gay and lesbian individuals to undergo unwanted sex-change operations throughout the 70’s and 80’s.  This, of course, was only a last resort if the aversion therapies didn’t work out.  The aversion therapies included electric shock, hormone therapy, and forms of sexual abuse.  If these methods didn’t work, they sought new solutions through chemical castrations and radical surgeries.   
 
While the individuals who were subjected to these horrible experiments have and will have to deal with these consequences for the rest of their lives (many of them were young at the time, the majority estimated between 16 and 24), the doctor in charge of these procedures has had to deal with very little.  Dr. Aubrey Levin is currently Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Calgary’s med school.  He also operates a private practice with the College of Physicians and Surgeons of Alberta.

Elizabeth Fleischman Ascheim

 

 

Image Source
Perhaps wary of the danger a clinical study can pose to its participants, some doctors prefer to test on themselves.  This way, they don’t have to deal with waivers, payments, or the possibility of becoming a murderer in the name of science.  But sometimes they end up dead. Elizabeth Fleischman Ascheim thought she had it all.  She had even bagged a handsome, Jewish doctor as her husband, which very well might be the American dream.  A dutiful wife with a healthy dose of intellectual curiosity, she quit her humdrum job as a bookkeeper to join her husband, Dr. Wolf, in the lab with his X-Ray machines. Turns out that those heavy lead smocks you have to put on at the dentist’s office are actually doing you a very valuable service.  Her petticoats proved no protection against the intensity of the X-Ray machines.  In 1905 Elizabeth Ascheim died, hoisted by her own petard.

Karl Soucek

 

 

Image Source
A famous tombstone reads, “It is not whether you fail or triumph, it’s that you keep your word and at least try.”  Written upon the grave of Karl Soucek, this is a message of daring, most certainly, but with enough outright stubbornness to make sure anyone who reads it understands why it’s on a gravestone in the first place. 
 
Karl Soucek was a professional stuntman and daredevil who planned to ride down Niagara Falls in a special, protective capsule of his own design.  Not one to be careless, he decided to test his genius in a simulation.  The simulation, however, was just as terrifyingly dangerous as the actual stunt. 
 
With the backing of a financial company seeking publicity, Karl Soucek tumbled down an artificial waterfall from the very top of the Astrodome in Texas.  Intending to land in the pool at the bottom, Soucek veered off course and hit the rim of the pool instead.  He died the next day. 
 
I wonder if that tombstone quote came from the day before this accident or from the hospital bed the day after.  Perhaps in a case like this the important thing is whether you triumph or fail, and not whether you stick to your bizarre personal declaration to fall down a waterfall in a barrel.  The whole thing probably started with a drunken dare in a pub, anyway.

David Reimer

 

 

Image Source
In 1965 a baby boy named David Reimer went to the hospital for a routine circumcision which ended in the accidental removal of his penis.  Devastated by this horrible loss, David’s parents took the advice of psychologist John Money and gave baby David a sex change operation.  He became Brenda Reimer and was never told the truth about his gender.

Little did the Reimer’s know, they were participating in an experiment at the hands of Dr. John Money .  Seeking to prove his hypothesis that gender was a result purely of nurture and not of nature, Money believed that this once-in-a-lifetime chance to experiment would vindicate his belief.

The ordeal had a devastating toll on the Reimer family.  Brenda’s mother was suicidal and her father an alcoholic.  When she was 14 years old, and still displaying behavior typical to boys, Brenda was at last told the truth by her parents.  It’s hard to imagine this conversation. Brenda’s choice was to become David again.  She received a reverse sex-change operation, stopped taking estrogen, and tried to lead a normal life.  Sadly, David committed suicide at 38.

The Monster Study

 

 

Image Source
They say that children make great test studies.  After all, most of them are too short to reach the phone and dial the number of a good lawyer.  This must have been comforting to the men behind what is now called “The Monster Study. ”  But then again, what if their parents sue?  Just use orphans!  Brilliant.   
 
The Monster Study, conducted using 22 orphaned children as test subjects in 1939, was designed to study the cause of stuttering and speech pathology in children.  Wendell Johnson of the University of Iowa was the head of the study but utilized the help of a graduate student of his, Mary Tudor, to carry it out. The children were split into two groups.  Tudor administered positive speech therapy to one group and negative therapy to the other half.  Positive therapy included praising, positive reinforcement, and the overlooking of minor problems with their speech.  Negative therapy included intense criticism, belittling, and accusing the children of being stutterers. 
 
Sounds like this Mary Tudor was lacking a maternal instinct or two.  Many of the children she belittled for the sake of impressing her freaky prof, though they had once spoken normally, began to develop speech pathologies that would last them a lifetime. The charming name, “The Monster Study,” was coined by Johnson’s peers who found it all just appalling.  When asked to answer for this disgusting study, they say that Johnson had some trouble of his own finding the words.

Source-http://www.popcrunch.com/15-bizarre-experiments-gone-tragically-wrong/

 

Silver Is Getting Too Popular… Right?

(Jeff Clark)  It’s no secret that the silver market is red hot. As I write, silver American Eagles and Canadian Maple Leafs are sold out at their respective mints. Buying in India has gone through the roof, especially noteworthy among a people with a strong historical preference for gold. Demand in China continues unabated. Silver stocks have screamed upward.

So, as an investor looking to maximize my profit, I have a natural question: is the silver trade getting too crowded, meaning we’re near the top? Have the masses finally joined the party such that we should consider exiting? After all, it’s not a profit until you take it, and you definitely want to sell near the top.

There are several ways to measure how crowded the silver market might be. I prefer to look strictly at the big picture and not get caught up in the weeds. This means I’m looking for signs of market exhaustion or the masses rushing in. Nothing says “peak” more than an investment everyone is buying.

So how crowded are silver investments right now? Let’s first look at the ETFs.

At $35 silver, all exchange-traded funds backed by the metal amount to $20.7 billion. You can see how this compares to some popular stocks. All silver ETFs combined are less than a quarter of the market cap of McDonald’s. They’re about 10% of GE, a company that still hasn’t recovered from the ’08 meltdown. Exxon Mobil is more than 20 times bigger. And this isn’t even apples-to-apples, as I’m comparing the entire silver ETF market to a few individual stocks.

This is even more interesting when you consider that it’s the ETFs where most of the public – especially those that are new to the market – first invest in silver. So while the metal has doubled in the past seven months, total investment in the funds is still far beneath many popular blue-chip stocks.

Okay, maybe all this money is instead going into silver mining stocks. How does the market cap of the silver industry compare to other industries?

While you fetch your magnifying glass, I’ll tell you thatthe market cap of the silver industry is $73.1 billion. It barely registers when compared to a number of other industries I picked mostly at random. The dying newspaper industry is over 26 times bigger. Drug manufacturers are 213 times larger. Heck, even the gold market is 19 times greater. And here’s the fun one: the market cap of the entire silver market, with all its record-setting prices and stock-screaming highs, represents just one-third of one percent of the oil and gas industry.

To be fair, there are a number of sectors that are smaller than silver. Radio broadcasters ($43.2B), video stores ($10.9B), and sporting goods stores ($2.5B) have puny market caps, too. But then again, who’s buying DVDs or baseball mitts to protect their wealth from a coming inflation?

Silver hardly resembles the picture of an investment that is too crowded.

I’m not saying one should rush to buy silver right now. After all, it has doubled in seven months. Unless this is the beginning of the mania, prudence would certainly be called for at this juncture. The price will always ebb and flow in a bull market, and an ebb is overdue.

The question, of course, is from what price level it occurs. What if a correction doesn’t ensue until, say, a month from now, and the price falls back to… where it is now? I remember some articles in January that insisted silver would fall to as low as $22, and, well, they’re still waiting and have in the meantime missed out on some huge gains. For silver to fall back to $22 now would require a 40% drop; not impossible, but I wouldn’t hold my breath.

Fixating on market timing takes your focus off the ultimate goal. In my opinion, instead of worrying about what will happen next week or even next month, focus on how many ounces you have, and then buy at regular intervals until you reach your desired allocation. This has the added benefit of smoothing out your cost basis. And don’t forget to buy more as your assets and income increase.

This is a market where you’ll want to be well ahead of the pack. Someday in the not-too-distant future, average investors will be tripping over themselves to join in. That will make the market caps of our silver investments look more like some of the others in the charts above. And that will do wonderful things to our portfolio.

Source-http://www.freedomsphoenix.com/Article/087286-2011-04-06-silver-is-getting-too-popular-right.htm

 

Video-Gerald Celente Its Time To Grow Up

 

(Wikipedia)  Gerald Celente (born November 29, 1946) is an American trend forecaster,[1][2] publisher of the Trends Journal, business consultant[3] and author who makes predictions about the global financial markets and other events of historical importance. Celente has described himself as a “political atheist” and “citizen of the world”.[4] He has appeared as a guest on television news shows such as The Oprah Winfrey ShowThe Today ShowGood Morning AmericaCBS Morning News,The Glenn Beck ShowNBC Nightly NewsThe Alex Jones Show and Russia Today.[5][6][7]

 

Government Shutdown 2011? 16 Things You Need To Know

(American Dream)  Is it actually going to happen?  Are we actually going to see “Government Shutdown 2011″?  Will the streets of Washington D.C. soon be eerily quiet as hundreds of thousands of federal workers are temporarily sent home?  Right now Barack Obama, Harry Reid and John Boehner all say that they want to reach a deal and avoid a government shutdown, but the deadline is coming up fast.  The current spending bill that the government is operating under expires at the end of Friday.  If the Republicans and the Democrats do not come to an agreement before then, the U.S. government will “shut down” at 12:01 AM Saturday morning.  The Republicans have proposed a plan to extend government funding for one more week so that negotiations may continue, but the Democrats have rejected it.  Obama has summoned Reid and Boehner to the White House tonight in an attempt to hash out a deal, but most observers are not particularly optimistic.  Sadly, government debt is going to expand at a mind blowing pace this year no matter who wins this battle.

Both sides are attempting to play political hardball.  During the 2010 campaign, the Republicans promised to cut $100 billion from the budget for 2011 and they know that Tea Party activists are going to hold them accountable.  The Democrats control the Senate and the presidency and they probably figure that when push comes to shove that many of the new, inexperienced Republicans in the House can be intimidated into giving in.

But in the end it really doesn’t matter that much who wins this battle.  The Republicans are proposing $61 billion in budget cuts which would cut the budget deficit for 2011 by only 3.8 percent.  The Democrats are proposing $33 billion in budget cuts which would cut the budget deficit for 2011 by just 2.1 percent.

Is that extra 1.7 percent really going to make a massive difference over the long run?

Of course not.

But right now Republicans and Democrats are both in the mood for a fight, so we really might actually see a government shutdown.

If the government does shut down, it probably won’t be for too long.  The longest government shutdown of all time ended in early January 1996 and it lasted just 21 days.

So exactly what would happen if there is a government shutdown in 2011? If it does actually happen, the following are 16 things you will need to know….

#1 Hundreds of thousands of “non-essential” federal workers will be told to stay home during a government shutdown.

#2 Those in the military will not receive paychecks during a government shutdown but they will be required to keep performing their duties.

#3 The Obama administration is anticipating “significantly lower staffing levels” at the White House if a shutdown happens.

#4 Barack Obama will continue to be paid during a government shutdown.

#5 Congress will also be paid and will continue to operate at close to normal levels during a government shutdown.

#6 The Federal Reserve will continue to operate normally during a government shutdown.  The Federal Reserve is not part of the U.S. government.

#7 In all probability, all government employees will eventually receive any pay that is missed during a government shutdown.  During the 5 day U.S. government shutdown back in 1995, approximately 800,000 “non-essential” government employees were told not to come in to work.  But eventually they all got paid retroactively anyway.

#8 During a government shutdown, the Department of Homeland Security will suspend operation of its e-Verify system.  Employers will be unable to verify the immigration status of job applicants and that could have a substantial negative impact on hiring.

#9 The processing of small business loans and FHA mortgages will be delayed during a government shutdown.

#10 The U.S. Postal Service will not be affected by a government shutdown.  You will continue to get your mail.

#11 According to the Social Security Administration, everyone that is currently receiving Social Security benefits will continue to receive those benefits during a shutdown.  New applications will be delayed however.

#12 Medicare payments will continue during a government shutdown, but there will be a delay in processing new applications.

#13 During a government shutdown, the processing of paper tax returns by the IRS would be delayed.

#14 If there is a government shutdown, the processing of passport and visa applications could be seriously delayed.  This could have a negative impact on the tourism industry.

#15 National parks, museums and tourist attractions will be shut down.  According to the Washington Post, “about 500,000 visitors could be turned away this weekend alone from the National Zoo and the major Smithsonian museums on the Mall”.

#16 The annual Cherry Blossom Festival parade in Washington D.C. that is scheduled for this weekendwould be cancelled.

So why don’t the two sides just compromise on a figure and get it over with?

Well, it is just not that simple.

Barack Obama is pledging that he will not sign any budget bill that cuts funding for Planned Parenthood and the Environmental Protection Agency.

But to Republicans those are very important things.  Many Republicans are sick and tired of large amounts of money going to the Planned Parenthood abortion mills and many Republicans are determined to take away the EPA’s authority to regulate the “greenhouse gases” that many Democrats believe are causing “global warming”.

If the Republicans back down they risk alienating their Tea Party supporters.

And we have already seen what happens to Republican politicians that cross the Tea Party.

The truth is that many Tea Party activists are already upset with the compromises that Republican leaders have been making.

Originally, Republicans had pledged to slash $100 billion from the budget for this year.  Then, they said that $61 billion was good enough because a large portion of the fiscal year was already gone.

Now that there are rumors that Boehner may be willing to reduce that figure even further, some Tea Party activists are becoming extremely upset.

Tea Party Nation founder Judson Phillips posted the following message on his organization’s websiteabout a month ago….

“The Tea Party movement should find a candidate to run against John Boehner in 2012 and should set as a goal, to defeat in a primary, the sitting Speaker of the House of Representatives.”

The truth is that this entire controversy shows how divided America is right now.

The Democrat base is simply not going to accept cuts to Planned Parenthood or the EPA.

The Tea Party base is simply not going to accept the small budget cuts that the Democrats are offering.

So who is going to give in?

Whichever party does give in is going to have a lot of explaining to do to their base.

But if neither side gives in we could be in for an extended government shutdown.

It is certainly a fascinating game of “chicken” we have got going on.

It is going to be extremely interesting to see who blinks first.

Personally I think it is going to be Boehner that is going to cave.  If he can get the Democrats to agree to a budget cut figure in the neighborhood of 40 to 50 billion dollars I think he is going to grab it and try to “spin” it as a great victory for fiscal conservatives.

Unfortunately, the truth is that no matter who “wins” this current battle government debt is going to continue to soar.  The Obama administration is projecting that the deficit for this year will be 1.6 trillion dollars.

Even if we were to cut $100 billion from that number it would barely make a dent.

The U.S. financial system is dying, and nothing that the Republicans or the Democrats are doing right now is going to change that.

Read more at The End of the American Dream

 

Maryland Man Tries To Set Himself On Fire During Traffic Stop

(Stacey Barchenger)  A trooper stopped a rented 2011 Jeep Cherokee for a traffic violation and talked with the driver, identified as Lester Kasten, 45, from Maryland, according to OSP Lt. Jason Westfall.

The trooper walked up to the Cherokee to tell Kasten he wanted to search the car and found Kasten has doused himself with lighter fluid, Westfall said. The driver ignited the interior of the car with a lighter.

Troopers removed Kasten before he was injured.

They also removed 30 pounds of marijuana found in a suitcase, according to OSP.

 

Kasten was arrested on the following charges after a medical evaluation: possession and distribution of marijuana, second-degree arson, tampering with evidence, criminal mischief, interfering with a police officer and disorderly conduct.

Source-http://www.statesmanjournal.com/article/20110406/UPDATE/110406022/Man-lights-himself-Jeep-fire-during-traffic-stop

 

Arizona Bills Teen $2,000 For Bleeding On Sidewalk

(Pete Kotz)  Dearest reader, the Forces of Sphincterism are penetrating deep into the soul of America. Now they’ve even gone so far as to burrow into a heavily fortified red state like Arizona. Meet Taylor Petz, a teenager who was making himself a late-night snack in his kitchen in Peoria…

head_up_your_ass.jpg
Peoria City Attorney Steve Kemp, pictured above, hired a haz-mat team from two hours away to clean up a few droplets of blood, then billed the kid $2,000 for unathorized bleeding

​It seems our hero is still growing into his fine motor skills. During his culinary adventure, he accidentally stabbed himself in the thigh with a steak knife.

Alas, he isn’t old enough to provide medical care for himself. Here in The OH, we usually treat minor stab wounds by rubbing some dirt on them and pulling out the caulk gun. But Taylor decided to call an ambulance, then he went outside to wait for it to arrive.

Alas, it seems he got a few droplets of blood on the sidewalk while he was waiting. It couldn’t have been too much, since his wound didn’t even require stitches.

But that’s where Peoria City Attorney Steve Kemp enters the picture. Since there was blood on the sidewalk, he called up a haz-mat team from two hours away in Tucson to clean up the droplets. Apparently no one in Peoria knows how to operate a garden hose.

The final bill — which mostly consisted of travel time — was $2,000. So Captain Sphincter decided to pass that cost on to Taylor’s family.

Unfortunately for Kemp, Taylor’s mom Jennifer called bullshit. She alerted TV reporters, and the subsequent outrage forced Kemp to backpedal.

Instead of trying to bill the family two grand, he lowered the cost to $1,200.

But Jennifer still isn’t happy. As she told Channel 3 TV, “I’m just very sad that this is how the city treats its residents. I am disappointed that they just didn’t drop the entire bill because I do feel like it is something that people aren’t aware of and if you do have an accident and you bleed on the street you are charged for it thousands of dollars!” (Special thanks to reader Mecede for the tip.)

Source-http://www.truecrimereport.com/2011/04/teen_taylor_petz_receives_2000.php

Dead, Jailed And Missing Individuals Affiliated With The BP Oil Disaster

(Thomas Dishaw )  Interesting list of over 10 deaths and mysterious disappearances associated with the BP oil spill. Most of these figures were prominent in their field. All are either dead,missing or jailed. This reminds me of the Clinton Chronicles.

 

 

Gregory Stone

 

 

February 17, 2011 – LSU scientist Gregory Stone, 54 – Unknown Illness

 

 

 

Anthony Nicholas Tremonte

 

 

January 26, 2011 –  Anthony Nicholas Tremonte, 31 – Mississippi Department of Marine Resources officer, from Ocean Springs arrested on child porn charge

 

 

 

Dr. Thomas B. Manton

 

 

January 19, 2011 – Dr. Thomas B. Manton former President and CEO of the International Oil Spill Control Corporation – imprisonment and subsequent murder while jailed

 

 

 

 

John P. Wheeler II

 

 

December 31, 2010 – John P. Wheeler III, a former Pentagon official and presidential aide and a defense consultant and expert on chemical and biological weapons – was beaten to death in an assault, body was discovered in a Wilmington landfill

 

 

 

James Patrick Black

 

 

November 23, 2010 – James Patrick Black, an incident commander for BP’s Gulf of Mexico oil spill response team, died Tuesday night near Destin, Florida in a small plane crash’

 

 

 

Chitra Chaunhan

 

 

November 15, 2010 – Chitra Chaunhan, 33 – Chauhan worked in the USF Center for Biological Defense and Global Health Infectious Disease Research – Found dead in an apparent suicide by cyanide at a Temple Terrace hotel.  She leaves behind a husband and a young child.

 

 

Dr. Jeffrey Gardner, Swan Doctor

 

 

November, 2010 – MIA Status – Dr. Geoffrey Gardner, Lakeland, FL – Swan expert who “ran into legal trouble over an expired prescription license has closed his practice” — Was investigating unexplained bird deaths near Sarasota abruptly and immediately closed his practice, and apparently his investigation into the deaths of swans in Sarasota, suspected to have been impacted by the BP Oil Disaster.  No one has heard or spoken with him since.  Watch this news report covering his investigation before his disappearance:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sqbx2TnbYlc&feature=player_embedded

 

 

 

Roger Grooters, Cyclist

 

 

October 6, 2010 – Roger Grooters, 66,  was hit by a truck as he passed through Panama City, Florida.  Mr. Grooters had been knocked down and killed close to the end of a 3,200-mile trans-America charity ride  to raise awareness about the Gulf Coast oil disaster.  He began his cross-country bike ride in Oceanside, California, on September 10th.  Grooters’s family and friends will cycle the final stretch of the journey from the Pacific to the Atlantic in his honour, raising cash to support Gulf Coast families.  Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-1319529/Cyclist-Roger-Grooters-66-killed-truck-Gulf-Mexico-oil-spill-charity-ride.html#ixzz1G4s6su96

 

 

 

Senator Ted Stevens

 

 

August 9, 2010 – Senator Ted Stevens of Alaska, 86, the longest-serving Republican senator in history, was among nine people on board when the 1957 DeHavilland DHC-3 Otter, crashed into a brush- and rock-covered mountainside Monday afternoon about 17 miles north of the southwest Alaska fishing town of Dillingham, federal officials said.  Stevens was the recipient of a whistleblower’s communication relative to the BP Oil Disaster blow-out preventer, and a conspiracy of secrecy to hide the facts from the public.  (http://beforeitsnews.com/story/132/410/Sen._Ted_Stevens_Killed_In_Plane_Crash_He_Got_A_Million_From_BP_And_Knew_Blow_Out_Preventer_Was_A_Problem._Was_He_Whacked.html)

 

“You and your fellow Committee members may wish to require BP to explain what action was ultimately instituted to cease the practice of falsifying BOP tests at BP Prudhoe drilling rigs. It was a cost saving but dangerous practice, again endangering the BP workforce, until I exposed it to Senator Ted Stevens, the EPA, and the Alaska Oil and Gas Conservation Commission.”  The cause of the crash is still an OPEN investigation by the NTSB (http://www.ntsb.gov/ntsb/GenPDF.asp?id=ANC10MA068&rpt=p)

 

 

 

Matthew Simmons

 

 

August 13, 2010 – Matthew Simmons, 67 – Simmons’ body was found Sunday night in his hot tub, investigators said. An autopsy by the state medical examiner’s office concluded Monday that he died from accidental drowning with heart disease as a contributing factor – “It was painful as can be” to be only insider willing to speak out against the “officials” during the BP Oil Disaster in the Gulf of Mexico

 

 

 

Scientist Joseph Morrissey

 

 

April 6, 2010 – Scientist Joseph Morrissey, 46 – cell biologist and college professor, a near-native Floridian who chose to return to South Florida after studying at elite universities – was fatally shot during what police say was a home invasion robbery.

Source-https://www.facebook.com/notes/real-coastal-warriors/dead-jailed-missing-scientists-individuals-affiliated-with-the-bp-oil-disaster/182025868510643

 

Man Arrested For Blowing Nose In Train Station

(Fox 5)  A man police say grabbed paper towels from a maintenance cart at a rail station in Atlanta and used them to blow his nose wound up in jail.

A police report says a man identified as Alfred Murphy grabbed the towels at a MARTA station Monday afternoon, and a transit system police officer told him he couldn’t do that.

The report says Murphy said he was entitled to them because he’d paid his fare.

It says the officer asked Murphy to leave and instead he picked up a police phone and complained about being assaulted.

The report says officers were summoned, and that Murphy “then became violent and began to struggle while holding on to the telephone receiver.” The report says he hit one officer in the face, cutting him on his forehead and under his right eye. According to the report, Murphy also punched another officer in the nose.

Murphy was arrested and booked into the Fulton County Jail early Tuesday morning on charges of battery, obstruction and hindering of a law enforcement officer and criminal trespassing. It was also discovered that he was on probation. He remained in jail on Tuesday afternoon.

MARTA released the following statement about the incident:

“The incident in question, which includes charges of battery against a police officer, is a criminal matter that will ultimately be decided in the courts. We haven’t received any complaints about the use of excessive force in this case. If we do, we would investigate it thoroughly. The MARTA Police Department is one of the top law enforcement agencies of its kind in the nation and our officers do an exemplary job of making sure our customers and employees are safe. MARTA officers aggressively patrol our stations, facilities and vehicles, and are required to use their best judgment and discretion at all times.”

Source-http://www.myfoxatlanta.com/dpp/news/local_news/man-arrested-paper-towel-dispute-marta-station-20110406-ap-es

Former Saudi Oil Minister: Crude May Hit $300 On Unrest Read more: Former Saudi Oil Minister: Crude May Hit $300 on Unrest

(Reuters)  Oil prices could rocket to $200 or $300 a barrel if the world’s top crude exporter Saudi Arabia is hit by serious political unrest, former Saudi oil minister Sheikh Zaki Yamani told Reuters on Tuesday.

Yamani said he saw no immediate sign of further trouble following protests last month calling for political reforms but said that underlying discontent remained unresolved.

“If something happens in Saudi Arabia it will go to $200 to $300. I don’t expect this for the time being, but who would have expected Tunisia?” Yamani told Reuters on the sidelines of a conference of the Centre for Global Energy Studies (CGES) which he chairs.

“The political events that took place are there and we don’t expect them to finish. I think there are some surprises on the horizon,” he said in a speech.

Saudi King Abdullah offered $93 billion in handouts in March in an effort to stave off unrest rocking the Arab world.

So far, demonstrations in the Kingdom have been small in scale and police were able to easily disperse a Shiite protest in the oil-producing eastern province last month.

But Yamani said that the reluctance of people to participate in popular protests was merely concealing underlying discontent.

“Some people relax about the situation in Saudi Arabia because the Saudi Islamic brand prohibits people to go to the street and to talk,” he said in a speech.

SAUDI TIME BOMB

Oil traded at two-and-a-half-year highs above $121 a barrel on Tuesday. Libya’s rebellion has shut its oil exports, stoking fears of disruptions in other major producers.

Yamani, responsible for Saudi oil policy from 1962-1986, famously predicted in 1990 that crude, near $20 at the time, could rise to $100 a barrel if Iraq’s invasion of Kuwait led to war.

In the event, oil peaked at just $41 because Saudi oilfields escaped damage in the first Gulf War and it was another 18 years until oil finally broke the $100 mark.

While some analysts at the CGES conference were skeptical that protests will break out in Saudi on the same scale as Egypt or Libya, Jaafar Al Taie, managing director of Manaar Energy Consulting, said political change in the kingdom was inevitable.

“I don’t think that what the King is doing now is sufficient to prevent an uprising. Saudi Arabia is a time bomb, but one that is constantly being reset,” said Al Taie, whose firm advises foreign oil firms operating in the region.

Saudi Arabia is the effective leader of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and the only country with any significant spare production capacity.

Riyadh has lifted output to replace some of the lost Libyan production but many traders and analysts doubt its potential to expand output further.

Yamani said it was struggling to quickly get extra volumes of a new grade of the low-sulphur low-density “sweet” crude required by European refiners missing Libyan oil to the market.

“It is not that easy when there is an interruption of the supply in oil in Libya,” Yamani said. “We don’t forget that Libyan oil is very light and it’s a short-haul. There is a replacement, but not without difficulties.”

Leo Drollas, deputy executive director at the CGES, said the kingdom had provided over half or 550,000 barrels per day of the extra barrels pumped by Gulf countries to replace lost Libyan supplies. Kuwait and the UAE have also contributed additional output.
© 2011 Thomson/Reuters. All rights reserved.

Read more: Former Saudi Oil Minister: Crude May Hit $300 on Unrest

 

Glenn Beck Makes It Official: He Will Depart Fox News





(Kurt Nimmo)  Glenn Beck has finally put an end to the rumor that his popular television show will cease to be broadcast on the Fox News Network. Beck and Fox jointly announced his departure in a statement today, according to the New York Times.

The statement originally appeared on Beck’s website, The Blaze, but was taken down. Representatives for Fox and Beck did not immediately explain why, according to the Times.

Beck’s company, Mercury Radio Arts, and Fox often clashed over the content of the show. The statement said Beck and Fox will “work together to develop and produce a variety of television projects for air on the Fox News Channel as well as content for other platforms including Fox News’ digital properties.”

It was speculated Beck would break with Fox after he ramped up staff, began a subscription-based web service, and rumors circulated that he planned to takeover a cable television channel.




“I truly believe that America owes a lot to Roger Ailes and Fox News,” Beck said in the statement. He also said he would begin a “new phase” with Fox and its chairman Ailes.

Beck’s relationship with Fox became strained in 2009 after he declared Obama to be a “racist” who has a “deep-seated hatred for white people.”

A liberal group, Color of Change, managed to convince a number of advertisers to pull out of the show, including insurance giant Geico, owned by Warren Buffett’s Berkshire Hathaway, Procter & Gamble, Sargento Cheese, and Progressive Insurance.

 

The Future Map Of America

(Thomas Dishaw) Is this the future map of america? Will earthquakes,harp,tsunamis and other disasters rewrite the map like we have never seen before? Only time will tell. No man has all the answer. All we can do is prepare and pray that these catastrophic events do not come to light.  The acceleration of weather events, modification,the uncovering of harp,nuclear disaster, genetically modified species and the most scary, the  Hardon Collider are going to be huge factors in the future of man.

Kucinich Says Billions Missing, Establishment lying Us Into War Again!

(Tom Dennen)  “In a little more than a year the United States flew $12 billion in cash to Iraq, much of it in $100 bills, shrink wrapped and loaded onto pallets. VANITY FAIR reported in 2004 that ‘at least $9 billion’ of the cash had ‘gone missing, unaccounted for.’ Nine Billion Dollars.

“Today, we learned that suitcases of $3 billion in cash have openly moved through the Kabul airport. One U.S. official quoted by the Wall Street Journal said, ‘A lot of this looks like our tax dollars being stolen.’ $3 billion.  Consider this as the American people sweat out an extension of unemployment benefits.

 

SOURCE:  HERE

 

 

The Five Most Ruthless Police States In America

(Alton Parrish)  This past decade has seen such a large increase in the U.S. prison and jail population that there can be no historical comparison, reports theNational Institute of Corrections. If the number of those incarcerated were added to the unemployment rate, the rate would be 2% greater. In the year 2000, 2 million (or 25%) of the world’s 8 million prisoners were housed in the U.S. (which only has 5% of the world’s population). That figure grew to nearly 2.3 million in 2010.

There is little demonstrative correlation between actual crime rates and imprisonment policies. Incarceration policies in the U.S. disproportionately impact minorities, particularly African Americans. The amount of money spent to incarcerate 1.2 million nonviolent offenders is six times that spent on child care for 1.25 million children.

In 2010 there were 1,612,071 state and federal prisoners in the U.S, an incarceration rate of 502 people per 100,000.  But some states stand out from the rest when it comes to the number of residents locked up. The remaining 687,000 are locked up in city and county jails.

Here are the top five states you might want to think twice about visiting or relocating to if you have a particular aversion to spending time behind bars.

5 States with the Highest Incarceration Rate

Rank of

Incarceration

Rate

Per 100,000

 

2009

Incarceration Rate

Per 100,000

Prison Population

2008

Prison Population

2010

Percent change

2008-2010

UnitedStates 502 1,610,110 1,612,071 +0.1%
1. Louisiana 881 38,301 39,780 +3.6%
2. Mississippi 702 22,754 21,521 -5.4%
3. Oklahoma 657 25,864 26,397 +2.1%
4. Alabama 650 30,508 35,611 +3.5%
5. Texas 648 172,506 171,249 -0.7%

http://www.statehealthfacts.org/comparemaptable.jsp?ind=760&cat=1

http://www.pewcenteronthestates.org/uploadedFiles/Prison_Count_2010.pdf?n=880

 

Louisiana – Where Everyone Has a 2% Chance of Landing Behind Bars

1 in 55 Residents Incarcerated

While the crime rate in Louisiana is about 18% higher than the national average, its incarceration rate is a disproportionate 48% higher than than the national average, according to theNationalInstituteofCorrections.  Louisiana incarcerates about 881 people per 100,000. That means one out of every 55 Louisiana residents is behind bars, the highest incarceration rate of any state, according to research released in 2009 by the PewCenterfortheStates,  a Washington, D.C., nonprofit group.

According to the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) Louisiana continues to lock-up too many elderly prisoners and too many people whose biggest problem is addiction. June, 2008 figures from the Louisiana Department of Corrections show that 13% of the prison population in Louisiana is over the age of 50. More than 30% of inmates were convicted of drug offenses. Louisiana also disproportionately incarcerates African-Americans, with more than 60% of its  prisoners being African-American.

Of Louisiana’s 37,164 prisoners held in 2009, 2,616 were female and 37,164 are male, according tostatehealthfacts.org. Louisiana is home to 40,025 probationers and 24,636 parolees.

There are 116 jail or prison facilities throughout Louisiana’s 64 parishes, including two private prisons.

 

Mississippi – A Safe Place to Live, A Bad Place to Get Arrested

1 in 69 Residents Incarcerated

The crime rate in Mississippi is about 12% lower than the national average. Yet, Mississippi’s incarceration rate is a whopping 38% higher than than the national average, a rate of 702 per 100,000 according to the National Institute of Corrections.

Of  21,482 prisoners in Mississippi in 2009, 1,735 were female and 19,747 were male, according tostatehealthfacts.org. Mississippi is home to 40,025 probationers and 24,636 parolees.

In 2008, Mississippi rolled back to 25 percent, from 85 percent, the portion of sentences

that nonviolent offenders are required to serve prior to parole eligibility. Between July 2008, when the law took effect, and August 2009, Mississippi paroled 3,076 inmates a median of 13 months sooner than they would have under the 85 percent law, which was passed in 1995.

Through August 2009, only 121 of those paroled offenders have been returned to custody—116 for technical violations of parole and five for nonviolent offenses.  This initial recidivism

rate of 0.2% (return for a new offense) in the first year  is a fraction of the national rate of 10.4%.

Officials attribute the low recidivism rate to the use of a new risk assessment tool, which is helping distinguish between inmates who can be safely paroled and those who need to remain behind bars.

Throughout Mississippi’s 82 counties there are 114 jail or prison facilities.

 

Oklahoma – Where They Don’t Discriminate Against Women

1 in 76 Residents Incarcerated

The crime rate in Oklahoma is about 8% higher than the national average. Oklahoma has an incarceration rate 32% higher than than the national average, according to the NationalInstituteofCorrections.  Oklahoma imprisons 657 people out of 100,000.

Of 26,397 prisoners in Oklahoma in 2009, 2,625 were female and 23,772 were male according tostatehealthfacts.org. Of our Five Most Ruthless, Oklahoma holds the distinction of having the highest percentage of female prisoners at 10%. There are 27,940 probationers and 3,073 parolees in Oklahoma.

Oklahoma’s 77 counties support 116 jails and prisons.

 

Alabama – Where At Least You Might Get Parole

1 in 75 Residents Incarcerated

The crime rate in Alabama is about 19% higher than the national average rate. Property crimes account for around 90% of the crime rate in Alabama which is 21% higher than the national rate. Alabama’s incarceration rate is 30% higher than than the national average, with 650 people per 100,000 incarcerated.

Of 31,874 prisoners in Alabama in 2009, 2,455 were female and 29,419 were male, according tostatehealthfacts.org. The state is home to 53,252 probationers and 8,042 parolees.

There are 99 jail facilities throughout Alabama’s 67 counties with a combined rated capacity of 15,107 inmates. The Department of Corrections is responsible for inspecting jails for standards compliance. (2007)

Alabama Chief Justice Sue Bell Cobb said Alabama ranks near the top of the nation in the percentage of people it puts behind bars, but that has not reduced the state’s crime rate.  Alabama is working to reform sentencing to reduce its prison population, according to the Birmingham News,

In response to the story in the Birmingham News story on reforming Alabama sentencing laws, readerdixieh wrote: “Usually the state of Alabama lets the violent offenders out first because the judicial industry isn’t able to wring any more money out of them….God help you if you got caught with weed though, ’cause you’ll do more time in the clink than a pedophile would.”

 

Texas – The Best Place to Meet a Convict on the Street

1 in 71 Residents Incarcerated (but that’s not all…)

The crime rate in Texas is about 18% higher than the national average rate. Property crimes account for around 88.7% of the crime rate in Texas which is 19% higher than the national rate. Texas has an incarceration rate 31% higher than than the national average according to theNationalInstituteofCorrections, imprisoning 648 people per 100,000.

The Texas prison population in 2009 was 171,249, according to statehealthfacts.org, comprised of 13,570 females and 157,679 males. But that’s not the complete picture by a long way.

Here’s the kicker: Texas is home to 427,080 probationers and 102,921 parolees. If they all lived in once place,  the probationers and parolees would constitute a population larger than Tucson, Arizona and would be the 33rd largest city in the USA.

Texas pays $15,527 per inmate per year, the 5th lowest amount in the nation.  How? In January 2007, Texas faced a projected prison population increase of up to 17,000 inmates in just five years. Rather than spend nearly $2 billion on new prison construction and operations to accommodate this growth, policy makers reinvested a fraction of this amount—$241 million—in a network of residential and community-based treatment and diversion programs. This strategy has greatly expanded sentencing options for new offenses and sanctioning options for probation violators. Texas also increased its parole grant rate and shortened probation terms. As a result, this strong law-and-order state not only prevented the large projected population increase but reduced its prison population over the three years since the reforms were passed.

Throughout Texas’s 254 counties there are 362 jail and prison facilities, even more than California, the most populated state in the country.

 

California – The Most Luxurious Place To Go To Jail?

1 in 102 Residents Incarcerated

The crime rate in California is about 6% lower than the national average rate. Property crimes account for around 85.4% of the crime rate in California which is 8% lower than the national rate.

While the crime rate in California is lower than the national average, it has the largest prisoner population in the U.S.  California incarcerates 458 people per 100,000 (the national average is 502 people), giving the Golden State a rank of 16th in 2009.

Of 171,275 California prisoners held in 2009, 10,989 were female and 160,275 were male.

California pays $49,213 per inmate per year, the 4th highest amount in the nation. New York State pays a whopping $55,670 per inmate per year, the highest in the nation. In comparison, the cost of a Harvard education per full-time student, per academic year is $36,992.00 excluding food and housing.  California budgets about $9.5 billion a year for prisoners and parolees, down from $10.3 billion in the previous year.

There are 226 jail and prison facilities throughout California’s 58 counties.

A total of 58 county probation agencies supervise 325,069 adult probationers. The Division of Adult Parole Operations, within the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation, supervises 120,753 parolees. That is almost as large as the population of Kansas City.

This figure shows the rate at which people are under control of prisons or jails.

Source: Times-Picayune http://blog.nola.com/graphics/2009/03/PRISONS030309.jpg

Just in case you’re curious, here are the five states with the most people in prison, by sheer numbers.

5 States with Highest Prisoner Population

Rank of Incarceration

Rate

Incarceration rate per 100,000 2008

Prison Population

2010

Prison Population

Percent Change
8. Georgia 526 52,719 53,652 +1.6%
38. New York 298 60,347 58,468 -2.8%
7. Florida 559 102,388 103,915 +1.5%
5. Texas 648 172,506 171,249 -0.7%
16. California 458 173,670 169,413 -2.5%

http://www.pewcenteronthestates.org/uploadedFiles/Prison_Count_2010.pdf?n=880

The Police State of the Good Ol’ USA

For the first time in nearly 40 years, the number of state prisoners in the United States has declined, according to “PrisonCount2010,” a new survey by the Pew Center on the States.  As of January 2010, there were 1,404,053* persons under the jurisdiction of state prison authorities, 4,777* fewer than on December 31, 2008.

This marks the first year-to-year drop in the nation’s state prison population since 1972.  While the study showed an overall decline, it revealed great variation among jurisdictions.  The prison population declined in 26* states, while increasing in 24* states and in the federal system.

In the past few years, several states have enacted reforms designed to get taxpayers a better return on their public safety dollars.  These strategies included:

• Diverting low-level offenders and probation and parole violators from prison
• Strengthening community supervision and re-entry programs
• Accelerating the release of low-risk inmates who complete risk reduction programs

The United States has seen a historic increase in incarceration rates, exceeding that of any industrialized nation, according to a recent study co-authored by Harvard Sociology Professor Bruce Western and University of Washington Associate Professor Becky Pettit. America’s prison population topped 2 million inmates for the first time in history on June 30, 2002

The study also highlighted racial imbalances exacerbated by incarceration: more than 35 percent of all African-American high school dropouts between the ages of 20 to 34 have served some form of criminal sentence, but under 13 percent of white high school dropouts in the same age range have been incarcerated.

The U.S. Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS) reports 7,225,800 people at year-end 2009 were on probation, in jail or prison, or on parole — about 3.1% of adults in the U.S. resident population.   In 2010 there were 1,612,071 state and federal prisoners in the U.S.  This yields an incarceration rate of 502 people per 100,000, omitting those held in city and county jails. The U.S. incarceration rate is 748 inmates per 100,000 U.S. residents, or 0.75% when those held in city and county jails is added to the total of those in state and federal prison.

The USA has the highest total documented prison and jail population in the world

Approximately one in every 18 men in the United States is behind bars or being monitored. A significantly greater percentage of the American population is in some form of correctional control; crime rates have declined by about 25 percent from 1988-2008. 70% of prisoners in the United States are non-whites. In recent decades the U.S. has experienced a surge in its prison population, quadrupling since 1980, partially as a result of mandatory sentencing that came about during the “war on drugs.” Violent crime and property crime have declined since the early 1990s.

Incarceration in the United States is one of the main forms of punishment for the commission of felony and other offenses. The United States has the highest documented incarceration rate in the world.

The following table shows the rank of incarceration rate per 100,000 for all 50 states as well as the U.S. average. Find out where your state ranks.

Rank
(1=high | 51=low)
Incarceration Rate per 100,000 State population
   
UnitedStates 502
   
1. Louisiana 881
2. Mississippi 702
3. Oklahoma 657
4. Alabama 650
5. Texas 648
6. Arizona 5802
7. Florida 559
8. Georgia 5262
9. Arkansas 522
10. SouthCarolina 512
11. Missouri 509
12. Virginia 480
13. Kentucky 478
14. Idaho 476
15. Nevada 470
16. California 458
17. Michigan 457
18. Colorado 4503
19. Delaware 4471
19. Indiana 447
21. Ohio 4463
22. Tennessee 426
23. SouthDakota 420
24. Pennsylvania 406
25. Connecticut 3821
25. Maryland 382
27. Wyoming 377
28. Oregon 3733
29. Wisconsin 369
29. NorthCarolina 369
31. Montana 368
32. Alaska 3571
33. Illinois 349
34. WestVirginia 346
35. Hawaii 3171
36. NewMexico 316
37. Kansas 3053
38. NewYork 298
39. Iowa 2922,3
40. NewJersey 2913
41. Vermont 2771
42. Washington 271
43. Nebraska 243
44. Utah 232
45. NorthDakota 228
46. Massachusetts 2134
47. RhodeIsland 2111
48. NewHampshire 206
49. Minnesota 189
50. Maine 150
51. DistrictofColumbia NA
   

Source: http://www.statehealthfacts.org/comparemaptable.jsp?ind=760&cat=1 The site also presents an interactive mnap of the the incarceration rate.

Federal Prison: A Growth Industry

The federal prison population has grown at a far faster rate than has the state prison population, more than doubling since 1995.  Despite the decline in the state prison population in 2009, the number of prisoners under the jurisdiction of the Federal Bureau of Prisons continued to increase rapidly, rising to 208,118. On balance, the federal system has tougher sentencing laws, more restrictive supervision policies and fewer opportunities for diversion of defendants.

All of these factors are likely contributing to the continued increase in the number of prisoners in the federal system. More specifically, expanding federal jurisdiction over certain offenses and increased prosecutions of immigration offenses help explain the divergence in trends between most states and the federal system.

Prior to 1994 there were relatively few immigration cases sentenced in federal courts, but in 2008 they accounted for 28.2 percent of all federal sentences, more than 21,000 individuals.

According to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, a branch of the US Department of Justice, released figures showing that, as of December 31, 2009, nearly 2.3 million persons were incarcerated in US prisons and jails, giving the United States the largest incarcerated population in the world.

The following tables reveal the breakdown of federal prisoners.

This figure shows who is serving sentences in a federal prison as well as the  security level of the prisons.

Federal Inmate Breakdown

 

Inmates By Security Level  
 

Minimum:   17.4 %
Low:   37.9 %
Medium:   29.3 %
High:   11.0 %
Unclassified1:   4.3 %

 

 

 

Inmates By Gender    
 

Male: 196,087 (93.5 %)
Female: 13,522 (6.5 %)

 

   

 

Inmates By Race    
 

White: 121,199 (57.8 %)
Black: 81,086 (38.7 %)
Native American: 3,750 (1.8 %)
Asian: 3,574 (1.7 %)

 

   

 

 

Ethnicity    
 

Hispanic: 69,049 (32.9 %)

 

   

 

Inmate Age    
 

Average Inmate Age: 39

 

   

 

Citizenship    
 

United States: 154,976 (73.9 %)
Mexico: 36,652 (17.5 %)
Colombia: 2,581 (1.2 %)
Cuba: 1,751 (0.8 %)
Dominican Republic: 2,523 (1.2 %)
Other/Unknown: 11,126 (5.3 %)

 

   

 

   
1These inmates have not yet been assigned a security level.  

 

The table below shows the length of sentences for federal prisons.

 

Sentence Imposed  

 

 

Less than 1 year: 2,799 (1.4 %)
1-3 years: 23,178 (11.9 %)
3-5 years: 27,924 (14.3 %)
5-10 years: 57,822 (29.6 %)
10-15 years: 40,428 (20.7 %)
15-20 years: 17,645 (9.0 %)

 

 

More than 20 years: 19,092 (9.8 %)
Life: 6,096 (3.1 %)
Death: 56  

 

   
* Data is only calculated for cases where sentencing information is available.  

 

The following table shows the types of offenses committed to receive a cell in a federal prison.

 

Types of Offenses  

 

 

Drug Offenses: 100,023 (51.3 %)
Weapons, Explosives, Arson: 29,770 (15.3 %)
Immigration: 21,504 (11.0 %)
Robbery: 8,446 (4.3 %)
Burglary, Larceny, Property Offenses: 6,828 (3.5 %)
Extortion, Fraud, Bribery: 9,925 (5.1 %)
Homicide, Aggravated Assault, and Kidnapping Offenses: 5,400 (2.8 %)
Miscellaneous: 1,859 (1.0 %)
Sex Offenses: 9,097 (4.7 %)
Banking and Insurance, Counterfeit, Embezzlement: 858 (0.4 %)
Courts or Corrections: 605 (0.3 %)
Continuing Criminal Enterprise: 513 (0.3 %)
National Security: 98 (0.1 %)

 

 
* Data calculated for those with offense-specific information available.

 

10 Reasons Obama Is Just As Bad Or Worse Than Bush

George W. Bush was clearly a mentally-challenged puppet of the military/banking/oil elite.  The policies put it in place at breakneck speed after 9/11 were provably predetermined by think tanks well in advance. Not that other presidents were any less controlled by this hidden agenda, but there was a noticeable in-your-face quickening of corporate-government tyranny under Bush.

(Activist Post)  These policies like wars of aggression, illegal surveillance of Americans, torture of detainees indefinitely held without formal charges, unfair “free trade” agreements, and bank bailouts rightfully enraged many progressives during the Bush years.  Yet, not only have these policies accelerated under Obama, even more of the draconian playbook is unfolding.

After 8 years of Bush’s reign that ended with a record low presidential approval rating in the low 20s, Obama’s promise of hope and change inspired many beyond mainline progressives.  His campaign speeches were so powerful that they landed him the Nobel Peace Prize without having done anything for world peace except to offer the idea in order to get elected.  As a Constitutional law professor and attorney, Obama appeared to have a greater understanding of rights and the balance of power than did flunky Bush.

Although policies being implemented under Obama’s leadership exhibit the continuation of Bush’s tyrannical agenda, his stunning betrayal of populist and Constitutional principles in support of these actions makes him the ultimate hypocrite.  Additionally, because Obama is a much more influential orator than Bush, his service to the puppet masters is far more dangerous to the American people he’s supposed to serve.

There have been many articles written about Obama’s unkept promises and outright lies, but here are 10 actions that prove Obama is just as bad if not worse than Bush:

Tax cheat Geithner
AFP image

Bank/Corporate Bailouts: Although the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), otherwise known as the bankster bailout, occurred on Bush’s watch, Obama fully supported it as necessary.  Obama then followed up this massive wealth grab with a gargantuan stimulus bill which has basically been absorbed by the financial crisis as well.  All said, Bloomberg and others reported the taxpayer guarantees for Wall Street are upwards of $23 trillion.  Additionally, the best part of Obama’s cabinet and appointed czars are directly connected to big banks like JP Morgan and Goldman Sachs. Furthermore, Obama and Democratic leaders gave the Federal Reserve even more regulatory power over the economy.  The Administration hails the Financial Reform bill as a big political accomplishment, but the bill never addressed the three major problems:  doesn’t break up or reduce the size of too-big-to-fail banks, doesn’t remove the massive government guarantees to the giant banks, and it won’t evenincrease liquidity requirements to prevent future meltdowns.  The inmates are too clearly running Obama’s asylum.

AFP image

Betrayal of the Poor: Bush never pretended to give a damn about the poor and the systematic mechanisms that keep them poor; openly calling the “haves and have mores” his “base.” But Obama has been portrayed as different, mainly because the Democratic party is viewed as more empathetic to the poor.  Obama promised affordable healthcare, to create new jobs, and to increase access to a college education.  However, the mandated healthcare bill has proven to actually hurt the poor, the “jobs” bill HIRE was nothing but a smokescreen to pass capital controls, and college loans are increasingly worse than useless since record numbers of students can’t find work to pay them off.  So far he only seems to be helping the poor by extending food stamps to a record number of needy Americans — which is currently on the spending cut chopping block by the way.  Obama also extended Bush’s tax cuts to the wealthiest Americans while the poor suffer the dramatic effects of inflation and the approaching austerity cuts demanded to prevent a government shutdown.

Expansion of Free Trade: Obama excoriated NAFTA, GATT and other so-called “Free Trade” agreements that were put in place under Clinton and Bush (with CAFTA).  One of Obama’s campaign mailers to Ohioans read “one million jobs have been lost because of NAFTA, including nearly 50,000 jobs here in Ohio.”  And Obama told unions that “he has always opposed NAFTA, and said the trade deal should be amended and renegotiated.”  It is abundantly clear that free trade agreements have not done well for American manufacturing and its workers (just like Obama told us during his campaign).  These free trade agreementsare designed to only help the multinational corporations who wrote them, and who Obama now works for.  In contrast to being “opposed” to such agreements, the government moves forward with many new similar agreements.

Escalating Wars of Aggression: Whoever thought it couldn’t get worse than Bush in regards to wars of aggression — especially by a Nobel Peace Prize recipient — have been proven dead wrong. Obama has now unilaterally attacked more countries than Bush, notably bombing inside Pakistan, Yemen and now Libya without Congressional approval. Obama is worse than war-mongering Neocons because he moved the war bar from requiring a real or manufactured threat to justify American military intervention, to vague humanitarian justifications. In other words, if a secular dictator is stamping out a handful of jihadists that threaten his regime, we will now bomb the dictator and support the jihadists when it serves corporate interests. By all counts Obama is serving the same military/oil masters no matter what labels or excuses are given.  It is truly a hideous display to watch progressives support Obama’s wars as if they’re more righteous than Bush’s.

Dees Illustration

Torture and Sport Killing:Bush accepted some blame for the Abu Ghraib torture debacle. Rightly so, as it was his Administration that set forth more enhanced interrogation permissions down the chain of command that ultimately resulted in such disgusting behavior.  Obama used the notion of closing Guantanamo prison to score political points and to appear as “anti-torture.”  Not only does Guantanamo remain open two years into his presidency, the detainees have less rights than they did under Bush.  Additionally, Obama has allowed the torture of American soldier Bradley Manning simply for being a suspected whistleblower.  If he allows this type of treatment to an American citizen, we can only imagine the tactics that are still being used against enemy detainees.  If it’s fair to blame Bush for Abu Ghraib, then it seems fair to blame Obama for allowing an environment where the U.S. military is engaged in sport killing of innocent civilians — which also seems to negate his calls for humanitarian purity in other nations.

Illegal Domestic Surveillance: It seems the monster surveillance-industrial complex that was kicked off under Bush remains in full swing under Obama.  Obama voted for the Bush/Cheney FISA-telecom immunity after vowing to support a filibuster of it while he was a Senator.  Glenn Greenwald reported: “So candidate Obama unambiguously vowed to his supporters that he would work to ensure ‘full accountability’ for ‘past offenses’ in surveillance lawbreaking.  President Obama, however, has now become the prime impediment to precisely that accountability, repeatedly engaging in extraordinary legal maneuvers to ensure that ‘past offenses’ — both in the surveillance and torture/rendition realm — remain secret and forever immunized from judicial review.” And Carol Rose added, “The link between secrecy and surveillance is critical: in effect, our government is increasing its power to watch its citizens, while diminishing the power of citizens to watch their government – the very antithesis of democracy.”  It’s telling how out of control illegal surveillance has become when private foreigncompanies are hired to spy on American environmental activists. This is in addition to the TSA’s roll-out of naked body scanners and intrusive pat-downs selectively enforced at airports and fiercely defended by Obama’s DHS.

Rule of Law is Dead: The Rule of Law is an ancient concept that means a society is governed by rational, objective written laws, as opposed to the personal whim or arbitrariness of some king. Under this pretext, no one is above the law, not even kings.  Yet, we have seen this concept steadily erode from reality over many decades, but not so blatant as under George W. Bush whose team permanently subverted the rules in favor of the elite. Under Bush and now Obama, the corporate elite clearly get away with massive crimes against humanity and overwhelming fraud, while the little people are still routinely punished for all minor offenses.  With not even a hint of punishment, banks can openly loot and defraud the public, the government can spy on Americans, the TSA can grope our private parts, while large corporations continue to poison us and the environment with impunity.  The Feds, under Obama, have even raided legal medical marijuana dispensaries and private organic cooperatives.  In addition, Obama signed an Executive Order to indefinitely detain “terror” suspects even after acquittal — while other lawmakers seek to remove Miranda Rights.  Who is prosecuting these crimes and injustices?  When the criminal corporations with their government partners continue to run the system, there will be no rule of law, or justice.

Dees Illustration

Free Speech Restrictions: Bush mainly used fear, intimidation, access and fake reporters to control the establishment message.  He and the media cartel acted in concert to sell gigantic lies to the public.  Now, as more people replace their television service with the Internet, “news” has been more difficult for the establishment to control.  As the global awakening takes place, the crackdown on free speech intensifies under Obama.  The crackdown has been most obvious on the Internet (see next section) and on peaceful protesters.  In a comically hypocritical moment that exemplifies how tyrannical this administration has become, Hillary Clinton was giving a speech about supporting the right of peaceful protesters while her security thugs violently removed a “veteran for peace” from the audience for standing in silent protest.  Additionally, there was an absolute police state put in place during the 2009 G20 meeting in Pittsburgh to shut down peaceful protests.  Finally, we know what direction the current Administration is headed in terms of free speech, given the recent White Papers revealing their desire to “outlaw” or “tax” conspiracy theories, and to make it a felony offense to share copyrighted information even when no money is involved.

Internet Rights Eroding: The open and free Internet is under full assault under Obama’s leadership.  It has become obvious that there has never been much in the way of Internet privacy, especially since the Patriot Act went into full effect. But now, free access to information via the Internet is the target of legislation such as The Protecting Cybersecurity as a National Asset Act, aka the “Internet Kill Switch” bill, and the Combating Online Infringement and Counterfeits Act (COICA), aka the domain “Blacklist” bill.  The free Internet is also being threatened by market-based “net neutrality” agreements, civil lawsuits, technical censorship via search engines, and yes, blogging taxes too.  Finally, the DHS has been arbitrarily seizing domain names, which is clearly unconstitutional.  Given that Obama is completely in bed with Google and others in the corporate information cartel, you can bet he will show his support for these endeavors even if only by remaining silent as they are debated then implemented.

Obamacare Fascism: Even many progressives view Obamacare as a purely fascist policy. When a progressive tries to defend Obamacare these days, the best argument they can give is “at least Obama tried to fix the problem.” It’s their way of subtly deflecting blame to Bush for ignoring it because he was too busy “smokin’ turrurists outta their holes”.  Healthcare reform was meant to increase competition and affordable coverage for all Americans. Yet, the private insurance monopolies remain and citizens are mandated to buy from them under penalty of jail, while 1000 of the most connected corporations are exempt from the law.  Furthermore, the FDA remains under the full control of Big Pharma/Chemical giants and the giveaways to the drug companies have only increased.  Finally, when there are huge profits involved in deciding if people live or die, and budgetary rationing of services, you will always have “death panels.”  So, yes, the corporate government healthcare merger is complete with for-profit “death panels.” Folks, if you want to know what the modern-day definition of fascism is, you just read it.

We can sense the hate mail is coming from die-hard “team blue” fans here, but America doesn’t stand a chance without an honest assessment of what she represents and where she is heading under the policies outlined above.  The Bush-Obama evolution is as blatant as it gets that the current two-party system has morphed into one that would more properly be labeled The Corporatist Party.  We might do better to look beyond the two teams that so many root for, and realize that there is one central clubhouse from which they both operate.

Source-http://www.activistpost.com/2011/04/10-reasons-obama-is-just-as-bad-or.html

This Is What Happens When Establishment Control Of The Media Cracks For A Moment

(American Dream)  Every once in a while, establishment control of the mainstream media cracks for a moment.  In an effort to achieve higher ratings, mainstream news programs will invite guests on that promise to be “interesting”, but then they will say something that is not part of the script and the entire system will go into a state of chaos for a moment. One example of this happened recently when two CNN “infobabes” interviewed former CIA officer Michael Scheuer about the situation on the ground in Libya. They asked Scheuer some questions regarding the role of the CIA in Libya, but the interview rapidly moved in some directions that the “infobabes” were not anticipating.  Instead of sticking to the “Republican” or the “Democrat” script, Scheuer ripped both parties and he detailed many of the reasons why we should have never gone into Libya at all.

The “infobabes” grew increasingly uncomfortable as Scheuer described how large numbers of the resistance fighters in Libya have fought against U.S. troops in the Balkans, in Afghanistan and in Iraq.  They did not seem pleased at all when Scheuer declared that the civil war in Libya is “none of our business” and that to the rest of the world this conflict looks like “Americans killing Muslims for oil” all over again.

The funniest part of the interview was when Scheuer accused one of the “infobabes” of “carrying the water for Mr. Obama”.  After that statement, the female anchor that Scheuer was addressing was visibly flustered and quickly went to a commercial.

Video of this CNN interview with Michael Scheuer is posted below.  This is a video that should be shared with everyone you know….

Wasn’t that hilarious?

When a big time establishment news network such as CNN goes “off script” it can be a beautiful thing to watch.

Of course Scheuer was exactly right.  We never should have gotten involved in the civil war in Libya.  It was none of our business.  When the rebels picked up arms and started shooting at government forces, they should not have been surprised when Gadhafi’s forces started shooting back.

Over the past few decades, there have been some very real genocides happening all over Africa, but the U.S. never seemed to care about any of those.

But now the mainstream media has been trying really hard to spin the civil war in Libya into a “great humanitarian crisis”.

Well, that might fool some of the American people, but as Scheuer aptly pointed out, the rest of the world sees this as just another U.S. war in the Middle East for oil (and banking).

But instead of getting a balanced view of the war in Libya, most of the time the corporate media has focused on an endless parade of establishment Republicans and establishment Democrats that fully endorse the war.  Of course the Republicans all try to score some political points by questioning how Obama is going about doing things, but in the end most Republicans and most Democrats are fully on board with what is going on in Libya.

Nearly everyone in the mainstream media seems to be fully on board with this war as well.

Why?

Well, because virtually all of the major media outlets are owned by the establishment, and the establishment wants this war.

Have you ever noticed that the news seems to have the same “flavor” no matter what channel you turn to?

There is a very good reason for that.

In an article that I previously authoried entitled “Who Owns The Media?“, I explained that six incredibly dominant corporations control most of the news that we see today….

Back in 1983, approximately 50 corporations controlled the vast majority of all news media in the United States.  Today, ownership of the news media has been concentrated in the hands of just six incredibly powerful media corporations.  These corporate behemoths control most of what we watch, hear and read every single day.  They own television networks, cable channels, movie studios, newspapers, magazines, publishing houses, music labels and even many of our favorite websites. Sadly, most Americans don’t even stop to think about who is feeding them the endless hours of news and entertainment that they constantly ingest.  Most Americans don’t really seem to care about who owns the media.  But they should.  The truth is that each of us is deeplyinfluenced by the messages that are constantly being pounded into our heads by the mainstream media.  The average American watches 153 hours of television a month.  In fact, most Americans begin to feel physically uncomfortable if they go too long without watching or listening to something.  Sadly, most Americans have become absolutely addicted to news and entertainment and the ownership of all that news and entertainment that we crave is being concentrated in fewer and fewer hands each year.

The six corporations that collectively control U.S. media today are Time Warner, Walt Disney, Viacom, Rupert Murdoch’s News Corp., CBS Corporation and NBC Universal.  Together, the “big six” absolutely dominate news and entertainment in the United States.

Yes, there are always some minor differences in news broadcasts, and in recent years we have seen outlets such as Fox News attempt to become “the establishment Republican news” and outlets such as MSNBC attempt to become “the establishment Democrat news”, but at the end of the day the kind of news that we get from all of them is pretty much the same.

But sometimes there are moments when establishment control of the news crumbles for just a moment.

Another example of this happened recently when Donald Trump made an appearance on The View.  Not that Donald Trump is a huge “rebel”, but apparently he has not gotten the message that you are not supposed to question Barack Obama’s birth certificate on television.

The following is video footage of Trump’s absolutely chaotic recent appearance on The View….

In the United States today, if you want to get into college or if you want to apply for a good job usually you have to give a great deal of information about your background and produce a whole host of documentation about your past.  For many jobs, applicants actually must be willing to submit to a very thorough formal background check.

Whatever you may think about Obama, you have to admit that what he has been able to accomplish is rather extraordinary.  He applied for the most important job in the world, and yet he kept vast sections of his background a complete and total secret.  He did not produce his birth certificate, he did not produce his Columbia University transcript (or much information at all regarding his educational background), there are quite a few years of his life that really can’t be accounted for at all and there are very serious questions about his Social Security number.

Yet in spite of all that he convinced the American people to make him the president of the United States.

That has got to make Barack Obama one of the greatest con men in U.S. history.

Hopefully in the future a law will be passed or the American people will demand that all politicians disclose at least the most basic information about their backgrounds.

For Obama to be able to get this far while keeping vast portions of his background a complete and total secret is absolutely mind blowing.

In any event, it has been refreshing to see some “cracks” appear in the control of the mainstream news lately.

Whether it is the war in Libya or whether it is Barack Obama’s background, the truth is that we should all be free to ask the important questions.

Our founding fathers believed very strongly in freedom of speech for a reason.  Free speech shines light in dark places and it holds people accountable.  Free speech protects our freedoms and it keeps tyranny at bay.

Free speech is very precious and it is easily lost.  Once free speech is gone it is incredibly difficult to get back.  Let us cling to free speech and cherish it deeply, because it is absolutely central to who we are as a nation.

Read more at The End of the American Dream

 

11 Emergency Food Items That Can Last A Lifetime


(Tess Pennington)  Editor’s Note: In our recent article Investments for Preparedness and Wealth Preservation That Your Financial Adviser Will Never Mention, we discussed a variety of strategies and reasons for investing in hard assets like precious metals, arable land, micro-livestock, alternative energy, skills development and bulk foods as a way to hedge against inflation, economic uncertainty and natural disasters. In the following article, Tess Pennington of Ready Nutrition provides some excellent recommendations for bulk foods that should be in your preparedness larder – foods that are nutritious and have a shelf life of 20 years or more if stored properly. Now, more than ever, it is important to consider where food prices are headed, and what you might do if disaster strikes, be it natural or man-made. Our view is simple: Buy commodities at today’s lower prices, and consume at tomorrow’s higher prices. The benefit of holding physical assets like bulk foods in your possession is that you have no counter-party risk. Whether the threat we face is inflation, disruptions to our just-in-time transportation systems, a collapse of our Ponzi economy, or food shortages, you can sleep comfortably knowing that your investment is safe and sound, and easily accessible in your kitchen pantry or prep closet.


 

Did you know that with proper storage techniques, you can have a lifetime supply of certain foods?  Certain foods can stand the test of time, and continue being a lifeline to the families that stored it.  Knowing which foods last indefinitely and how to store them are you keys to success.

The best way to store food for the long term is by using a multi-barrier system.  This system protects the food from natural elements such as moisture and sunlight, as well as from insect infestations.

Typically, those who store bulk foods look for inexpensive items that have multi-purposes and will last long term.  Listed below are 11 food items that are not only multi-purpose preps, but they can last a lifetime!

Honey

Honey never really goes bad.  In a tomb in Egypt 3,000 years ago, honey was found and was still edible.  If there are temperature fluctuations and sunlight, then the consistency and color can change.  Many honey harvesters say that when honey crystallizes, then it can be re-heated and used just like fresh honey.  Because of honey’s low water content, microorganisms do not like the environment.

Uses: curing, baking, medicinal, wine (mead)

Salt

Although salt is prone to absorbing moisture, it’s shelf life is indefinite.  This indispensable mineral will be a valuable commodity in a long term disaster and will be a essential bartering item.

Uses: curing, preservative, cooking, cleaning, medicinal, tanning hides

Sugar

Life would be so boring without sugar.  Much like salt, sugar is also prone to absorbing moisture, but this problem can be eradicated by adding some rice granules into the storage container.

Uses: sweetener for beverages, breads, cakes, preservative, curing, gardening, insecticide (equal parts of sugar and baking powder will kill cockroaches).

Wheat

Wheat is a major part of the diet for over 1/3 of the world.  This popular staple supplies 20% of daily calories to a majority of the world population.  Besides being a high carbohydrate food, wheat contains valuable protein, minerals, and vita­mins. Wheat protein, when balanced by other foods that supply certain amino acids such as lysine, is an efficient source of protein.

Uses: baking, making alcohol, livestock feed, leavening agent

Dried corn

Essentially, dried corn can be substituted for any recipe that calls for fresh corn.  Our ancestors began drying corn because of it’s short lived season.  To extend the shelf life of corn, it has to be preserved by drying it out so it can be used later in the year.

Uses: soups, cornmeal, livestock feed, hominy and grits, heating source (do a search for corn burning fireplaces).

Baking soda

This multi-purpose prep is a must have for long term storage.

Uses: teeth cleaner, household cleaner, dish cleaner, laundry detergent booster, leavening agent for baked goods, tarnish remover

Instant coffee, tea, and cocoa

Adding these to your long term storage will not only add a variety to just drinking water, but will also lift morale.  Instant coffee is high vacuum freeze dried.  So, as long as it is not introduced to moisture, then it will last.  Storage life for all teas and cocoas can be extended by using desiccant packets or oxygen absorbing packets, and by repackaging the items with a vacuum sealing.

Uses: beverages, flavor additions to baked goods

Non-carbonated soft drinks

Although many of us prefer carbonated beverages, over time the sugars break down and the drink flavor is altered.  Non-carbonated beverages stand a longer test of time.  And, as long as the bottles are stored in optimum conditions, they will last.  Non-carbonated beverages include: vitamin water, Gatorade, juices, bottled water.

Uses: beverages, flavor additions to baked goods

White rice

White rice is a major staple item that preppers like to put away because it’s a great source for calories, cheap and has a long shelf life.  If properly stored this popular food staple can last 30 years or more.

Uses: breakfast meal, addition to soups, side dishes, alternative to wheat flour

Bouillon products

Because bouillon products contain large amounts of salt, the product is preserved.  However, over time, the taste of the bouillon could be altered.  If storing bouillon cubes, it would be best repackage them using a food sealer or sealed in mylar bags.

Uses: flavoring dishes

Powdered milk – in nitrogen packed cans

Powdered milk can last indefinitely, however, it is advised to prolong it’s shelf life by either repackaging it for longer term storage, or placing it in the freezer.  If the powdered milk developes an odor or has turned a yellowish tint, it’s time to discard.

Uses: beverage, dessert, ingredient for certain breads, addition to soup and baked goods.

Source-http://www.shtfplan.com/emergency-preparedness/11-emergency-food-items-that-can-last-a-lifetime_04042011

 

Red Cross Distributed None Of The $1 Billion It Has Collected For Japan Relief

(Julie Makinen)  Japan’s Red Cross has collected more than $1 billion in the first three weeks after the massive earthquake and tsunami but has yet to distribute any funds directly to victims, prompting Chief Cabinet Secretary Yukio Edano to urge Sunday that the process be accelerated.

Meanwhile, the operator of the crippled Fukushima nuclear power plant reported no significant progress in stopping the leak of radioactive water into the sea. Tokyo Electric Power Co. officials think the leak has been coming from a concrete pit holding power cables near reactor No. 2, and attempted Sunday to seal a crack there with a special polymer.

Edano said that the government was going to have independent experts retest the air and soil around the power plant and use that information to re-evaluate whether its current evacuation orders should be modified. Currently, the government has told residents living within 12 miles of the plant to evacuate, and has urged those living within 18 miles to leave or at least stay indoors as much as possible.

The government has come under renewed pressure from groups including Greenpeace to expand its evacuation area, but at the same time, residents who vacated the 12-mile zone have been seeking permission to return to their homes briefly to gather personal items. Officials in recent days have not shown signs of budging in either direction, and Edano said Sunday the current order will last “a long time,” though he conceded it was “tough on residents.”


Raw video: Chief Judge Perry becomes very upset with attorneys


The chief cabinet secretary added that the government had checked the thyroid function of 900 children up to age 15 in two villages, Iitate and Kawamata, just outside the 18-mile perimeter and none was found to have been exposed to high radiation levels. High levels of radiation have been detected in the water and on grass in Iitate. Edano said it was the third time that the government had conducted tests on children in areas just outside the 18-mile zone.

The official death toll from the March 11 disaster topped 12,000 on Sunday as about 25,000 U.S. and Japanese troops finished an intensive three-day effort to recover bodies. The search located 77 corpses, but more than 15,000 people are still officially listed as missing. Another 160,000 people remain in shelters.

The Red Cross has dispatched more than 200 emergency relief teams to the disaster zone and organized thousands of volunteers to assist victims. But no displaced people have received cash handouts from the pot of 870 billion yen collected by the Japanese Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies and the Central Community Chest of Japan.

In past disasters, independent panels in each prefecture have determined who gets such handouts and how much they get. Edano suggested that this time, the process must be streamlined.

“Normally donations are disbursed through local governments that rely on independent committees to decide on the conditions for dividing up the money,” Edano said. “But this time, the central government has a role to play in setting up an independent committee” that will figure out how to split up donations.

Tomohide Atsumi, president of the Nippon Volunteer Network Active in Disaster, said the Red Cross has “a policy of equity and places a high value on equality, and it takes times to assess damages.”

In contrast, he said, donations to nonprofit groups often get spent immediately. Atsumi said his organization used funds collected right after the disaster to buy underwear and other supplies for evacuees and charter a bus for volunteers to help victims in northern Japan.

Overall, he said, Japan is still learning how to strike the right balance between order and a more free-form approach in its disaster relief efforts. An overemphasis on organization and top-down decision making, he said, probably prevented more volunteers from going to the disaster zone more quickly and doing some good.

“The drive to be organized is very strong in our society… but people are not good at socially improvising,” he said. “I like to use the metaphor of classical music vs. jazz. Our traditional disaster response is like classical music — there’s a conductor, a big orchestra, a fancy hall. Disaster relief should be more like jazz — you can do something with one trumpeter, one drummer. You don’t need a whole orchestra.”

As the disaster zone has become more accessible, experts are learning more about the size and force of the massive tsunami.

A group of researchers led by Yoshinobu Tsuji of Tokyo University’s Earthquake Research Institute has been studying the tsunami-hit area around Miyako, in Iwate prefecture. They found evidence that the waves could have been as high as 124 feet, according to public broadcaster NHK. That would make them the tallest waves to hit Japan’s northeastern shore since 1896, when the tsunami waves recorded at Ofunato were 125 feet high.

“This tsunami was comparable to the [1896] tsunami — and it might have been bigger,” Tsuji said.

Source-http://www.orlandosentinel.com/news/local/la-fgw-japan-relief-20110404,0,7175621.story

Faces Of Evil That Rule The World

(Zen Gardner)  I’ve tripled the number of new Evil Faces and images since the first Gallery was published in December of ’10.  Couldn’t help it.

Enjoy the updates. I intersperse the new ones and added more characterizations to pepper it up with surprises as the oldies set the tone. Enjoy. Don’t let it frighten you, laugh at these would-be controllers and don’t participate in their schemes.

Intro

They say a picture is worth a thousand words. With the human face it’s even more revealing, especially the eyes.

Politicians and many other public figures, if you’ve ever seen a professional one up close, have almost a waxen stiffness and sheen to their phony, memorized expressions. Most public and power characters need to be caught off guard to reveal their true nature, but it’s not necessary. Usually it’s in plain sight. To the intuitive, it’s always clear.

The eyes are the ‘windows of their souls’, while their expressions can also intermittently give away their true nature. But certainly, “actions speak louder than words.”

Here’s a quick selection of some current, and past, leaders, power brokers and influential people of questionable intent and deeds. My comments only serve to single out my impressions and not tell you what to think. This is my casual speculation, for your consideration and to provoke re-evaluation.

Look for the light in many of their eyes–it’s not there.

You might see something else though, something very troubling. Much of this is the opposition to humanity, conscious or unconsciously.

(Check back regularly, this gallery is STILL growing and will continue to!…..Zen)

Here we go…hold on…

http://theislamicstandard.files.wordpress.com/2010/09/evil-pope.jpg

http://laeknishendr.files.wordpress.com/2010/09/evil-pope.jpg

http://disinfo.s3.amazonaws.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/EvilPope.jpg

Kept him “head of the class”. Those are just plain disturbing. In fact, it’s surreal…

http://www.ptank.com/bucket/catsynth_images/palp.jpg

I KNEW I’d seen that face before!

Wanna couple more?

http://i3.ytimg.com/vi/ICc4pxx_mDg/0.jpg

These guys are heavy-hitters. See any love? Don’t screw with the Vatican..more control and power than you can shake a sceptre at. Pope Paul and Pope Benecioasaurus…..or whoever… Need I name names? ;) Research their lives…

Catholics don’t have a monopoly on Pedophelia either…anonymous Mullah making his pick. Ah, the religious schtick…

http://images.ezine1.com/imagemanager2/files/30004252/2010/11/2010-11-05-10-05-23-3-saudi-king-abdullah-bin-abdul-aziz-al-saud-attends.jpeg

King Abdullah of the house of Saud, ruling family of Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain and the UAE, now butchering their people. They’ll only stay in power if they follow the NWO plan. If not, they’ll get what Egypt and Libya got.

http://farm3.static.flickr.com/2366/2218631054_257f4fc788.jpg

Rothschild Zionist World Bank head Robert Zoellick..with adoring co-globalist Bill Gates in the background

Speaking of shady stuff…right out of a B movie–but the Chaney has had tremendous power and influence for decades, responsible for the deaths of millions while trying to fulfill the Machiavellian Masonic neocon mission.

A mission that clearly inspires him. “oooooooo happy day….”

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/6a0120a4fee4fe970b0120a693b155970c-800wi.jpg?w=202

Talk about slimy. This sickening sell-out is a Zionist police-state plant to the max.

Playing the untouchable mild mannered ‘nice Jewish man’, Mr. Patriot Act/Surveillance/Censorship is on an unholy crusade for the House of Rothschild to annihilate any last vestiges of liberty, freedom and sovereignty.

Check his record…although his distorted, lying face speaks volumes…

http://www.talkingpointsmemo.com/assets_c/2009/10/joe-lieberman-cu-cropped-proto-custom_1.jpg

Shifty Joe by day…

Shape-shifty Joe by night

http://th01.deviantart.com/fs44/300W/i/2009/065/8/e/Barney_Frank_the_Man_Pimp_by_Conservatism.jpg

Barney Frank dresses up for a photo shoot…long story told short.

http://static.businessinsider.com/image/4cfe6047cadcbb0c56020000/lloyd-blankfein.jpg

Sing along…”Where has all the money gone, long time passing…”

Rothschild executor Lloyd Blankfein, Goldman Sucks Chief Manipulator and Thief In Charge..and we just watch.

That just begged to be pubbed…..

Speaking of Banksters…

http://libertymaven.com/wp-content/uploads/BernankePaulsonBushGreenspan.jpg

How to ruin a country and make it pay. Global takeover stooges Bernanke, Paulson, Bush and Greenspan. Yes, they work for higher ups and they are screwing us.

http://www.bankofamericafraud.com/Bank_of_America_CEO_Kenneth_D._Lewis.jpg

Speaks for itself. Corruption comes with the territory…but doesn’t seem to make them happy, does it?

http://www.moonbattery.com/archives/crazed.jpg

Reaping what he sowed in bad PR and karma. You want power? Comes with a price….insanity.                                                                                  (Source)

  • Image
  • “And if that light that is in you be darkness, how great is that darkness.” Wow. Hillary is something else.

http://atlasshrugs2000.typepad.com/photos/uncategorized/mubarak_putin_1.jpg

“How YOU doin?” Mafia boys: Robert DeNiro type Egyptian puppet Mubarak, and the Masonic ‘pretend bad guy’ Putin–all in the game. (posted before Egyptian takedown)

http://blog.world-mysteries.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/Vladimir-Putin.jpg

I know. Icy, like the country. Remind you of a wolf?

http://www.gazete5.com/images/news/23350.jpg

Putin rival and Rothschild agent, notorious Russian oligarch Boris Berezovski. Pleasant fellow.

Vladimir Lenin looms large. Ruthless comes to mind. You’d hide your children if you saw this guy on the street. In retrospect, an obvious demon. Then, just another “charismatic leader”.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/uglyrupert.jpg?w=300

Zionist manipulating media mogul Rupert Murdock. A face you can trust.

(Using an open hand, cover his mouth and above, leaving only his chin frown….see the alien?…….freaky!)

http://cdn.ihatethemedia.com/wp-content/uploads/ted-turner-e1291729631836.jpg

More media mogul madness. “Mouth from the South” eugenicist Ted Turner implodes. Lovely people, I know.

http://nymag.com/daily/intel/10_sumner_lgl.jpg

Another mind-controlling media behemoth, Viacom, also sports a friendly face for its head, Sumner Redstone. Lizards unite!

Now we’re getting honest…this could apply to several mugs you’ll see here. Kaa-reepy. Entities with no empathy, just a lust for power and control and the execution of the plan that benefits them and theirs, whatever the cost to anyone else. “It’s just business.”

http://slinkingtowardretirement.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/12/20101218_eup001.jpg

Victor Orban, Prime Minister of Hungary. Keep an eye on him. “A man of fierce countenance” for sure. Scary.

That shot could be a Big Brother billboard very easily. Amazing.

Speaking of which: Orwell’s famous predictive programming image

http://www.ingsoc.net/big_brother.jpg

You could replace that image with most national leaders today. Orwell was “on the take” and prepping us for today, btw, like Aldous Huxley. Read their books again and see if your skin doesn’t crawl.

This one’s clinical. Young psychopath in waiting. Very troubling, and revealing.

Seems Tony hadn’t quite perfected his lying smile yet, like here:

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/tony_blair_narrowweb__300x4100.jpg?w=219

Mr. Teethy Smiles (don’t forget the eyes) – Sun symbolism and all to go along with his switch to Catholicism. Strange, occultic badass in a shiny suit. How they LOVE bold disguises!

http://images.sodahead.com/polls/000609113/polls_jack_nicholson_joker_1721_199138_answer_2_xlarge.jpeg

Life imitates art—-or which way is it again? Whatta smile!

David Rockefeller just plain can’t smile.  What lurks in there….whew. Another Batman character pales in comparison.

Don’t worry, he’ll pay. They all will…and so will we. Sow love and truth, it comes back quick!

http://static.newworldencyclopedia.org/2/28/Rockefellerportrait.jpg

Earlier Rockefeller powerbroker/bankster/Illuminist. Nelson in offical White House photo. Evil’s not a happy place.

http://img.timeinc.net/time/magazine/archive/covers/1974/1101740902_400.jpg

Strange memorial: Think Time Magazine (founded by Bonesman “Baal” Henry Luce) had an “inside” message? Very creepy death mask with very “pronounced” shnoz message to the “brethren”? How they honor their own.

http://0.tqn.com/d/politicalhumor/1/0/V/Y/bush_kerry_bonesmen.jpg

Speaking of Bonesmen, here’s “Temporary”…..son of “Magog” his father…(I kid you not)…with fellow bonesman John Kerry..and we weren’t supposed to question this?

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/bushfacebipolar1.jpg?w=252

How they love to be cloaked in the flag. The smirk of assured confidence…so they think….

http://outfoxingkarlrove.files.wordpress.com/2008/11/ob-cs707_barbar_g_20081125231104.jpg

A couple of evil crows for the ages. Never mind Skull and Bones ‘Magog’ George, even the neocons fear Barbara, alleged daughter of Aleister ‘Crow’ley.

http://gorightly.files.wordpress.com/2008/01/aleister-crowley-32kb.jpg?w=497

“Dad, is that you?”. Mr. Evil Eye himself, Aleister “The Beast” Crowley.

Barb’s frisky unwed mother, Pauline Pierce, did hang with him and the OTO gang, for real.

Wondering yet? (Go here)

http://www.gnosticliberationfront.com/kabala6.gif

Nice face. Freemasonic master magus of the 33rd Degree, General Albert Pike, sporting Baphomet symbol.

You’ll find a statue ‘honoring’ him in Washington DC. After all, our government was founded on and is laced with Freemasonry.

http://www.thewashingtonnote.com/twn_up_fls/john_bolton_.jpg

Speaking of Freemasons, here’s neocon John Bolton giving a sign.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/john-bolton.jpg?w=300

Take a good look. This former UN Ambassador is gonna have war with Iran if he has to do it himself.

And he wants to be Prez. Wound’t that be ducky.

Now a trip back in time again…

Léon Trotsky and Jacob Schiff: communist birds of a feather and Rothschild agents……and….

http://les7duquebec.files.wordpress.com/2010/10/paul_warburg_01.jpg?w=425&h=513

Meet the (agent) father of the parasitic Federal Reserve–Paul Warburg. Nice to know the forefathers of our slavery.

And another old cronie from hell, below….

http://farm5.static.flickr.com/4111/4838205798_e9cd350b0f.jpg

Pol Pot, mass murderer of millions in Cambodia. Cooly evil. There is no empathy with these entities. They are not one of us. Do not expect any form of guilt, remorse or ability to reason.

As for modern mass murdering, now sanitized by fake ‘science’…

http://assets.bizjournals.com/stlouis/blog/2010/06/grant,hughCEOmag.jpg?v=1

A world that exalts evil. Wicked Monsanto corporation’s CEO Hugh Grant being lauded for their genetically modified Seeds of Deception and attempt to take over  the world’s food supply. Backwards world. Corporate evils on the rise.

Robber Bankster Richard S. Fuld lying before congress about his 500 million dollar takaway from Lehman Bros before it went under.  A pure breed of greed rules Wall Street. Everyone knows it, but….

http://www.moonbattery.com/obama-evil-eye.jpg

Speaking of mind control…..all that crazed ambition takes its toll–or more than meets the eye?

…”buzz–click–whirrrr–rebooting…please wait..instructions forthcoming..”

http://maxcdn.fooyoh.com/files/attach/images/591/662/978/002/michelle-obama-carla-brunni.jpg

Now power ladies, let’s get along….. Michelle Obama giving the evil eye to France’s 1st Lady Carla Bruni-Sarkozy

I think we can do better with Michelle though….

http://s-ak.buzzfed.com/static/imagebuzz/web02/2010/2/21/20/ive-seen-this-one-before-and-thought-it-was-28660-1266803908-38.jpg

Here ya go…closer                                                                                     (source)

http://www.moonbattery.com/archives/Joe-Biden_dumbest.jpg

Poor Joe…”What a tangled web we weave” when the truth has nothing do with anything you say…

The darkness just oozes out of Rahm Emmanuel

Keeping Up With the Candidates

Rahm as one of Chicago’s choices for Mayor. Look at Rahm–spooky. Is this where “darkhorse candidate” gets its name? ..as if the others ever had a chance. Talk about an “outsider”..whew

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/obamaaxelrodemanuel.jpg?w=300

Now who do YOU think’s in charge here? Rahm and David Axelrod having a good smirk.

http://www.tdbimg.com/files/2010/11/15/img-cs---david-axelrod_081102361293.jpg

Globalist Zionist agent David Axelrod, Illuminati conduit to the White House

http://abhisays.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/02/google_time.jpg

Keep an eye on these guys–Zionists in bed with the NSA only spells bad.

In fact, they’re keeping an eye on YOU..

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/google-is-watching-you-300x261.jpg?w=300

Try Googling “google and the NSA”…eye-opener…

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/mark-zuckerberg-looks-wary-at-sun-valley.jpg?w=300

You really think this Zionist “overnight wonder” Zuckerberg of Facebook wasn’t helped along the way? C’mon….look at the absurd reviews and awards the lousy movie got..nevermind the incredible spying facility it’s become….

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/mark_zuckerberg_366355.jpg?w=241

“dropped out of Harvard to become….”…where’s the garage story? C’mon, build the myth, people…some say he’s Mossad…that’s the age group they use, wouldn’t be surprised.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/maurice-strong-mug.jpg?w=210

Fierce globalist Maurice Strong, father of the global warming and CO2 scams.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/mauricestrong.jpg?w=292

The baby faced George Soros of globalist environmentalism. These boys are driven.

http://www.zerotolerenceforwar.org/ashcroft.jpg

“Come out come out, whoever you are.” Attorney General thug John Ashcroft and friends. We could do a whole gallery just on AGs, very important fascist post. They pick hard-nosed stinkers, if you haven’t noticed.

Ah, the clean cut image. Former Solicitor General Ted Olson, who either sacrificed or hid his wife Barbara (left) and lied about a phone call on 9/11, also hopes to be Attorney General. Aren’t we blessed with good leadership.

It’s since been proven the call was never made or received, but too late, the phony ‘eye witness boxcutter story’ it generated was branded into the collective consciousness and off to ‘war on terror’ we went. (Photo montage)

Neocon Alley. PNAC members and some of the 9/11 conspirators.

William Kristol, Richard Perle, Paul Wolfowitz, Elliott Abrams and Douglas Feith.

“Thou art weighed in the balances and found wanting.”–just like the phony fellow below…

Nothing like an honest, natural man to preach at you. Freemason con man Pat Robertson ‘glories’ in the limelight.

http://i.ytimg.com/vi/xAsWmxTx7Lk/0.jpg

Some didn’t expect this one. This one’s called “conniving Bill-derberger”. This baby faced smirky Gates fellow with those lying, self righteous eyes was ‘set up’ with Microsoft and was groomed in a eugenicist family for one thing: population control and financing the NWO. The “philanthopist” image is the next level. Total crock.

Speaking of elite fascist depopulationists… Warren Buffet,  Arnold Schwarzenegger & Jacob Rothschild.

“Vee shall beeld ze ovens ova day-ah….”

http://www.nogw.com/images/livni_tzipi.jpg

Former Israeli Foreign Minister Tzipi Livni when asked, “How DO you pounce on a young defenseless Palestinian?”

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/tzipilivni.jpg?w=223

Notice anything wrong? This woman is on remote control…and the controller is a vicious attack dog. Alarming.

Speaking of rabid Zionist attack dogs…here’s…

The “professor of Torture”, and “Police State advocate”…

Alan Dershowitz.

Alan Dershowitz, insane Zionist supremacist. (and guess what….he’s an attorney). Read up on him, this dude is bad to the bone.

(Source). Besides avidly supporting torture, “Dershowitz addressed a “small fringe” group of Jewish supremacist Chabadists of “only” 6072 (six thousand and seventy two) at a Chabad Lubavitch conference”.

Insane Illuminati “artist” Lucian Freud, grandson of Sigmund. Disturbing to the max. He paints evil as well.

http://farm3.static.flickr.com/2698/4402303542_bd0946b427.jpg

‘Rogue’ (because he was caught) Bankster Agha Hasan Abedi,  BCCI founder.

Think there’s something to this “love of money” and “evil” connection?

BCCI founder Agha Hasan Abedi

” If any official had wanted to be bribed, BCCI’s founder, the late Agha Hasan Abedi was ‘your man'”-BBC story

Gujarat Chief Minister Narendra Modi has been compared to Chinese communist leader Mao Zedong.

“Many an evil leader has done great developmental work. Mao Zedong developed China, but he caused destruction to the country too.” Modi is alleged to be behind the infamous Gujarat riots where hundreds were murdered and tortured.

Not too cool to be likened to this guy:

Freemason monster Mao Zedong, probably the biggest mass murderer in history, responsible for the deaths hundreds of millions of his countrymen at the behest of international banksters and world manipulators.

http://i.ytimg.com/vi/7E36jRhheX0/0.jpg

This guy’s a little scary to me, since he tends to move around and work behind the scenes a lot running ops. Besides pushing the carcinogen aspartame down our throats and heading up any barbaric corporation he can, Rumsfeld led us straight into 9/11 while pulling off the biggest pillaging of the Defense Department in history.

Wussup now, Remmy? Doin’ well for yourself?

http://www.apfn.org/apfn/9932.jpg

A closer look behind the usual condescending, arrogant squint.

Interesting contrapostioning there…evil controller and vapid puppet?

http://theintelhub.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/08/Maxine-Waters.png

Maxine Waters. Need I say more? I will anyway…

Congresswoman and senior Democrat on the House Financial Services Committee. (Whatthe..?)

Go figure.

______

And now to the priviledged, the elite, the “upper” class, who divinely rule our petty lives……

‘Princess” Gloria von Thurn und Taxis (whew). Royal bloodline does the Dracula look well. Don’t worry, it’s all ‘sanctified’ by crosses.

In 2001 Princess ‘TnT’ acutely observed in a television interview that the higher AIDs rate is Africa is due the fact that “the blacks like to copulate (‘schnackseln’) a lot“, later qualifying it’s due to the heat. (Yes, that’s true.)

http://images2.fanpop.com/images/photos/5300000/Cruella-de-ville-classic-disney-5316224-210-309.jpg

Couldn’t help it. Again, Disney has a lot to work with amongst their Illuminati ‘community’.

Bildergerger Queen Beatrix of Holland, smugly sporting enough bling to feed most of Africa, smug devil.

http://www.nndb.com/people/213/000029126/bernhard-sm.jpg

Meet Beatrix’ creepy father, Prince Bernhard, now deceased. Same German bloodline as other ‘royalty’.

Why exactly do they rule over us again? I see fear in his eyes.

F.B.I. Director J. Edgar Hoover, 1970s- Shriner and 33rd Degree Freemason.

Something in there’s looking back at us under that stretched skin suit……

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/chrisdodd.jpg?w=300

Washington insider Chris Dodd. They say you can tell when he’s lying..it’s if his lips are moving.

http://media.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/politics/congress/members/photos/228/D000388.jpg

‘Leadership we can believe in’….ugh. These wicked contorted people worship one thing – power.

http://www.realnews247.com/condoleezza_rice_testifies.jpg

Condoleezza Rice–another sell out to “the program”. “We never conceived of planes hitting the twin towers”….and donkeys fly. Another NWO go-fer and neocon for hire. Smart, but not in the right way.


http://themischiefmunkey.files.wordpress.com/2010/08/john-d-rockefeller.jpg

One of the creepiest of all – John D. Rockefeller. What exactly IS that skin stretched over…?

Odo of Star Trek may know where Rocky’s really from…

http://www.prisonplanet.com/images/may2010/190510top2.jpg

Speakiing of which is this classic. Some believe that reptilians are influencing us. Could be.  Evil spirit behind 5 US Presidents, Bzezinski sure gives credence to the idea. David Icke just may be right.Something drives these people.

http://slapblog.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/02/mika-brzezinski-msnbc-morning-joe2.jpg

Daughter Mika Brzezinski, TV news talking head. Wonder how she landed the job? Was it the family sneer?

http://vvoice.vo.llnwd.net/e15/bringing-up-baby-gavin.132132.40.jpg

Back to an earlier batch, J. Paul Getty. They’re not just evil, they’re strange and even alien-esque in some cases.

http://www.kipnotes.com/getty-1.jpg

Ditto the above. Strange contrast between him and the flower–on purpose?

One of the lovely art pieces featured at the Getty Museum. Dracos at lunch. Fitting.

Ah, but “where are the Rothschilds?” you ask. Probably all over this page through the bloodline.

But meet up and coming Nathaniel Rothschild, mega wealthy heir to the dynasty. He’s a Scottish wild child turned financier, linked to all kinds of dirty deals. Watch out for him.

OK, by popular demand here’s another somewhat obscure but ‘fully inhabited’ Rothschild…

http://www.tv5.org/TV5Site/info/afp/francais/journal/eco/photo_1245594745821-2-0.jpg

‘Baroness’ Philippine de Rothschild – Check the Baphomet neck piece who she’s heavily chained to.

Creepy enough?

http://www.conspirazzi.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/09/baroness-rothschild.jpg

In happier times she just plain wears Satan chained around her neck. Or is she chained around Satan’s neck?

And who says ‘royalty’ can’t have fun? Unbelievable what parades around as human.

Again, we’ve seen these faces somewhere else it seems…

http://top-10-list.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/07/Ursula-The-Little-Mermaid.jpg

Guess we know where Disney gets their inspirations–close acquaintances?

Ursula here from occult-ridden ‘Little Mermaid’ even has the heavy neckpiece….hmmmm

And ‘who’s your daddy, girl?’

The Baron Philippe de Rothschild himself . Yeah, baby….reptoids rule. Lovely couple. Reminds me again…

http://filmpopper.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/joker.jpg

Again, which imitates which?  The smirk with dead eyes redux.

OK, more from the Rothschild archives (boy they’re a dark, occult bunch)…

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/mar.jpg?w=300

Famous for her lavish, occult parties, the ‘black widow’ Marie Helene de Rothschild. Now shepacks(ed) a wollop.

…and the French long for their “last queen of Paris”. Talk about a brainwashed, upside down world.

Here’s another ‘classy frenchman’ mooching off the body politic….

http://www3.pictures.zimbio.com/gi/Prix+de+l+Arc+de+Triomphe+Arrivals+jqNH5qgQflZl.jpg

They’re laughing at us “cattle”. Etienne Alphonse de Rothschild… blah blah blah

The now (and then?) deceased British Bankster Guy de Rothschild. Looks like a life of evil has paid off “handsomely”. The ‘cryptic’ program of the Illuminati takes on new meaning.

http://truthforever.com/Jewish%20Messiah%20Shabbetai%20Tzvi_files/evelynrothschild.jpg

Evelyn de Rothschild, British financier, getting smug on.

http://rense.com/1.imagesH/rothcc.jpg

Get a good look at recent head of the Rothschild dynasty, Jacob Rothschild. You interpret that look.

Word is, the torch has been passed to his son Nathan (see earlier). Oh no, ANOTHER demigogue who thinks he’s ‘king of the world’. Sheesh….

*****

We now pause all this evil for a MID GALLERY BREAK…..a little humor at the expense of gallery members from thepeoplescube.com….

In a hastily convened press conference this morning, renowned civil rights leaders Al Sharpton and Jesse Jackson confessed to harboring racist attitudes themselves, something they were admittedly quick to fault in others. Both Sharpton and Jackson made brief, prepared statements before admitting themselves to the Rush Limbaugh Treatment Center in Cape Girardeau, Missouri.

Al Sharpton was the first to speak. “I always knew that anybody opposing Barack Obama for any reason was a racist. The only reason anybody spoke up at a town hall meeting to oppose health care reform was because Obama is black, period. Then it hit me.”


Obama: I will personally answer any and all prayers made on their behalf.

*****

OK, back to the nasties…

Lenin and Stalin

Get a load of Lenin and Stalin scheming in 1922. And you don’t believe in conspiracies?

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/6a0128773aba66970c01287762d539970c-800wi.jpg?w=300

This lady’s serious. Heavy handed German Chancellor Merkel, former Prez of the European Council, is sold out to the Illuminati plan to shove the EU down Europe’s throat. However, she recently learned they ain’t playin’ games and don’t take criticism very well…

http://blog.peterschrock.com/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/mugabe_468x667.jpg

Full-blown possessed ruthless dictator Robert Mugabe–installed by the CIA. Ah, liberty.

http://www.bollyn.com/public/Silverstein.jpg

9/11 Murder-for-money Zionist Larry Silverstein. What a face. Roadmap to disaster.

Ol’ Larry just happened to not show up for his daily breakfast at the top of the WTC on 9/11. And whaddya know, he actually MADE money off those buildings dropping in their footprints.

Hell was made for people like him…..if he is human.

David Dees nails him:

http://musicians4freedom.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/DEES_134-Larry-Silverstein-425x500.jpg

Low life form in his natural body explaining about demolishing building 7, “So I said just pull it.”

Mega-Zionist Activist and money mogul Ronald S. Lauder

This obious bringer of darkness helped shoehorned Larry the Cockroach into the super lucrative WTC deal that soon murdered millions to justify a war on innocent Arabs and obtain their territories.

Nice to have inside friends from hell.

____

News Item:

Pelosi Asks Director Steven Spielberg For Help Rebranding Democrats’ Image…

You can’t rebrand evil. . .(Source)

..but she DID ask the right insider. Another Illuminati image-shifting mole who hides behind a benign ‘artist’ front.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/facesofevil.jpg?w=300

I know….you could photoshop the heck out of this one or have a caption fest for a good laugh.

Take a good look at all three of them. These lying, self-serving entities are feasting on you and your family.

http://www.greatgotham.com/storage/t5ag81jk.jpg

Surprised? Fiercely promoted supposed ‘voice of the people’ media mogul Walter Cronkite, Illuminati war monger.

“As the Masons would point out, ‘he was the smooth side of the wall.'” -Russell Olausen

http://cdn.picapp.com/ftp/Images/f/8/5/b/Bill_Clinton_And_08a1.jpg?adImageId=2128040&imageId=5826644

‘Uhh..uhh..how can I contort that..’ Next lie. This scampering opportunist can’t tell the truth if he wanted to. Bubba wants it soooo bad. And his nose does appear to be growing accordingly….

http://www2.tbo.com/exposure/ar/659/372/2010/02/18/34168_benny-hinn.jpg

“I give up–my evil eye and maltese templar cross give me away….I’m a tool of the Illuminati but it’s not my fault!” Televangelist fraud Benny Hinn comes clean…;)…lowest of the low scum…

http://www.delcomag.com/images/schuller.jpg

Robert Schuller, used Christian salesman. Total fraud, freemason and harbinger of lies and darkness. Husk.

Freaky chick. Read up on her…if you dare. Bloodline starts with ‘blood’…and she looks thirsty…

http://coto2.files.wordpress.com/2009/09/netanyahu1.jpg?w=320&h=450

Mr. ‘Push the Agenda’–as well as push the gullible programmed Americans’ buttons– Netanyahu. Way beyond mean.

http://awakenvideo.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/BlackPopeMasonicSIGNALS.jpg

The true black Pope, still the power behind the scenes, in front of his ‘hive’. Jesuit leader Kolvenbach…might as well be Klovenhoof. Otherworldly is all I can say. These satanic entities hiding in sheep’s clothing are monsters.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/kolvenbach_portrait_8x10lg2bdon2bdoll2b10_07_2004.jpg?w=214

Here’s a better look into the evil power behind the Jesuit controlled Vatican. “Bless me father for I have sinned.” Yeah, right, you devil incarnate.

http://incogman.net/wp-content/uploads/2010/11/BLOOMFIELD-AND-BEN-GURION-200x168.jpg

Rabid Zionists Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield and David Ben-Gurion.

Bloomfield, member of the OSS, CIA, Mossad, SMOM etc. is said to be behind many assassinations including JFK,  along with his boyfriend J. Edgar Hoover and the American Defense Industrial Security Command.

http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/JFKbloomfield2.jpg

Look him up. His string of dark credentials and connections will make your head spin. His records are being withheld beyond the set release date. Guess why. Nasty bastard hit man for the Illuminti controllers.

http://images.paraorkut.com/img/funnypics/images/h/hilary_clinton-12763.jpgC

Class clown? Right, nice cover. Need I say more? What a pathetic, power-crazed woman…admittedly sucks up and reports to the CFR–the globalist Council on Foreign Relations. Sickening sell out warmonger and do-anything agent.

http://biglizards.net/Graphics/ForegroundPix/ChelseaClintonBugeyedTrimmed.jpg

I’m telling you, it’s in the blood….Yikes. “Looooook into my eyesssss.”

http://web7.bernama.com/bernama/newspic/wn/2009-12-23T055700Z_01_NOOTR_RTRMDNP_2_India-449327-1-pic0.jpg

“Yes, Master, I’m coming…”   Jiang Zemin, former heavy handed oppressive premier of China

http://www.davidicke.com/oi/extras/2010/december/dec_016.jpg

Vapid comes to mind. Trying to remember his lines? Mind controlled? Pitiful go-fer? This Timothy Geitner fellow is one of their worst ‘actors’ and obviously keeps ‘blowing his lines’.

Scraping the bottom of the barrel, are we?..or just rewarding ‘family’.

http://cache1.asset-cache.net/xc/57245741.jpg?v=1&c=IWSAsset&k=2&d=77BFBA49EF878921F7C3FC3F69D929FD3D6E8E24F8AD364C2544CB24A9B91D1CE7FD108AB4285A62E7C3DB1D2EA1C136

Here’s a two-fer. Evil birds of a feather eugenecist Michael Chertoff, Zionist plant, and Chinese co-exterminator Luo Gan.

Beady eyed Chertoff deserves a close up. And this is his GOOD picture, the one he wanted us to see? Wow.

http://www.themodernjeweler.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/10/Albright-jewelry.jpg

Again, the “approved shot” – power broker Madeleine Albright.

Remind you of anything? Check her lapel and earrings ‘statement’…….and…..

Bingo.

Research the meaning of the owl symbol for an ‘eye-opener’. (Hint: It’s not wisdom, and starts with the letter Moloch)

Reminds me of “Big Sis” Napoleon-itano as well…

DHS SECRETARY NAPOLITANO

Feeling more secure now? And she’s now available at your neighborhood Walmart!

http://www.swamppolitics.com/news/politics/blog/assets_c/2008/09/George%20Soros%20use%20this%20small-thumb-425x283.jpg

Where’s the love, George? So much money, so little light. So-ros, so-wrong. Major Illuminati stooge.

Kiss-of-Death-inger – CEO of the New World Order? Orwell’s ‘Animal Farm’ comes to life. Oink.

http://govtslaves.files.wordpress.com/2011/04/kissinger_golder.jpg?w=300

The smug life of the pitiful go-fer. Check the fearful eyes and forced smiles around the room.

Henry Kissinger way back with an earlier boss Golda Meir…and don’t be fooled, this Rothschild plant Meir was no sweetie either….

http://www.imemc.org/attachments/oct2010/golda_meir.jpg

Heavy (and very weird) handed, much like this modern day version below…(IS that a hand?…or a hoof?)

http://www.novinite.com/media/images/2009-03/photo_verybig_102220.jpg

Thug. Bigtime. Is he telling someone to shush, or else?

http://morrisonworldnews.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Israel-Ehud-Barak-04.jpg

Here’s a study in evil–uber Zionist Ehud Barak, believed by some to be the 9/11 mastermind, never mind Gaza butcher, and co-sculptor of Israeli/American aggression on the world.

Google his images–the vibrations are so bad you can only look for so long…

Epilogue for now

The list goes on of course, and will grow, but here’s a taste to “wonder” about. Some are obviously more deliberately yielded to evil than others. Many in the matrix of power don’t know what they’re doing, or really think they’re doing the right thing. Others are caught and can’t get out or speak up for fear of reprisals.

But you have to admit, when you string ‘em together it does paint quite a picture!

The good thing is that these freaks are in the minority. To not contribute to, or participate in their schemes in any way possible is paramount. Detach detach detach. If enough people would do that the structure would come down.

Always wondering, Zen

Source-http://beforeitsnews.com/story/302/915/SUPER-SIZED_-_Faces_of_Evil_that_Rule_the_World.html

 

Delaware Government Bureaucrats Steal Basketball Hoops

(Kurt Nimmo)  As the founders knew, without property rights we are slaves. If the right to property is denied, all other rights fall by the wayside.

“The right to property is rooted in the right we have to the free use of our own mind and talents, which it is government’s job to protect,” James Madison wrote.

In Delaware, the state has demonstrated its utter contempt for property rights and the individual, as the following video reveals.

DelDOT forcibly removes a man’s basketball hoop and a state bureaucrat tells the man – as armed agents of the state stand nearby – to go back in his house. He no longer has the right to his property or his liberty.

PLEASE CALL DELDOT & VOICE YOUR [email protected]

He is a slave at the mercy of the state.

Read a news article on the incident here.

Also see: Delaware neighborhoods: Hoop screams: Couple protests pole’s removal.

Source-http://www.infowars.com/government-bureaucrats-steal-basketball-hoops/

Homeland Security Has A I Phone Snitch App

 

(Nicole Martinelli)  Concerned citizens in Kentucky can report “suspicious activity” to their state branch of Homeland Security through an iPhone app.

Called Eyes and Ears of Kentucky, the app is offered gratis on iTunes. The handiwork of developers NICUSA, it has been in the store since March 7. So far, it has not received enough reviews to reach an average rating. Through the app, you can report a suspicious incident or activity along with details about the alleged subjects and their vehicles.

Gene Kiser, director of the Kentucky Office of Homeland Security, said the iPhone application is the latest step to protect the state. Kiser told the Associated Press “putting the technology in people’s hands will allow the homeland security office to receive the most current information on threats.”

My first thought: forget about terrorists, this app is perfect for vendettas large and small. Ex-paramours, evil bosses, neighbors you hate, report them anonymously and watch them squirm. What are the consequences for crying wolf, especially if the claim is as vague as “suspicious activity?”
Do you think this app is a good idea or not?

 

Live Animals Being Sold As Keyrings in China

(Stephen Messenger)  Keyring ornaments are perhaps the most useless item you’ll ever carry in your pocket or stuff in your purse — but now, thanks to an increasingly popular item being sold in China, it can easily be the cruelest, too. For the price you might expect to pay for some kitschy trinket, Chinese street vendors are selling live animals, permanently sealed in a small plastic pouch where they can survive for a short while as someone’s conversation piece. Apparently, these unimaginably inhumane keyrings are actually quite popular — and worst of all, it’s totally legal.

>> WATCH SLIDESHOW: 10 Outrageous Ways People Have Tried to Smuggle Animals

According to The Global Times, these keyring accessories containing live animals are widely available and sold publicly in subway stations and on sidewalks. Potential buyers (read as animal-abusers) have the choice between a living Brazil turtle or two small kingfish, sealed in an airtight package along with some colored water. One vendor claimed that the trapped creatures “can live for months inside there” because the water contains “nutrients,” though veterinarians have already disputed this claim.

“I’ll hang it in my office, it looks nice and brings good luck, ” said one customer who purchased the turtle.

animal-keyrings.jpgAs the cruel trinkets continue to gain in popularity, thankfully so to have the voices of animal rights supporters in opposition to the inhumane treatment of the animals they contain. “To put a living thing inside a sealed and confined space for profit is immoral and pure animal abuse,” Qin Xiaona, director of the NGO Capital Animal Welfare Association, told the Global Times.

Even some right-thinking passersby are trying to do their part in saving the animals’ lives where they can. “I bought one to free it. It looks so miserable,” said one woman, unnamed by the Times.

Despite the fact that the selling of animals as keyring ornaments is a clear-cut case of animal cruelty, it is actually entirely within the law. Chinese law prohibits the sale of wild animals — a designation which evidently does not apply to the Brazil turtles and kingfish being sold.

For the time being, in lieu of legislation which may or may not come to pass outlawing the sale of living creatures as objects of amusement, Xiaona suggests people use their better sense to squelch the trade. “If nobody buys it, the market will die,” she says.

Sadly, it is likely that so too will the animals which have already been sealed in their colorful, transparent tombs — gasping for the final breath of air they’ve been packaged with, as they peer out to a world in which their lives are considered essentially worthless. And in such a dark hour, it’s hard not to believe our very humanity awaits a similar fate.

Source-http://www.treehugger.com/files/2011/03/live-animals-being-sold-as-keyrings-in-china.php